[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023033064A1 - Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof - Google Patents

Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023033064A1
WO2023033064A1 PCT/JP2022/032832 JP2022032832W WO2023033064A1 WO 2023033064 A1 WO2023033064 A1 WO 2023033064A1 JP 2022032832 W JP2022032832 W JP 2022032832W WO 2023033064 A1 WO2023033064 A1 WO 2023033064A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
refractive index
weight
less
group
monomer
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/JP2022/032832
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
慎太郎 野依
一輝 笹原
普史 形見
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nitto Denko Corp
Original Assignee
Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nitto Denko Corp filed Critical Nitto Denko Corp
Priority to KR1020247011164A priority Critical patent/KR20240055062A/en
Priority to CN202280060312.4A priority patent/CN117916336A/en
Publication of WO2023033064A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023033064A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J11/00Features of adhesives not provided for in group C09J9/00, e.g. additives
    • C09J11/02Non-macromolecular additives
    • C09J11/06Non-macromolecular additives organic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D251/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings
    • C07D251/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D251/12Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D251/26Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hetero atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D251/30Only oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D251/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings
    • C07D251/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D251/12Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D251/26Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hetero atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D251/38Sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D251/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings
    • C07D251/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D251/12Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D251/26Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3,5-triazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hetero atoms directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D251/40Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D251/42One nitrogen atom
    • C07D251/46One nitrogen atom with oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the two other ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3467Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having more than two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • C08K5/3477Six-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09J133/06Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, the oxygen atom being present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J133/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides, or nitriles thereof; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J133/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C09J133/14Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing halogen, nitrogen, sulfur or oxygen atoms in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K3/00Materials not provided for elsewhere

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a refractive index adjuster and an adhesive and adhesive sheet using the refractive index adjuster.
  • pressure-sensitive adhesives also called pressure-sensitive adhesives; the same applies hereinafter
  • pressure-sensitive adhesives are widely used for the purposes of bonding, fixing, protection, etc. in various industrial fields such as home electric appliances, automobiles, various machines, electrical equipment, and electronic equipment.
  • display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices, polarizing films, retardation films, cover window members, and other various light-transmitting members and other members are joined. The use to do is mentioned.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 are cited as technical documents relating to pressure-sensitive adhesives for optical members.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 relate to a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a (meth)acrylic acid ester polymer as a main component, wherein the (meth)acrylic acid ester polymer contains a predetermined amount of a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit.
  • the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive has a high refractive index (paragraph [0011], etc.).
  • the materials to which adhesives are attached such as optical members, there are materials with high refractive indices.
  • the interface reflection occurs at the interface due to an adhesive having a refractive index close to that of the high refractive index material as the adhesive used for joining the high refractive index material, the interface reflection can be prevented or suppressed.
  • the refractive index of a general acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive is usually about 1.47.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 list a refractive index modifier as an example of an optional component that can be optionally added to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (paragraph [0054]). There is no description about the structure, and it is unknown whether it is an organic substance or an inorganic substance.
  • the present invention was created in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a refractive index adjuster for adjusting the refractive index of an adhesive. Another object of the present invention is to provide a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing the refractive index modifier. Another related object is to provide a compound useful as the refractive index modifier.
  • a refractive index adjuster for adhesives is provided.
  • the refractive index modifier is an organic compound having a structure having two or more substituents on the hub ring.
  • the hub ring is a double bond-containing ring, and one or more of the two or more substituents are substituents having a double bond-containing ring.
  • a compound that satisfies such structural requirements is used as a constituent component of an adhesive and is useful as a refractive index adjuster that appropriately adjusts the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is less than 3,000. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the refractive index adjuster is less than 3000 from the viewpoint of ease of blending with the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • two or more of the substituents on the hub ring of the refractive index modifier have a double bond-containing ring.
  • a refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).
  • one or more of the substituents on the hub ring of the refractive index adjuster has two or more double bond-containing rings.
  • a refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).
  • the refractive index adjusters disclosed herein include those in which the hub ring is a triazine ring.
  • the refractive index modifier has the following formula (I): (In formula (I), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and One or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group; When the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. ); It may be a triazine compound represented by A refractive index adjuster having such a
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing any one of the refractive index modifiers disclosed herein is provided.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a composition can exhibit a desired refractive index adjusted by the refractive index adjuster.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein preferably contains the refractive index adjuster and an acrylic polymer containing the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a composition can easily achieve a desired high refractive index (for example, a refractive index of 1.550 or more).
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and One or more of R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group; When the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. ); A compound represented by is provided. Such compounds are useful, for example, as refractive index modifiers (in particular, refractive index modifiers for adhesives).
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to one embodiment
  • FIG. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment
  • 1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A1 according to Synthesis Example 1.
  • FIG. 1 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A1 according to Synthesis Example 1.
  • FIG. 1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A2 according to Synthesis Example 2.
  • FIG. 2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A2 according to Synthesis Example 2.
  • FIG. 1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A3 according to Synthesis Example 3.
  • FIG. 2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A3 according to Synthesis Example 3.
  • FIG. 1 is an enlarged view showing a main part of the 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A4 according to Synthesis Example 4.
  • FIG. FIG. 4 is an enlarged view showing the main part of the 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A4 according to Synthesis Example 4; 1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A5 according to Synthesis Example 5.
  • FIG. 2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A5 according to Synthesis Example 5.
  • FIG. 2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A6 according to Synthesis Example 6.
  • FIG. 2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A6 according to Synthesis Example 6.
  • FIG. 1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A7 according to Synthesis Example 7.
  • FIG. 2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A7 according to Synthesis Example 7.
  • FIG. 2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A8 according to Synthesis Example 8.
  • FIG. 2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A8 according to Synthesis Example 8.
  • double bond-containing ring is a concept that includes conjugated double bond-containing rings and non-conjugated double bond-containing rings, preferably at least one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring (heterocyclic ring). This is the corresponding ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring may have a structure included in an aromatic ring (heteroaromatic ring), or may have a double bond-containing heterocyclic ring structure different from the aromatic ring.
  • the heteroatoms included as ring-constituting atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be one or more selected from the group consisting of nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and oxygen (O), for example.
  • the double bond-containing ring include a benzene ring; a condensed ring of a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring; heterocycles such as pyridazine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, thiophene ring;
  • the double bond-containing ring may be a non-condensed ring (benzene ring, triazine ring, etc.) or a condensed ring.
  • the condensed ring may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure or
  • the double bond-containing ring in this specification may or may not have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms.
  • substituents include alkyl groups (e.g., alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, biphenyl groups, etc.), and has one or more acyclic substituents such as an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a monoalkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, or a cyano group.
  • cycloalkyl group hydroxyalkyl group, monoalkylamino group, dialkylamino group, glycidyl group, aralkyl group (for example, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group
  • aralkyl group for example, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group
  • alkenyl groups e.g.
  • the heteroatom is N
  • the remaining valences of the N are hydrogen atoms or other substituents), hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms (fluorine, chlorine, bromine atoms, etc.), etc., but are not limited thereto.
  • substituents include those having a double bond-containing ring (e.g., aryl groups, aralkyl groups, groups having a heteroatom such as O, S, N, etc. at the end of these groups on the ring-constituting atom side).
  • those that do not have a double bond-containing ring eg, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, etc.
  • the “base polymer” of the adhesive refers to the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive.
  • rubber-like polymer refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature.
  • main component refers to a component contained in an amount exceeding 50% by weight unless otherwise specified.
  • acrylic polymer refers to a polymer containing monomer units derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule as monomer units constituting the polymer.
  • a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule is also referred to as "acrylic monomer”.
  • an acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer containing monomeric units derived from an acrylic monomer.
  • Typical examples of acrylic polymers include acrylic polymers in which more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 90% by weight) of monomer components constituting the polymer are acrylic monomers.
  • the term "acrylic monomer” refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule.
  • (meth)acryloyl group” is meant to comprehensively refer to acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Therefore, the concept of an acrylic monomer as used herein can include both a monomer having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomer) and a monomer having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomer).
  • (meth)acrylic acid means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid
  • “(meth)acrylate” means acrylate and methacrylate, respectively. The same applies to other similar terms.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed by this specification is an organic compound having a structure having a hub ring and two or more substituents bonded to constituent atoms of the hub ring.
  • the hub ring is a double bond-containing ring, and at least one of the two or more substituents is a substituent having a double bond-containing ring.
  • a compound that satisfies such structural requirements is used as a constituent component of an adhesive and is useful as a refractive index adjuster that adjusts the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • the refractive index modifier disclosed herein may be a non-polymer and has the structure described above (that is, a structure having a hub ring and two or more substituents bonded to constituent atoms of the hub ring). may be a polymer having two or more repeating units of When the refractive index modifier is a polymer, the number of repeating units in the polymer is, for example, 2 to 30 or 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4 (eg, 2 to 3 ).
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected within a range in which the intended function can be exhibited.
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier may be, for example, approximately less than 10,000, less than 7,000, less than 5,000, less than 3,500, or 3,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is advantageously less than 3000, preferably less than 2000 or less than 2000, and less than 1500 or It is more preferably less than 1500, may be 1000 or less or less than 1000, may be 800 or less or less than 800, may be 700 or less or less than 700, or may be 650 or less or less than 650.
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index adjuster may be, for example, 150 or more, 200 or more, or 250 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index adjusting agent is suitably 300 or more, preferably 350 or more. is preferably 400 or more, and may be 430 or more, 470 or more, 500 or more, or 550 or more. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the refractive index adjuster is not too low from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the suppression of contamination of the adherend.
  • the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is calculated based on the chemical structure when the refractive index modifier is a non-polymer or a polymer with a low degree of polymerization (for example, about 2- to 5-mers). Molecular weight or measurements using matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF-MS) can be used. For polymers with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When the nominal value of the molecular weight is provided by the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be adopted.
  • the hub ring in the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is typically a double bond-containing ring corresponding to at least one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring (preferably heteroaromatic ring).
  • the hub ring may be a non-condensed ring (single ring) or a condensed ring, but is preferably a non-condensed ring (eg, 3- to 8-membered ring, preferably 5- to 7-membered ring).
  • the hub ring is a non-fused heteroaromatic ring.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained as ring-constituting atoms in the heteroaromatic ring may be 1 or 2 or more, for example, 1-3.
  • heteroaromatic rings in which at least one of the heteroatoms contained as ring-constituting atoms is N are preferred, and heteroaromatic rings in which all of the above heteroatoms are N are more preferred.
  • An example of a particularly preferred heteroaromatic ring is a triazine ring.
  • the number of substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is typically 2 or more and the number of the ring-constituting atoms or less, for example, 3 or more and the number of the ring-constituting atoms or less.
  • the number of substituents having a double bond-containing ring may be 1 or more, 2 or more, or 3 or more.
  • the number of substituents having no double bond-containing ring may be 0, may be 1 or more and the total number of the substituents ⁇ 1 or less, or may be 1 or more and the total number of the substituents ⁇ 2 It can be below.
  • the total number of substituents refers to the total number of substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring, regardless of whether the substituents have a double bond-containing ring.
  • Refractive index improvers have two or more substituents having a double bond-containing ring on the hub ring.
  • a refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).
  • the number of double bond-containing rings possessed by the substituent may be 1, or 2 or more.
  • having two or more double bond-containing rings means having two or more double bond-containing rings that are not mutually condensed.
  • Each double bond-containing ring may independently be a non-fused ring or a fused ring.
  • Having a substituent having two or more double bond-containing rings on the hub ring can be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index.
  • Refractive index improvers according to some embodiments have one or more (preferably two or more, for example three) substituents having two or more double bond-containing rings on the hub ring.
  • a refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).
  • the two or more double bond-containing rings may be chemically bonded directly (i.e., without intervening other atoms), such as in a biphenyl structure. Alternatively, they may be linked via a linking group.
  • the linking group is, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (eg, -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1).
  • a thiooxyalkylene group such as a —S—(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), a linear alkylene group (ie, a —(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), —NR 4 — group (R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1)), —NR 4 —( CH 2 ) n — group (where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1, and R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1)), the above
  • the oxyalkylene group, the thiooxyalkylene group, the straight-chain alkylene group, and the alkylene group in the —NR 4 —(CH 2 ) n — group may be a partially or completely halogenated group
  • the linking group may have an ester bond.
  • the number of atoms of the linking group is, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, may be 1 to 2, may be 2, or may be 1.
  • the number of atoms in the linking group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach from one double bond-containing ring to the other double bond-containing ring.
  • the linking group consists of a linear alkylene group (ie, -(CH 2 ) n - group)
  • the number n is the number of atoms in the linking group.
  • Preferable substituents from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index include substituents containing structures in which the two or more double bond-containing rings are directly chemically bonded or bonded via an oxy group or a thiooxy group. .
  • the above substituent having a double bond-containing ring is such that a heteroatom (e.g., O, S or N, preferably O or S) of the substituent is attached to a ring-constituting atom (e.g., carbon atoms).
  • a compound having such a structure is preferable because it can be suitable for increasing the refractive index of the compound itself or a composition containing the compound.
  • a heteroatom bonded to a ring-constituting atom of the hub ring may be a ring-constituting atom of the double bond-containing ring (heterocyclic ring) in the substituent having the double bond-containing ring.
  • linking group may be an atom constituting a linking group connecting with the hub ring.
  • the linking group include a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group (eg —O—(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), a thiooxyalkylene group (eg —S—( CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), —NR 4 — group, —NR 4 —(CH 2 ) n — group (n is 1 to 3, preferably 1, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1).
  • the number of atoms of the linking group that connects the double bond-containing ring and the hub ring is, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, may be 1 to 2, may be 2, or may be 1.
  • the number of atoms in the linking group means the minimum number of atoms required to reach the double bond-containing ring of the substituent from the hub ring.
  • the double bond-containing ring possessed by the substituent bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is typically a ring corresponding to at least one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring, preferably a non-condensed ring.
  • the above double bond-containing ring has, on its ring-constituting atoms, one or more substituents other than the substituents bonded to the hub ring and the substituents bonded to other double bond-containing rings.
  • substituents include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkenyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups. , acyclic substituents such as cyano groups; and substituents having non-double bond-containing rings such as cycloalkyl groups, cycloalkyloxy groups, and norbornyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in each group is, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4. , may be 1 to 2, may be 2, or may be 1.
  • the double bond-containing ring of the substituents attached to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is an aromatic ring (preferably a carbon aromatic ring, particularly preferably a benzene ring) with or without a substituent. is.
  • At least one (for example, 1, 2 or 3) of the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring has the following formula (II): —X(CH 2 ) n —Ar(Y) m (II) (In formula (II) above, X is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 — (wherein R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group), preferably —O— or —S -, n is 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • Ar is an aromatic ring, preferably a carbon aromatic ring, particularly preferably a benzene ring
  • Y is , are substituents on the ring-constituting atoms of Ar and are each independently an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1), a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and a phenoxy group, m is 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1);
  • a compound having a structure in which a substituent represented by is bonded is preferable.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein may have only the substituents having the double bond-containing ring as the substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring. Such a structure allows more substituents having a double bond-containing ring to be bonded to the hub ring, and is suitable for increasing the refractive index.
  • the refractive index modifier disclosed herein has a substituent having a double bond-containing ring and a substituent having no double bond-containing ring as substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring. You may have In some embodiments, having a substituent that does not have a double bond-containing ring on the hub ring can contribute to improving solubility in solvents and compatibility in adhesives.
  • each of the substituents having no double bond-containing ring is independently selected from, for example, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, hydroxyalkyl group, alkoxy group (e.g.
  • substituents having no double bond-containing ring those containing an alkyl group in the substituent (alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, ethoxyethyl group, etc.), the carbon atom of each alkyl group
  • the number is, for example, 1-12, preferably 2-12, 4-12 or 6-10 in some embodiments, and 1-6, 1-4 or 1-2 in some other embodiments.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched. Specific examples of branched alkyl groups include 2-ethylhexyl, isooctyl and isononyl groups.
  • substituents having no double bond-containing ring include alkoxy groups (eg, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms) and alkylthio groups. (eg, an alkylthio group having 2 to 12, 4 to 12 or 6 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Suitable examples of the refractive index modifier disclosed herein include triazine compounds represented by the following formula (I).
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S- and -NR 4 .
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms).
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group It is a ring-containing group.
  • the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms.
  • the substituent is each independently an alkyl group (e.g., an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., , an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms) and a cyano group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is an alkyl group having 1 to 12, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 12, 4 to 12 carbon atoms or An alkyl group of 6 to 10 is preferred.
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index, it is advantageous that two or more of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are selected from —O— and —S—, and preferred examples are X 1 , X 2 and compounds wherein all of X 3 are -O-, compounds wherein two or more of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are -S-, compounds wherein all of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are -S- , etc. Among them, compounds in which X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are all -S- are preferred.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are all preferably aromatic ring-containing groups.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are all optionally substituted biphenyl groups (for example, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are all unsubstituted biphenyl groups) compound) is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index.
  • the biphenyl group is, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, 2-biphenyl or 4-biphenyl.
  • 2-biphenyl means that the corresponding X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are bonded to the 2-position (ortho-position) carbon of the biphenyl group
  • 4-biphenyl means the corresponding X It means that 1 , X 2 and X 3 are bonded to the 4-position (para-position) carbon of the biphenyl group.
  • Compounds in which R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in formula (I) are all 2-biphenyl groups are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index and solubility in solvents.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (I) includes, for example, commercially available halogenated triazine compounds (cyanuric chloride, 2-(4-cyanophenyl)amino-4,6-dichloro-1,3, 5-triazine, etc.) with an alcohol compound or a thiol compound depending on the structure of the target product.
  • commercially available halogenated triazine compounds cyanuric chloride, 2-(4-cyanophenyl)amino-4,6-dichloro-1,3, 5-triazine, etc.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is not particularly limited as long as it can be blended with the pressure-sensitive adhesive to adjust the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive to a desired range.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index modifier can be, for example, within the range of 1.500 to 2.000.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjuster means the refractive index measured under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index modifier can be measured using a commercially available measurement device (for example, Prism Coupler, model "2010M" manufactured by Metricon).
  • the refractive index of the refractive index modifier may be, for example, 1.530 or higher, suitably 1.550 or higher, and advantageously 1.560 or higher. It is preferably 0.580 or more, more preferably 1.590 or more.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index modifier may be, for example, 1.600 or higher, 1.610 or higher, 1.630 or higher, or 1.650 or higher. may be 1.660 or more, 1.670 or more, 1.680 or more, 1.690 or more, or 1.700 or more.
  • a refractive index adjuster having a higher refractive index can more efficiently exhibit the effect of increasing the refractive index by being blended into the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Further, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, cost, etc.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index modifier may be 1.900 or less, or 1.800 or less. It may be 1.780 or less, 1.750 or less, or 1.730 or less.
  • the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting agent is, for example, 1.590 or more and 1.750 or less, preferably 1.610 or more and 1.750 or less. , more preferably 1.640 or more and 1.750, may be 1.660 or more and 1.730 or less, or may be 1.680 or more and 1.730 or less.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is preferably soluble in a solvent (typically an organic solvent) from the viewpoint of ease of blending with the adhesive.
  • soluble means that the refractive index modifier is at least 2% by weight (preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, still more preferably 20% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 40% by weight or more). It means that it is possible to prepare a solution containing at a concentration of For example, acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; lower ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene); and MEK is particularly preferred.
  • acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate
  • lower ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and tol
  • advantageous structural features from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent include (i) a non-planar shape; and (ii) non-rotational symmetry with respect to the hub ring.
  • a compound that corresponds to either one or both of (i) and (ii) above is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the compound corresponding to (i) above include compound (A1) and compound (A4) described in Examples below. These compounds have a ball-like (non-planar) shape as a whole due to their molecular structure.
  • the compound (A5) described in Examples described later is rotationally symmetrical (has a three-fold rotational axis), whereas the compound (A6) is non-rotationally symmetrical and corresponds to (ii) above.
  • a compound that satisfies the above (i) and is rotationally symmetrical with respect to the hub ring is preferable because it can have a high refractive index and good solubility.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein is characterized by containing a refractive index modifier as described above.
  • the type of the adhesive is not particularly limited. Adhesives, polyether-based adhesives, polyamide-based adhesives, fluorine-based adhesives, and the like may be used.
  • the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive refers to a pressure-sensitive adhesive having an acrylic polymer as a base polymer. The same applies to rubber-based and other pressure-sensitive adhesives. From the standpoint of ease of adjustment of adhesive properties, optical properties, and the like, acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferred in some embodiments.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using an adhesive composition containing a refractive index modifier (typically, an adhesive composition containing at least a base polymer and a refractive index modifier).
  • a refractive index modifier typically, an adhesive composition containing at least a base polymer and a refractive index modifier.
  • the form of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not particularly limited.
  • An active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive-forming component is dispersed in water, and is applied in a heat-melted state, and It can be in various forms, such as a hot-melt adhesive composition that forms an adhesive when cooled to a temperature.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably formed using a solvent-type adhesive composition from the viewpoint of ease of blending of the refractive index adjuster.
  • a solvent-type adhesive composition typically the composition can be dried (preferably further crosslinked) to form the adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive is typically formed by irradiating an active energy ray to promote a polymerization reaction and/or a cross-linking reaction. When it is necessary to dry the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to irradiate the active energy ray after drying.
  • the content of the refractive index adjuster in the adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to obtain an adhesive having a desired refractive index.
  • the amount of the refractive index modifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect. It is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, more preferably 1 part by weight or more, may be 3 parts by weight or more, may be 5 parts by weight or more, may be 7 parts by weight or more, or may be 9 parts by weight or more. good.
  • the amount of the refractive index modifier used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer can be, for example, 80 parts by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good adhesive properties, it is advantageous to use it at 60 parts by weight or less. , 45 parts by weight or less, may be 30 parts by weight or less, may be 25 parts by weight or less, may be 20 parts by weight or less, or may be 15 parts by weight or less.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the refractive index n a of the refractive index adjusting agent and the refractive index n T of the adhesive containing the refractive index adjusting agent can be set to be greater than zero.
  • is, for example, 0.010 or more, preferably 0.020 or more, more preferably 0.030 or more, may be 0.040 or more, or 0.040 or more. 060 or more, 0.080 or more, 0.100 or more, 0.150 or more, 0.200 or more, or 0.250 or more.
  • the refractive index modifier contributes more to the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive having a larger value of
  • may be, for example, 0.500 or less, 0.400 or less, or 0 It may be less than 0.300, less than 0.250, less than 0.200, or less than 0.100.
  • the relationship between the refractive index na of the refractive index adjuster and the refractive index nT of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be na > nT or na ⁇ nT . That is, 0 ⁇ n A or 0> ⁇ n A may be used.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein can exhibit a higher refractive index than a general adhesive (for example, an acrylic adhesive). It can be preferably used as a refractive index agent.
  • ) is greater than 0. is set to In some embodiments,
  • the refractive index adjusting effect of using the refractive index adjusting agent tends to be enhanced.
  • may be, for example, 0.550 or less, 0.450 or less, or 0.550 or less in some embodiments. It may be 350 or less, 0.300 or less, less than 0.250, less than 0.150, or less than 0.130.
  • the relationship between the refractive index na of the refractive index modifier and the refractive index nb of the base polymer may be na > nb or na ⁇ nb .
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein can exhibit a higher refractive index than a base polymer (e.g., an acrylic polymer) of a general adhesive, for example, 0 ⁇ n B , the adhesive can be preferably used as a refractive index increasing agent.
  • a base polymer e.g., an acrylic polymer
  • the adhesive can be preferably used as a refractive index increasing agent.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein will be further described using an acrylic adhesive as a main example, but the adhesive disclosed herein is not intended to be limited to the acrylic adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive is an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that uses an acrylic polymer as a base polymer and contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein can be used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a base polymer to effectively adjust the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive (for example, increase the refractive index).
  • the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer” is contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the form of a preformed polymer (which may be an oligomer), or is an unpolymerized monomer.
  • the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may be contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized product, or a partially polymerized product. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, in some embodiments, substantially all of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) are added to the polymer.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition comprising the form is preferred.
  • (Monomer (m1)) A compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule is used as the monomer (m1).
  • the monomer (m1) such compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated groups include (meth)acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and (meth)allyl groups.
  • a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness.
  • the monomer (m1) a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group contained in one molecule (that is, a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used.
  • the number of aromatic rings contained in one molecule of the compound used as the monomer (m1) may be 1, or 2 or more.
  • the upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 16 or less.
  • the number of aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, and 6 or less, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the like. is more preferable, and may be 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • the aromatic ring possessed by the compound used as the monomer (m1) is a benzene ring (which may be a benzene ring constituting part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene structure); a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring.
  • the heteroatoms included as ring-constituting atoms in the above heterocycle may be one or more selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, for example.
  • the heteroatoms that make up the heterocycle can be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur.
  • the monomer (m1) may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.
  • the aromatic ring may or may not have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms.
  • the substituent includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, and a glycidyloxy group. etc. are exemplified, but not limited to these.
  • substituents containing carbon atoms the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and can be, for example, 1 or 2.
  • the aromatic ring has no substituents on ring-constituting atoms, or has one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups, alkoxy groups and halogen atoms (e.g., bromine atoms).
  • the aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be directly bonded or may be bonded via a linking group.
  • the linking group is, for example, an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, a poly(oxyalkylene) group, a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group, an alkoxyphenyl group, or a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms in these groups are substituted with hydroxyl groups. (eg, hydroxyalkylene group), oxy group (--O-- group), thiooxy group (--S-- group), and the like.
  • the aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group are directly attached or attached via a linking group selected from the group consisting of alkylene, oxyalkylene and poly(oxyalkylene) groups.
  • Aromatic ring-containing monomers having a structure in which The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and can be, for example, 1 or 2.
  • the number of repeating oxyalkylene units in the poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2-3.
  • Examples of compounds that can be preferably employed as the monomer (m1) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds.
  • the aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • One or two or more aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and one or two or more aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds may be used in combination.
  • a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) in one molecule can be used because a high refractive index-increasing effect is likely to be obtained.
  • monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule include monomers having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, and two or more non-condensed aromatic rings.
  • Monomers having a structure in which rings are directly (that is, not via other atoms) chemically bonded monomers having a condensed aromatic ring structure, monomers having a fluorene structure, monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure, monomers having a dibenzothiophene structure , etc.
  • the monomers containing multiple aromatic rings may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the linking group is, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (eg, -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1).
  • a thiooxyalkylene group such as a —S—(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), a linear alkylene group (ie, a —(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), the above oxyalkylene group, the above thiooxyalkylene group and the above linear alkylene group in which the alkylene group is partially or completely halogenated, and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the linking group from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group and a linear alkylene group.
  • monomers having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (e.g., m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate), thiophenoxybenzyl (meth) Acrylate, benzylbenzyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
  • the monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded may be, for example, a biphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, a triphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, a vinyl group-containing biphenyl, or the like. Specific examples include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate and biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • Examples of monomers having a condensed aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylates, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylates, vinyl group-containing naphthalenes, and vinyl group-containing anthracene.
  • Specific examples include 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate (also known as 1-naphthalenemethyl (meth)acrylate), hydroxyethylated ⁇ -naphthol acrylate, 2-naphthoethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-naphthoxyethyl acrylate, 2 -(4-methoxy-1-naphthoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.
  • the monomer having a fluorene structure examples include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene (meth)acrylate and 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene (meth)acrylate. etc. Since the monomer having a fluorene structure includes a structural portion in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded, it is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
  • Examples of the monomer having a dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, (meth)allyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, and the like. Specific examples include (meth)acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound having a structure in which CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 — is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • (meth)acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene for example, at the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O) OCH(CH 3 )— or a compound having a structure in which CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 — is bonded, where R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • vinyldinaphthothiophene Formula example, compounds having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to the 5th or 6th position of the naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxydinaphthothiophene, and the like.
  • the monomer having a dinaphthothiophene structure is included in the concept of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure by including a naphthalene structure and by having a structure in which a thiophene ring and two naphthalene structures are condensed. be.
  • Examples of the monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like.
  • a monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure is included in the concept of a monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure because it has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings are condensed. Neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure corresponds to structures in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
  • a monomer having one aromatic ring (preferably carbocyclic ring) in one molecule is used as the monomer (m1).
  • a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule can be useful, for example, in improving the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, adjusting the pressure-sensitive adhesive properties, improving the transparency, and the like.
  • a single aromatic ring-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule may be used in combination with a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated phenol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the monomer (m1) a monomer having a structure in which an oxyethylene chain is interposed between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring in various aromatic ring-containing monomers as described above may be used.
  • a monomer having an oxyethylene chain interposed between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring in this manner can be understood as an ethoxylated product of the original monomer.
  • the number of repeating oxyethylene units ( --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O-- ) in the oxyethylene chain is typically 1-4, preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2, for example 1.
  • ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cresol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxydiethylene glycol. di(meth)acrylate and the like.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some aspects, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and is preferably 70% by weight or more from the viewpoint of facilitating obtaining a higher refractive index. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m1) may be the multiple aromatic ring-containing monomer. That is, only one or two or more aromatic ring-containing monomers may be used as the monomer (m1).
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is 100. It may be less than wt%, may be 98 wt% or less, may be 90 wt% or less, may be 80 wt% or less, may be 70 wt% or less, may be 65 wt% or less, or may be 50 wt% or less. , 25% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing multiple aromatic rings may not be used.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, or 50% by weight.
  • it is greater than, preferably greater than 70% by weight may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, may be 95% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is advantageously about 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, in consideration of the balance between high refractive index and flexibility. , 96% by weight or less, preferably 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.
  • the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be 70% by weight or less, or 60% by weight. % by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight.
  • the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and is preferably 70% by weight or more from the viewpoint of facilitating obtaining a higher refractive index. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m1) may be a single aromatic ring-containing monomer. That is, as the monomer (m1), only one or more monomers containing a single aromatic ring may be used.
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and may be less than 98% by weight. % or less, 90 wt% or less, 80 wt% or less, 70 wt% or less, 65 wt% or less, 50 wt% or less, 25 wt% or less, 10 wt% It can be below.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer (m1) is less than 5% by weight. A single aromatic ring-containing monomer may not be used.
  • the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose.
  • the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more.
  • the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, or more than 50% by weight.
  • the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component may be about 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, in consideration of the balance between high refractive index and flexibility. More preferably, it is 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.
  • the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component may be 70% by weight or less, or 60% by weight. % by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight.
  • a high refractive index monomer can be preferably employed as at least part of the monomer (m1).
  • “high refractive index monomer” refers to a monomer having a refractive index of, for example, approximately 1.510 or higher, preferably approximately 1.530 or higher, and more preferably approximately 1.550 or higher.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 3.000 or less from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and compatibility with flexibility suitable as a pressure-sensitive adhesive. It may be 0.500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.800 or less, or 1.700 or less.
  • the high refractive index monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the refractive index of the monomer is measured using an Abbe refractometer under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C.
  • As the Abbe refractometer model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent can be used. If the manufacturer or the like provides the nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., the nominal value can be adopted.
  • m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, homopolymer Tg: -35°C), 1-naphthylmethyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.595, homopolymer Tg: 31°C), Ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (repeating number of oxyethylene unit: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, homopolymer Tg: 6°C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Refractive index (nD20): 1.517, homopolymer Tg: 2 ° C.), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, homopolymer Tg: -35 ° C.), 6-acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene ( 6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.75), 6-methacryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer (that is, the aromatic ring-containing monomer having a refractive index of about 1.510 or higher, preferably about 1.530 or higher, more preferably about 1.550 or higher) in the monomer (m1) is particularly For example, it may be 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more.
  • Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m1) may be high refractive index monomers. Further, in some aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving both high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and may be 98% by weight. % or less, 90 wt% or less, 80 wt% or less, or 65 wt% or less.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. In addition, if necessary, it can be set in consideration of compatibility with adhesive properties (eg, adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (eg, total light transmittance, haze value, etc.).
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, and from the viewpoint of facilitating obtaining a higher refractive index, it is more than 50% by weight.
  • it is preferably greater than 70% by weight, it may be 75% by weight or more, it may be 85% by weight or more, it may be 90% by weight or more, it may be 95% by weight or more.
  • the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component is advantageously 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner. It is more preferably 96% by weight or less, 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.
  • an aromatic ring-containing monomer having a homopolymer Tg of 10°C or lower (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer L") is employed as at least part of the monomer (m1).
  • the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the monomer component (in particular, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) corresponding to at least one of the above-described multiple aromatic ring-containing monomer, single aromatic ring-containing monomer, and high refractive index monomer)
  • the storage elastic modulus G' of the pressure-sensitive adhesive generally tends to increase when increased, the increase in the storage elastic modulus G' can be suppressed by adopting the monomer L as part or all of the monomer (m1). can.
  • the Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, 5° C. or lower, 0° C. or lower, ⁇ 10° C. or lower, ⁇ 20° C. or lower, or ⁇ 25° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit of Tg of monomer L is not particularly limited.
  • the Tg of the monomer L may be -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher.
  • the Tg of monomer L may be, for example, ⁇ 30° C. or higher, ⁇ 10° C. or higher, 0° C. or higher, or 3° C. or higher.
  • Monomer L can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • a compound having a corresponding Tg is appropriately selected from compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) disclosed herein (e.g., the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). be able to.
  • Preferred examples of aromatic ring-containing monomers that can be used as monomer L include m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: ⁇ 35° C.), benzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 6° C.), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: Tg: 2°C) and phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C).
  • the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a pressure-sensitive adhesive having both a high refractive index and flexibility at a high level, From the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, it is preferably 60% by weight or more, may be 70% by weight or more, may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight or more. good.
  • Substantially 100% by weight of monomer (m1) may be monomer L. Further, in some aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and 98% by weight or less. may be 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less.
  • the content of the monomer L in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer L in the monomer component may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, and the refractive index From the viewpoint of improvement, it is advantageous to be more than 50% by weight, preferably more than 70% by weight, may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight. It can be more than that.
  • the content of the monomer L in the monomer component is advantageously about 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, and 96% by weight. More preferably, it is 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg m1 based on the composition of the monomer (m1) is suitably about 20° C. or lower, preferably 10° C. or lower, from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive. For example, it may be 5° C. or lower, 0° C. or lower, ⁇ 10° C. or lower, ⁇ 20° C. or lower, or ⁇ 25° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit of the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 may be -70° C. or higher, -55° C. or higher, or -45° C. or higher, in consideration of the balance with the refractive index improvement effect.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be suitably practiced in embodiments in which the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is, for example, ⁇ 40° C. or higher, ⁇ 35° C. or higher, ⁇ 33° C. or higher, ⁇ 30° C. or higher, or ⁇ 25° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg m1 may be, for example, ⁇ 10° C. or higher, 0° C. or higher, or 3° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg m1 based on the composition of the monomer (m1) is the Tg determined by the Fox formula described below based on the composition of only the monomer (m1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is obtained by applying the Fox formula to only the monomer (m1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, and the glass of the homopolymer of each aromatic ring-containing monomer used as the monomer (m1). It can be calculated from the transition temperature and the weight fraction of each aromatic ring-containing monomer in the total amount of the monomers (m1).
  • the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer and the glass transition temperature Tg m1 match.
  • the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is a combination of monomer L (i.e., an aromatic ring-containing monomer whose homopolymer Tg is 10°C or lower) and monomer H whose Tg is higher than 10°C.
  • the Tg of monomer H may be, for example, greater than 10°C, greater than 15°C, or greater than 20°C.
  • the usage ratio of the monomer L and the monomer H is not particularly limited and can be set so as to suitably exhibit such effects.
  • the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) can be preferably selected from compounds that do not contain a structure (for example, a biphenyl structure) in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.
  • a structure for example, a biphenyl structure
  • the content of a compound containing a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (more preferably less than 3% by weight, and may be 0% by weight).
  • An acrylic polymer composed of is preferred.
  • Restricting the amount of the compound containing a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded in this way is advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that achieves both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner. can be.
  • the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and depending on the purpose, for example, desired refractive index and elastic modulus, adhesion properties (e.g. adhesive strength), optical properties (e.g. All light transmittance, haze value, etc.) can be set so as to realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive having one or more.
  • the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component may be, for example, 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 60% by weight or more, and 70% by weight. % or more.
  • the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, more than 70% by weight, suitably 75% by weight or more, and has a higher refractive index. It is preferably 80% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight or more.
  • the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component is typically less than 100% by weight, and from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, it is advantageously about 99% by weight or less.
  • the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component may be less than 90% by weight, and may be less than 85% by weight, from the viewpoint of facilitating the realization of higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (e.g., transparency). % or less than 80% by weight.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain a monomer (m2) in addition to the monomer (m1).
  • the monomer (m2) is a monomer corresponding to at least one of a monomer having a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and a monomer having a carboxy group (carboxy group-containing monomer).
  • the hydroxyl group-containing monomer is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule.
  • the carboxy group-containing monomer is a compound containing at least one carboxy group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule.
  • the monomer (m2) can be useful for introducing cross-linking points into the acrylic polymer and imparting appropriate cohesiveness to the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • Monomer (m2) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Monomer (m2) is typically a monomer containing no aromatic ring.
  • Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups possessed by the monomer (m2) include (meth)acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and (meth)allyl groups.
  • a (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness.
  • the monomer (m2) a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group contained in one molecule (that is, a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomers examples include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) Hydroxy (meth)acrylates such as 8-hydroxyoctyl acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples include, but are not limited to, alkyl.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomers examples include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility in the room temperature range, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate having a lower Tg is more preferable.
  • 50 wt% or more (eg, greater than 50 wt%, greater than 70 wt%, or greater than 85 wt%) of monomer (m2) can be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate.
  • a hydroxyl-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the hydroxyl-containing monomer may be one or more selected from compounds having no methacryloyl group.
  • Preferred examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers having no methacryloyl group include the various hydroxyalkyl acrylates described above. For example, more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used as the monomer (m2) is preferably hydroxyalkyl acrylate.
  • hydroxyalkyl acrylates can introduce hydroxy groups into the acrylic polymer that help provide cross-linking points and moderate cohesiveness, and at room temperature compared to using only the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylates. It is easy to obtain an adhesive with good flexibility and adhesiveness in the area.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers examples include acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, as well as itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, Examples include, but are not limited to, isocrotonic acid and the like.
  • carboxy group-containing monomers that can be preferably used include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
  • a carboxy group-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • a hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxy group-containing monomer may be used in combination.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) can be, for example, 0.01 wt% or more, 0.1 wt% or more, or 0.5 wt% or more.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) is preferably 1% by weight or more, may be 2% by weight or more, or may be 4% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component is set so that the sum with the content of the monomer (m1) does not exceed 100% by weight.
  • the content of the monomer (m2) is, for example, 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of facilitating conversion, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 10% by weight, or may be less than 7% by weight. . In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) may be less than 5 wt%, less than 3 wt%, or 1.5 wt% or less.
  • the total content of the monomer (m1) and the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 31% by weight or more, preferably 51% by weight or more, and may be 61% by weight or more. , 71% by weight or more.
  • the total content of the monomer (m1) and the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, 76% by weight from the viewpoint of favorably exhibiting the effects of these monomers. or more, preferably 81 wt% or more, 86 wt% or more, 91 wt% or more, 96 wt% or more, 99 wt% or more, substantially 100 wt% It's okay.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain an alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (m3)") in addition to the monomer (m1).
  • Monomer (m3) can help improve the flexibility of the adhesive. It can also help improve the compatibility of additives in the adhesive and adhesive properties such as adhesive strength.
  • Monomer (m3) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a straight or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (ie, C 1-20 ) at the ester end can be preferably used.
  • C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-(meth)acrylate, Butyl, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) heptyl acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, iso
  • an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a homopolymer Tg of -20°C or lower is preferably employed as at least part of the monomer (m3).
  • Such low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylates can help reduce the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. It can also help improve adhesive properties such as adhesive strength.
  • the lower limit of the Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher.
  • Specific examples of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), isononyl acrylate (iNA), and the like.
  • C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate As monomer (m3), it is preferred to use C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as monomer (m3). Among them, the use of C 4-8 alkyl acrylate is more preferable.
  • the C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The use of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to improve the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and to provide good pressure-sensitive adhesive properties (adhesive strength, etc.).
  • the proportion of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the alkyl (meth)acrylate contained in the monomer component is 30% by weight or more. is preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.
  • C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be preferably used as monomer (m3).
  • the use of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates allows the storage modulus in each temperature range to be adjusted. For example, it is possible to set the storage elastic modulus in the high temperature range to be relatively high, or to suppress an increase in the difference in storage elastic modulus between the low temperature range and the high temperature range.
  • the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to be excellent in copolymerizability with the monomer (m1).
  • the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably a C 2-6 alkyl acrylate, and still more preferably a C 4-6 alkyl acrylate.
  • the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, even more preferably is a C 2-4 alkyl acrylate.
  • Preferred examples of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates include BA.
  • the content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight. It can be more than that.
  • the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, adhesive strength, etc. It may be 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more (for example, 30% by weight or more).
  • the upper limit of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate content in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, and may be less than 35% by weight.
  • the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, and 17% by weight. It is more preferably less than 12% by weight, less than 7% by weight, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment that does not substantially use C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates.
  • C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates can preferably be used as monomer (m3).
  • Storage modulus can be favorably reduced by the use of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates.
  • the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates are preferably C 7-10 alkyl acrylates, more preferably C 7-9 alkyl acrylates, and even more preferably C 8 alkyl acrylates.
  • Suitable examples of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2EHA.
  • the content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight. It can be more than that.
  • the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, adhesive strength, etc. It may be 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more (for example, 30% by weight or more).
  • the upper limit of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate content in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, and may be less than 35% by weight.
  • the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, and 17% by weight. It is more preferably less than 12% by weight, less than 7% by weight, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a manner substantially free of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates.
  • At least part of the monomer (m3) is preferably an alkyl acrylate from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus.
  • the use of alkyl acrylates is also advantageous in terms of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength.
  • An embodiment in which only one or two or more alkyl acrylates are used as the monomer (m3) and no alkyl methacrylate is used may be used.
  • the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that the effect of use can be appropriately exhibited.
  • the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component is set so that the total content of the monomers (m1) and (m2) does not exceed 100% by weight, for example, less than 50% by weight, and 35% by weight. % may be less.
  • the content of the monomer (m3) can be, for example, 24% by weight or less. Since the refractive index of alkyl (meth)acrylate is generally relatively low, in order to increase the refractive index, the content of monomer (m3) in the monomer component is limited, and the content of monomer (m1) is increased relatively. It is advantageous to From this point of view, the content of the monomer (m3) is suitably less than 23% by weight of the monomer component, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight. It may be less than wt%, it may be less than 7 wt%, it may be less than 3 wt%, it may be less than 1 wt%.
  • the technology disclosed herein can also be preferably practiced in a mode in which the monomer (m3) is not substantially used.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain monomers other than the above monomers (m1), (m2) and (m3) (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers"), if necessary.
  • the above-mentioned other monomers can be used, for example, for the purposes of adjusting the Tg of the acrylic polymer, adjusting the adhesive performance, improving the compatibility in the adhesive layer, and the like. These other monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the other monomers include monomers having functional groups other than hydroxyl groups and carboxy groups (functional group-containing monomers).
  • other monomers capable of improving the cohesive strength and heat resistance of the adhesive include sulfonic acid group-containing monomers, phosphoric acid group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, and the like.
  • amide group-containing monomers For example, (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amino group-containing monomers (e.g., aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), nitrogen atom-containing rings Monomers having (e.g., N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, etc.), imide group-containing monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, keto group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers, etc. mentioned.
  • vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; non-aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate; ethylene, Olefin monomers such as butadiene and isobutylene; Chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; Alkoxy group-containing monomers such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; Vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether system monomer; and the like.
  • ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate, Tg of homopolymer: -67°C.
  • the amount used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set within a range in which the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight.
  • the content of the other monomer in the monomer component can be, for example, approximately 35% by weight or less, and approximately 25% by weight or less (for example, 0 ⁇ 25% by weight), approximately 20% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 20% by weight), and approximately 10% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 10% by weight).
  • it is about 5% by weight or less, for example about 1% by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced in a mode in which the monomer component does not substantially contain the above-mentioned other monomers.
  • the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may have a composition in which the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used is suppressed to a predetermined amount or less.
  • the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 5% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.5% by weight. Restricting the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer to be used in this way can be advantageous from the viewpoint of achieving a pressure-sensitive adhesive that achieves a good balance between flexibility and adhesiveness and a high refractive index.
  • the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may have a composition that does not contain a methacryloyl group-containing monomer (for example, a composition that consists only of an acryloyl group-containing monomer).
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is limited from the viewpoint of suppressing the coloring or discoloration (eg, yellowing) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, and 0 less than 0.05% by weight.
  • the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used is limited in this way is due to the fact that metal materials that can be placed in contact with or in close proximity to the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein (for example, metal wiring that can be present on the adherend, It is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing corrosion of metal films, etc.).
  • the technology disclosed herein can be practiced in a mode in which the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer does not contain a carboxy group-containing monomer.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer has an acidic functional group (including a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc.). preferably restricted.
  • the amount of the acidic functional group-containing monomer used in the monomer component of this embodiment the above-described preferred amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer can be applied.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced in an aspect in which the monomer component does not contain an acidic group-containing monomer (that is, an aspect in which the acrylic polymer is acid-free).
  • the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is, for example, 1.460 or higher, preferably 1.500 or higher, more preferably 1.530 or higher, still more preferably 1.550 or higher, and may be 1.560 or higher. , 1.570 or more, or 1.580 or more.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is preferably used for the purpose of increasing the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive by blending it into a pressure-sensitive adhesive whose base polymer is an acrylic polymer having a refractive index equal to or higher than a predetermined value.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is, for example, 1.700 or less, preferably 1.650 or less, or even 1.630 or less, from the viewpoint of adhesive properties and optical properties. It may be 610 or less, or 1.600 or less.
  • the refractive index of the base polymer is measured as the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive made from the base polymer.
  • the refractive index of an adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbe refractometer) under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C.
  • Abbe refractometer for example, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent is used.
  • an adhesive layer made of an adhesive to be evaluated can be used.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • the adhesive containing the refractive index modifier disclosed herein is based on an acrylic polymer composed of a monomer component containing a certain amount of the monomer (m1) (for example, 30% by weight or more of the monomer component) as described above.
  • the base polymer is not limited to the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive used as a polymer, and for example, an acrylic polymer composed of a monomer component that does not contain the above monomer (m1) or has a relatively small content of the above monomer (m1) is used as the base polymer.
  • An acrylic adhesive may be used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive containing the refractive index modifier disclosed herein is, for example:
  • the lower limit of the content of the monomer (m3) is 50% by weight, 60% by weight, 70% by weight or 80% by weight, and the upper limit is 99.9% by weight, 99.5% by weight, 98% by weight, 95% by weight. or 90% by weight;
  • the lower limit of the content of the monomer (m2) is 0.1% by weight, 0.5% by weight, 1% by weight, 2% by weight or 3% by weight, and the upper limit is 30% by weight, 20% by weight, 15% by weight.
  • the monomer (m1) is less than 30% by weight, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less, and more than 0% by weight, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 8% by weight or more , 12% by weight or more, or 18% by weight or more, or does not contain the monomer (m1);
  • the above other monomers are less than 30% by weight, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less, and more than 0% by weight, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.5% by weight or more, 1% by weight % or more, 3 wt% or more, 8 wt% or more, 12 wt% or more, or 18 wt% or more, or no other monomer; It may be an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive whose base polymer is an acrylic polymer composed of monomer components of the composition.
  • the refractive index of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, less than 1.550, 1.530 or less, 1.510 or less, 1.490 or less, or 1.480 or less.
  • the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is also preferably used in a mode in which it is blended in a pressure-sensitive adhesive that uses an acrylic polymer having such a refractive index as a base polymer, and effectively adjusts the pressure-sensitive adhesive (typically can have a high refractive index).
  • the lower limit of the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited.
  • the refractive index of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1.400 or higher, 1.440 or higher, 1.460 or higher, or 1.470 or higher.
  • the method for obtaining an acrylic polymer composed of such monomer components is not particularly limited, and solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, photopolymerization, etc.
  • Various polymerization methods known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers can be appropriately employed.
  • a solution polymerization method can be preferably employed.
  • the polymerization temperature at the time of solution polymerization can be appropriately selected according to the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc. ° C.).
  • the solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents.
  • aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetic esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; 1,2-dichloroethane and the like Halogenated alkanes; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (e.g., monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; Any one kind of solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds can be used.
  • the initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known polymerization initiators according to the type of polymerization method.
  • one or more azo polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be preferably used.
  • Other examples of polymerization initiators include persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; aromatic carbonyl compounds. ; and the like.
  • Still another example of the polymerization initiator is a redox initiator obtained by combining a peroxide and a reducing agent.
  • a polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the amount of the polymerization initiator used may be a normal amount, for example, about 0.005 to 1 part by weight (typically about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. ).
  • chain transfer agents can be used for the above polymerization, if necessary.
  • mercaptans such as n-dodecylmercaptan, t-dodecylmercaptan, thioglycolic acid and ⁇ -thioglycerol can be used.
  • a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atom non-sulfur chain transfer agent
  • non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as ⁇ -pinene and terpinolene; ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene dimer, etc.
  • a chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the amount used can be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.
  • the monomer component constituting the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein preferably has a composition such that the glass transition temperature Tg T based on the composition of the monomer component is about 15° C. or lower.
  • the glass temperature Tg T is preferably 10° C. or lower, more preferably 5° C. or lower, even more preferably 1° C. or lower, and may be 0° C. or lower.
  • the glass temperature Tg T may be ⁇ 10° C. or lower, ⁇ 20° C. or lower, ⁇ 25° C. or lower, ⁇ 30° C. or lower, or ⁇ 35° C. or lower. It's okay.
  • a low glass transition temperature Tg T can be advantageous from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg T may be, for example, ⁇ 80° C. or lower, ⁇ 70° C. or higher, or ⁇ 60° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg T is preferably -50°C or higher, more preferably -45°C or higher, and -40°C or higher.
  • the glass temperature Tg T may be greater than -30°C, greater than -20°C, greater than -10°C, or greater than -5°C.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg T means the glass transition temperature determined by the Fox formula based on the composition of the above monomer components, unless otherwise specified.
  • Tg is the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K)
  • Wi the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (weight-based copolymerization ratio)
  • Tgi is the homopolymer of the monomer i. represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K).
  • the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating the Tg As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating the Tg, the value described in known materials such as "Polymer Handbook” (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) is used. For monomers for which multiple values are listed in the above Polymer Handbook, the highest value is adopted. If the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in known documents, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271 shall be used.
  • the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the base polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited. or more, or about 80 ⁇ 10 4 or more.
  • the upper limit of Mw of the base polymer is, for example, about 500 ⁇ 10 4 or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesion performance, about 400 ⁇ 10 4 or less (more preferably about 150 ⁇ 10 4 or less, for example about 130 ⁇ 10 4 or less). A range is preferred.
  • the Mw of the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene. Specifically, it can be obtained by measuring under the following conditions using a GPC measurement device with the trade name "HLC-8220GPC” (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a cross-linking agent, if necessary, for the purpose of adjusting the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • a cross-linking agent known in the field of adhesives such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an aziridine-based cross-linking agent, an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, a melamine-based resin, a metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, etc. can be used. can be done.
  • isocyanate-based cross-linking agents and epoxy-based cross-linking agents can be preferably employed.
  • cross-linking agents include monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, ie, polyfunctional monomers.
  • a crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • an isocyanate compound having a functionality of 2 or more can be used.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Takenate 300S, Takenate 500, Takenate 600, Takenate D165N, Takenate D178N (manufactured by Takeda Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), Sumidule T80, Sumidule L, Desmodur N3400 (Sumika Bayer Urethane Corporation), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the like.
  • An isocyanate compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • a bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound may be used in combination.
  • Epoxy cross-linking agents include, for example, bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resin, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylol.
  • Propane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. can be mentioned. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecane Diol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl (meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, epoxy acrylate , polyester
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, in the range of about 0.001 to 5.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. can do. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend, in some embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent used is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. , 1.0 parts by weight or less, 0.5 parts by weight or less, or 0.2 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.01 part by weight. 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.08 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.2 parts by weight or more, or 0.4 parts by weight or more It's okay.
  • a cross-linking catalyst may be used to promote the cross-linking reaction more effectively.
  • cross-linking catalysts include metallic cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, Nasem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Of these, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred.
  • the amount of cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited.
  • the amount of the cross-linking catalyst used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, about 0.0001 part by weight or more and 1 part by weight or less in consideration of the balance between the speed of the crosslinking reaction rate and the length of the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. and it is preferably in the range of 0.001 part by weight or more and 0.5 part by weight or less.
  • the adhesive composition can contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism as a cross-linking retarder. This can achieve the effect of extending the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a compound that exhibits keto-enol tautomerism can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent.
  • Various ⁇ -dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism.
  • ⁇ -diketones acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.
  • acetoacetic esters methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.
  • Compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can contain high refractive index particles as an optional component.
  • the high refractive index particles mean particles capable of increasing the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive by being contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the high refractive index particles may be referred to as "particles P HRI ". HRI stands for high refractive index.
  • the particle PHRI is, for example, 1.60 or higher, preferably 1.65 or higher, more preferably 1.70 or higher (1.80 or higher, 1.90 or higher, or even 2.00 or higher). ) may be used.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the material constituting the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3.00 or less, 2.80 or less, 2.50 or less, or 2.20 or less. It may be 2.00 or less.
  • the refractive index of the material constituting the particle P HRI was measured using a commercially available spectroscopic ellipsometer for a single layer film of the material (a film thickness that allows refractive index measurement) at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25 ° C. is the refractive index measured under the conditions of As the spectroscopic ellipsometer, for example, the product name "EC-400" (manufactured by JA. Woolam) or its equivalent is used.
  • the type of particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and one or more materials that can improve the refractive index of the adhesive are selected from metal particles, metal compound particles, organic particles, and organic-inorganic composite particles. can be selected and used.
  • inorganic oxides for example, metal oxides
  • metal oxides that can improve the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used.
  • Preferable examples of materials constituting the particles PHRI include titania (titanium oxide, TiO 2 ), zirconia (zirconium oxide, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, niobium oxide ( Nb 2 O 5 , etc.) and other inorganic oxides (specifically, metal oxides). Particles composed of these inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among them, particles made of titania or zirconia are preferable, and particles made of zirconia are particularly preferable.
  • the metal particles for example, iron-based, zinc-based, tungsten-based, and platinum-based materials can have a high refractive index.
  • the organic particles particles made of resins such as styrene resins, phenol resins, polyester resins, and polycarbonate resins have a relatively high refractive index.
  • the organic-inorganic composite particles include composites of the aforementioned inorganic material and organic material, inorganic particles coated with an organic material such as a resin, and the like. From the viewpoint of compatibility with the pressure-sensitive adhesive component, the particles PHRI may be the above-mentioned organic or inorganic particles surface-treated with a surface-treating agent.
  • the average particle size of the particles PHRI is not particularly limited, and particles having an appropriate size that can achieve the desired refractive index improvement by being contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used.
  • the average particle size of the particles PHRI can be, for example, about 1 nm or more, suitably about 5 nm or more. From the viewpoint of improving the refractive index and handling properties, the average particle size of the particles PHRI is preferably approximately 10 nm or more, may be approximately 20 nm or more, or may be approximately 30 nm or more. Also, from the viewpoint of maintaining adhesive properties, etc., the upper limit of the average particle diameter is, for example, about 300 nm or less. It is about 50 nm or less, and may be about 35 nm or less (for example, about 25 nm or less).
  • the average particle diameter of the particles PHRI refers to the volume average particle diameter . It refers to the particle diameter at an integrated value of 50% (50% volume average particle diameter; hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as D50 ).
  • D50 volume average particle diameter
  • the product name "Microtrac MT3000II” manufactured by Microtrac Bell or its equivalent can be used.
  • the content of particle PHRI in the adhesive is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the particle PHRI can vary depending on the desired refractive index.
  • the content of the particles PHRI can be appropriately set in consideration of the required adhesion properties and the like so that the refractive index is equal to or greater than a predetermined value.
  • the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive can be, for example, approximately 75% by weight or less, and may be approximately 50% by weight or less, or approximately 30% by weight from the standpoint of adhesive properties and transparency. The following may be used.
  • the lower limit of the particle PHRI content is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0% by weight, 1% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more.
  • the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive is, for example, less than 10 wt%, may be less than 1 wt%, and may be less than 0.1 wt%.
  • the techniques disclosed herein can be practiced in such a manner that the adhesive is substantially free of particulate PHRI .
  • the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive can also be specified relative to the amount of base polymer contained in the adhesive.
  • the content of the particles P HRI can be, for example, about 100 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. The following may be used.
  • the lower limit of the particle P HRI content relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight or more, or 5 parts by weight or more.
  • the content of particulate P HRI is, for example, less than 30 parts by weight, may be less than 10 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, and may be less than 0.2 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of base polymer. It may be less than 1 part by weight.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein may contain a plasticizer as an optional component.
  • a plasticizer can reduce the elastic modulus of the adhesive.
  • flexibility and conformability to deformation can be improved.
  • an appropriate material that can contribute to lowering the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used.
  • a plasticizer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 30°C.
  • liquid means exhibiting fluidity, and refers to a liquid as a substance state.
  • Such compounds include compounds having a melting point of 30° C. or less. Since the plasticizer is liquid at 30° C., the plasticizing effect is preferably exhibited, and the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be effectively reduced.
  • the plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 25°C, more preferably a compound that is liquid at 20°C.
  • the plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings in one molecule (however, the refractive index excluding compounds having structures corresponding to regulators) can be preferably used.
  • the number of double bond-containing rings contained in the plasticizer is preferably 6 or less, may be 4 or less, or may be 3 or less, from the viewpoint of exhibiting a plasticizing effect.
  • the double bond-containing ring of the plasticizer may be a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring.
  • the plasticizer may have at least one ring selected from an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring (heterocyclic ring) as the double bond-containing ring.
  • the double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. good.
  • substituents containing carbon atoms the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and can be, for example, 1 or 2.
  • the double bond-containing ring has no substituents on the ring atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, ethylenically unsaturated groups (e.g., (meth)acryloxy groups), hydroxy groups and hydroxy It may be an aromatic ring having one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups (preferably alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and hydroxyalkyl groups).
  • a compound having no ethylenically unsaturated group can be preferably employed as a plasticizer.
  • a plasticizer that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group means that, in a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the plasticizer, changes in elastic modulus, dimensional changes, and deformation ( It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage, waviness, etc.), optical distortion, and the like.
  • the refractive index is about 1.50 or more (preferably about 1.51 or more, more preferably about 1.53 or more , more preferably about 1.55 or higher) can be preferably used.
  • a plasticizer having a refractive index of about 1.56 or higher, about 1.58 or higher, about 1.60 or higher, or about 1.62 or higher may be used.
  • the refractive index of the plasticizer is suitably 2.50 or less, and 2.00 or less, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, compatibility in the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the like.
  • the refractive index of the plasticizer is measured using an Abbe refractometer under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. If the manufacturer or the like provides the nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., the nominal value can be adopted.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not particularly limited, but usually one with a molecular weight smaller than that of the base polymer is used.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is suitably 30,000 or less, advantageously 25,000 or less, and may be less than 10,000 (e.g., less than 5,000), from the viewpoint of facilitating the expression of the plasticizing effect. It may be less than 3000.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, even more preferably 900 or less, may be 600 or less, may be 500 or less, may be 400 or less, may be 300 It may be less than or equal to 250 or less (for example, 220 or less).
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer is suitably 100 or more, preferably 130 or more, more preferably 150 or more, more preferably 170 or more, from the viewpoint of easily exhibiting a sufficient plasticizing effect. , 200 or more, 220 or more, or 250 or more. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not too low from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the suppression of contamination of the adherend.
  • the molecular weight of the plasticizer a molecular weight calculated based on the chemical structure is used. When the nominal value of the molecular weight is provided by the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be adopted.
  • an ethylene glycol-based compound having two or more double bond-containing rings in one molecule can be used as a plasticizer.
  • the number of oxyethylene units (that is, —(C 2 H 4 O)—units) possessed by the ethylene glycol compound is, for example, 1 to 10, may be 1 to 6, or may be 2 to 4.
  • the ethylene glycol-based compound has two or more non-fused double bond-containing rings containing oxyethylene units (for example, 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, typically 2 to 4 oxyethylene units) as linking groups. ) can be a compound having a structure linked via Such compounds may have one or more ester groups.
  • Examples of the ethylene glycol-based compound include compounds having a structure in which two or more benzoic acids are linked to ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol via an ester bond.
  • liquid rosins such as liquid rosin esters can be used as plasticizers.
  • the above-mentioned liquid rosins (for example, liquid rosin esters) can correspond to compounds having the above-mentioned condensed double bond-containing ring structure.
  • the amount of plasticizer used is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose. From the viewpoint of reducing the elastic modulus of the adhesive, the amount of the plasticizer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, may be 10 parts by weight or more, or may be 15 parts by weight or more (for example, 15 parts by weight), 20 parts by weight or more, 30 parts by weight or more (for example, 30 parts by weight or more), 40 parts by weight or more, 50 parts by weight or more, 60 parts by weight or more, 75 parts by weight or more, or 90 It may be more than parts by weight.
  • the amount of the plasticizer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, may be 10 parts by weight or more, or may be 15 parts by weight or more (for example, 15 parts by weight), 20 parts by weight or more, 30 parts by weight or more (for example, 30 parts by weight or more), 40 parts by weight or more, 50 parts by weight or more, 60 parts
  • the amount of the plasticizer used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is preferably about 200 parts by weight or less. It is preferably 120 parts by weight or less, more preferably 120 parts by weight or less, 100 parts by weight or less, 80 parts by weight or less, 70 parts by weight or less, 45 parts by weight or less, or 35 parts by weight. Part or less is acceptable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein contains, as an optional additive, an organic material having a higher refractive index than the base polymer (excluding compounds having a structure corresponding to the above refractive index modifier). be able to.
  • an organic material may be referred to as an "additive (H RO )".
  • H RO represents an organic material with a high refractive index (High Refractive index).
  • the organic materials used as additives (H RO ) may be polymeric or non-polymeric. Moreover, it may or may not have a polymerizable functional group.
  • the additive (H RO ) is defined as different from the compound used as the plasticizer described above. Therefore, the additive (H RO ) is specifically not liquid at 30° C. (eg 25° C. or 20° C.). Additives (H RO ) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is not limited to a specific range because it can be set within an appropriate range in relation to the refractive index of the base polymer.
  • the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) may be selected from a range, for example greater than 1.55, greater than 1.56 or greater than 1.57 and higher than the refractive index of the base polymer.
  • the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is advantageously 1.58 or more, preferably 1.60 or more, It is more preferably 1.63 or more, may be 1.65 or more, may be 1.70 or more, or may be 1.75 or more.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited. 000 or less, 2.500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.950 or less, 1.900 or less, or 1.850 or less.
  • the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is measured using an Abbe refractometer under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. If the manufacturer or the like provides the nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., the nominal value can be adopted.
  • the molecular weight of the organic material used as the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited and can be selected depending on the purpose. From the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between the effect of increasing the refractive index and other properties (e.g., flexibility suitable for adhesives, optical properties such as haze), in some embodiments, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is suitably less than about 10000, preferably less than 5000, more preferably less than 3000 (e.g. less than 1000), may be less than 800, may be less than 600, may be less than 500, It may be less than 400. It may be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive that the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is not too large.
  • the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) may be, for example, 130 or more, or 150 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, more preferably 230, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (H RO ). 250 or more, 270 or more, 500 or more, 1000 or more, or 2000 or more.
  • a polymer with a molecular weight of about 1000 to 10000 eg, 1000 or more and less than 5000 can be used as the additive (H RO ).
  • the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is calculated based on the chemical structure in the case of a non-polymer or a polymer with a low degree of polymerization (for example, about 2- to 5-mer), as in the case of the refractive index modifier. Molecular weights or measurements using MALDI-TOF-MS can be used. If the additive (H RO ) is a polymer with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When the nominal value of the molecular weight is provided by the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be adopted.
  • organic materials that can be selected as the additive (H RO ) include organic compounds having an aromatic ring, organic compounds having a heterocyclic ring (which may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring), and the like. including but not limited to:
  • aromatic ring of the organic compound having an aromatic ring hereinafter also referred to as "aromatic ring-containing compound" used as the additive (H RO ) is the same as the aromatic ring of the compound used as the monomer (m1).
  • aromatic ring-containing compounds that can be used as additives include: compounds that can be used as monomers (m1); oligomers that contain compounds that can be used as monomers (m1) as monomer units; monomers (m1 ), except for a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bonded to a ring-constituting atom) or a portion of the group that constitutes an ethylenically unsaturated group, a hydrogen atom or A compound having a structure substituted with a group having no ethylenically unsaturated group (e.g., hydroxyl group, amino group, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxyalkyl group, hydroxyalkyloxy group, glycidyloxy group, etc.); Examples include, but are not limited to, those not falling under the refractive index modifiers and plasticizers disclosed herein.
  • an organic compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter referred to as "multiple aromatic ring-containing compound ”) can be preferably adopted.
  • the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may or may not have a polymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer.
  • the polymer is an oligomer (preferably an oligomer having a molecular weight of about 5,000 or less, more preferably about 1,000 or less, for example, a low polymer of about 2- to 5-mers) containing multiple aromatic ring-containing monomers as monomer units. obtain.
  • the above oligomers are, for example: homopolymers of monomers containing multiple aromatic rings; copolymers of one or more monomers containing multiple aromatic rings; monomers containing one or more multiple aromatic rings and other monomers. a copolymer of;
  • the above-mentioned other monomer may be an aromatic ring-containing monomer that does not correspond to a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings, a monomer having no aromatic ring, or a combination thereof.
  • a compound having no ethylenically unsaturated groups can be preferably employed as the additive (H RO ).
  • H RO the additive
  • deterioration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition due to heat or light decrease in leveling properties due to progression of gelation or increase in viscosity
  • Employing an additive (H RO ) that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group prevents a dimensional change due to the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group in a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the additive (H RO ). It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing deformation (warpage, waviness, etc.), generation of optical distortion, and the like.
  • the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is not particularly limited as long as it exceeds 0 parts by weight, and is set according to the purpose. be able to.
  • the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer can be, for example, 80 parts by weight or less to achieve a balance between increasing the refractive index of the adhesive and suppressing deterioration of adhesive properties. From the viewpoint of good compatibility, it is advantageous to use 60 parts by weight or less, preferably 45 parts by weight or less.
  • the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 30 parts by weight or less, may be 20 parts by weight or less, or may be 15 parts by weight or less. It may be less than or equal to 10 parts by weight.
  • the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer can be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, and is preferably 3 parts by weight or more. It is preferably 5 parts by weight or more, may be 7 parts by weight or more, may be 10 parts by weight or more, may be 15 parts by weight or more, or may be 20 parts by weight or more.
  • Tackifier The adhesive disclosed herein may contain a tackifier.
  • Tackifiers include rosin-based tackifier resins, terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, polyamide-based tackifier resins, epoxy-based tackifier resins, and elastomers.
  • Known tackifying resins can be used, such as system tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the amount of the tackifying resin to be used is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to exhibit appropriate adhesive performance depending on the purpose and application.
  • the amount of the tackifier to be used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is suitably 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less. , 5 parts by weight or less.
  • the technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced in a mode that does not use a tackifier.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein includes leveling agents, softening agents, coloring agents (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, antistatic agents, anti-aging agents, ultraviolet Known additives that can be used in pressure-sensitive adhesives, such as absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, etc., may optionally be included. As for such various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and can be set depending on the purpose (for example, considering the refractive index of the adherend).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive disclosed herein can be, for example, about 1.300 to 1.900 (preferably about 1.450 to 1.800).
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is higher than that of conventional general acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of, for example, 1.550 or more, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be provided.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is suitably 1.560 or more, preferably more than 1.570.
  • the adhesive may have a refractive index of 1.575 or higher, 1.580 or higher, or 1.585 or higher.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a refractive index can suitably suppress light reflection at the interface with an adherend in a mode of use in which it is attached to a material with a high refractive index.
  • a preferable upper limit of the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is not limited to a specific range because it may vary depending on the refractive index of the adherend and the like. It may be 650 or less, 1.620 or less, or 1.600 or less.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive (for example, the type of base polymer, the type and amount of refractive index modifier used, and the presence or absence of other optional components).
  • the refractive index of the adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbe refractometer) under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C.
  • Abbe refractometer for example, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent is used.
  • an adhesive layer made of an adhesive to be evaluated can be used.
  • the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.
  • Storage elastic modulus G′ The storage elastic modulus G′ at 25° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein (hereinafter also referred to as “storage elastic modulus G′(25)”) is appropriately set according to the purpose of use, the mode of use, etc. is not limited to the range of The storage modulus G'(25) of the adhesive can be, for example, approximately 2000 kPa or less. In some embodiments, the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is advantageously approximately 1500 kPa or less, preferably 1000 kPa or less, from the viewpoint of ease of application to adherends and the like. , 800 kPa or less.
  • the storage elastic modulus G′(25) of the adhesive is about 650 kPa or less from the viewpoint of increasing the flexibility of the adhesive in the room temperature range (for example, 25° C.) and making it easier to adhere to the adherend. It is preferably 550 kPa or less, 450 kPa or less, 350 kPa or less, or 300 kPa or less. In some embodiments in which the stickability and flexibility in the room temperature range are more important, the storage modulus G'(25) of the adhesive may be, for example, less than 270 kPa, less than 250 kPa, less than 200 kPa, or less than 180 kPa.
  • the adhesive's storage modulus G'(25) may be less than 100 kPa, and may be less than 90 kPa.
  • the lower limit of the storage modulus G'(25) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, it may be, for example, 30 kPa or more, 50 kPa or more, or 70 kPa or more from the viewpoint of workability and handleability.
  • the storage modulus G'(25) may be 100 kPa or more, 150 kPa or more, 200 kPa or more, 250 kPa or more, or 300 kPa or more, It may be 500 kPa or more, 600 kPa or more, or 700 kPa or more.
  • the storage elastic modulus G' at 50°C of the adhesive disclosed herein (hereinafter also referred to as “storage elastic modulus G'(50)”) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 600 kPa.
  • the storage modulus G′(50) is suitably less than 400 kPa, preferably less than 250 kPa, may be less than 200 kPa, may be less than 150 kPa, may be less than 100 kPa, may be less than 70 kPa It may be less than 50 kPa, less than 38 kPa or less than 36 kPa.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive having a limited storage elastic modulus G'(50) in this way can be easily enhanced in adhesion to the adherend by performing moderate heating as necessary. can improve adhesion to
  • the lower limit of the storage modulus G'(50) of the adhesive is not particularly limited.
  • the storage modulus G'(50) may be, for example, 10 kPa or more, 15 kPa or more, 20 kPa or more, or 23 kPa or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance properties of the adhesive.
  • the storage elastic modulus G'(50) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be 40 kPa or more, 70 kPa or more, or 120 kPa or more in consideration of increasing the refractive index. It may be 170 kPa or more.
  • the adhesives are: (a) a storage modulus G′(25) at 25° C. of 1500 kPa or less (preferably 1000 kPa or less, such as 550 kPa or less, 350 kPa or less or 180 kPa or less); and (b) a storage modulus G′(50) at 50° C.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfies at least the above condition (a) is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to an adherend in a room temperature range (for example, 25° C.).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfies at least the above condition (b) is preferable because the adhesiveness (adhesiveness) to the adherend can be easily improved by heating to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive that does not satisfy the above condition (a) but satisfies the above (b) has good reworkability (re-adhesion property) at the initial stage of application in the room temperature range, and can be reworked by heating to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature. It can be used as a heat-activated pressure-sensitive adhesive that can effectively increase the peel strength from the adherend.
  • the heat activation may be performed by heating the pressure-sensitive adhesive to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature when it is attached to the adherend.
  • the temperature slightly higher than room temperature is, for example, about 60° C. or lower, preferably about 55° C. or lower (for example, about 50° C. or lower).
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set in consideration of flexibility in a low temperature range and cohesion (heat resistance, etc.) in a high temperature range.
  • the Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is, for example, 50° C. or less, may be 40° C. or less, may be 30° C. or less, may be 15° C. or less, or may be 5° C. or less.
  • the Tg of the adhesive is 0° C. or lower, more preferably -5° C. or lower, still more preferably -10° C. or lower, and -15° C. or lower (e.g., -20° C.
  • the lower the Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive the more excellent the pressure-sensitive adhesive properties such as adhesion to the adherend tend to be.
  • the lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, -50°C or higher, preferably -40°C or higher, and may be -30°C or higher.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above Tg tends to provide an appropriate cohesive force.
  • the storage elastic modulus G' and the glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive at each of the above temperatures are determined by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. Specifically, a sheet-like pressure-sensitive adhesive with a thickness of about 1.5 mm (for example, it can be prepared by appropriately laminating pressure-sensitive adhesive layers) is punched into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm. As a sample for use, dynamic viscoelasticity measurement is performed under the following conditions. From the measurement results, the storage elastic modulus G' [Pa] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive at each temperature can be determined.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) [° C.] of the adhesive is obtained as a temperature corresponding to the peak top temperature of the loss tangent tan ⁇ (loss elastic modulus G′′/storage elastic modulus G′) in the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement.
  • Tg Glass transition temperature
  • the storage elastic modulus G′ and glass transition temperature Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive are determined, for example, by selecting the type and amount of the refractive index modifier, and selecting the composition of the base polymer (for example, selecting the type and content of the monomer (m1)).
  • any pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein (a pressure-sensitive adhesive formed from any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition disclosed herein, such as a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) , preferably in the form of an adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a substrate having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-releasable substrate (supporting substrate), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is held by a release liner. It may be a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (that is, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having no non-releasable substrate, typically a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer).
  • the concept of the adhesive sheet as used herein can include what is called an adhesive tape, an adhesive label, an adhesive film, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be roll-shaped or sheet-shaped. Alternatively, it may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet processed into various shapes.
  • Figures 1 and 2 show configuration examples of a double-sided adhesive type baseless adhesive sheet (baseless double-sided adhesive sheet).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 has a configuration in which both surfaces 21A and 21B of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 21 are protected by release liners 31 and 32 whose release surfaces are at least on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side.
  • the adhesive sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 has a configuration in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of a substrate-less adhesive layer 21 is protected by a release liner 31 having release surfaces on both sides. When wound, the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 contacts the back surface of the release liner 31, so that the other surface 21B is also protected by the release liner 31.
  • the technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of flexibility to follow an adherend that is repeatedly bent.
  • the substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferable, for example, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and from the viewpoint of increasing the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed here can have, for example, the cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. Prepare. Both the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces).
  • the adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet (double-sided adhesive adhesive sheet).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 before use has a first pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 21A and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 22A protected by release liners 31 and 32, respectively, at least on which the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface side is a surface (release surface) having releasability.
  • the release liner 32 may be omitted and a release liner 31 having release surfaces on both sides may be used. Therefore, the second adhesive surface 22A may also be protected by the release liner 31 .
  • the technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of the above-described substrate-less or substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for fixing or bonding members (for example, optical members).
  • the PSA sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a substrate-attached single-sided PSA sheet having an adhesive layer only on one side of a non-releasable substrate (supporting substrate), although not shown.
  • the form shown in FIG. 1 As an example of the form of the single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the form shown in FIG.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be formed by applying (for example, applying) a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then curing the composition.
  • Application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be carried out using a conventional coater such as gravure roll coater, reverse roll coater, kiss roll coater, dip roll coater, bar coater, knife coater, and spray coater.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, suitably 5 ⁇ m or more, and may be 10 ⁇ m or more, 15 ⁇ m or more, 20 ⁇ m or more, 30 ⁇ m or more, or 50 ⁇ m or more. or 70 ⁇ m or more or 85 ⁇ m or more.
  • the adhesive strength tends to increase as the thickness of the adhesive layer increases.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 ⁇ m or less, 250 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or less, or 120 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 75 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 70 ⁇ m or less, and may be 50 ⁇ m or less, or 30 ⁇ m or less. It may be advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning of the adhesive sheet that the thickness of the adhesive layer is not too large.
  • a thin pressure-sensitive adhesive layer tends to have excellent conformability to an adherend.
  • the technique disclosed herein can be preferably carried out in a mode in which the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, in the range of 3 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m (more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, still more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m).
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is at least the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet matches the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the haze value of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less. It is more preferably 0% or less, and particularly preferably less than 1.0% (for example, 0.9% or less).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) in a structure with or without a substrate, and for applications where an adherend is passed through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications where good visibility performance is required.
  • the lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better.
  • the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, in consideration of the refractive index and adhesion properties.
  • These haze values for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the haze values of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet when the technology disclosed herein is implemented in the form of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (typically, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer). can also be preferably applied.
  • haze value refers to the ratio of diffuse transmitted light to total transmitted light when the object to be measured is irradiated with visible light. Also called cloudiness value.
  • the haze value can be measured according to the method described in Examples below.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, and 1.0%. % or less, and particularly preferably less than 1.0% (for example, 0.9% or less).
  • a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better.
  • the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, in consideration of the refractive index and adhesion properties.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be measured by the same method as for measuring the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, or by selecting the type of substrate and the thickness of the substrate in a structure having a substrate.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (eg, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%).
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) in a structure with or without a substrate, and for applications where an adherend is passed through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications where good visibility performance is required. Practically, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, approximately 98% or less, approximately 96% or less, or approximately 95% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties.
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "Hazemeter HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or its equivalent is used. The total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in Examples below.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or higher (eg, 88.0% or higher, 89.0% or higher, or 90.0% or higher).
  • a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, approximately 98% or less, approximately 96% or less, or approximately 95% or less.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less, in consideration of refractive index and adhesive properties.
  • the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be measured by the same method as for measuring the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer.
  • the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, or by selecting the type of base material and the thickness of the base material in a structure having a base material.
  • the chromaticity b * defined by the L * a * b * color system of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but in some aspects (for example, aspects assumed to be applied to optical applications), ⁇ 15 , preferably ⁇ 10, more preferably ⁇ 5.0 (for example, ⁇ 1.0).
  • ⁇ X range is used to mean the range from ⁇ X to +X.
  • the L * a * b * color system in this specification complies with the 1976 recommendation by the International Commission on Illumination or the JIS Z 8729 standard.
  • L * a * b * is measured at multiple locations (eg, 5 locations or more) on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer using a color difference meter (trade name “CR-400” manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.; color difference meter). , and the average value should be adopted. The same applies to the examples described later.
  • the peel strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is not particularly limited.
  • the adhesive sheet has a peel strength to a glass plate of, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, preferably 0.5 N/25 mm or more, or 1.0 N/25 mm or more, or 1.5 N /25 mm or more, 2.0 N/25 mm or more, or 3.0 N/25 mm or more.
  • the upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.
  • the above-mentioned peel strength is measured by pressure bonding to an alkali glass plate as an adherend and leaving it for 30 minutes in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH, and then peel strength under the conditions of a peel angle of 180 degrees and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. is grasped by measuring
  • the adhesive sheet to be measured can be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material (for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of about 25 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be, for example, 1000 ⁇ m or less, 350 ⁇ m or less, 200 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, or 75 ⁇ m or less. or less than 50 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, 25 ⁇ m or more, 80 ⁇ m or more, or 130 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of handleability.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet refers to the thickness of the portion to be adhered to the adherend. For example, in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 having the configuration shown in FIG.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be in the form of a substrate-attached pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a supporting substrate.
  • the material of the supporting substrate is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the intended use, mode of use, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include polyolefin films based on polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene Plastic films such as polyester films mainly composed of polyester such as phthalate (PEN), polyvinyl chloride films mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, polychloroprene foam, etc.
  • polyolefin films based on polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene Plastic films such as polyester films mainly composed of polyester such as phthalate (PEN), polyvinyl chloride films mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE
  • Foam sheet ; woven fabric and non-woven fabric made of various fibrous materials (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) alone or blended; paper such as Japanese paper, fine paper, kraft paper, and crepe paper; metal foil such as aluminum foil and copper foil; A base material having a structure in which these are combined may be used.
  • composite substrates include substrates having a structure in which a metal foil and the plastic film are laminated, plastic substrates reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like.
  • various film substrates can be preferably used.
  • the film substrate may be a porous substrate such as a foam film or a nonwoven fabric sheet, or may be a non-porous substrate. It may be a substrate having a structure in which is laminated.
  • as the film substrate one containing a resin film that can independently maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent) as a base film can be preferably used.
  • resin film means a non-porous structure, typically a substantially voidless resin film. Therefore, the resin film is a concept distinguished from foam films and non-woven fabrics.
  • a film that can maintain its shape independently (self-supporting or independent) can be preferably used.
  • the resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).
  • the resin material constituting the resin film examples include polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an alicyclic structure such as norbornene structure; polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide.
  • Polyimide such as transparent polyimide (CPI); Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyetheretherketone (PEEK); Polyethersulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); acrylic resin; cellulose-based polymer such as triacetyl cellulose (TAC); polyarylate; ; and other resins can be used.
  • the resin film may be formed using a resin material containing only one of such resins, or may be formed using a resin material in which two or more of these resins are blended. good too.
  • the resin film may be unstretched or may be stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched).
  • a blend film, a cycloolefin polymer (COP) film, a CPI film, a TAC film, etc. can be preferably used.
  • PET films, PEN films, PPS films and PEEK films are examples of preferred resin films from the viewpoint of strength and dimensional stability. PET films and PPS films are particularly preferred from the standpoint of availability, etc., and PET films are particularly preferred.
  • additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, coloring agents (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, anti-blocking agents, etc. are added to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly hindered. can be blended as needed.
  • the blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • the method of manufacturing the resin film is not particularly limited.
  • conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately employed.
  • the base material may be substantially composed of such a base film.
  • the substrate may contain an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film.
  • the auxiliary layers include optical property adjusting layers (e.g., colored layers, antireflection layers), printed layers and laminate layers for imparting a desired appearance to the substrate, antistatic layers, undercoat layers, and release layers. and other surface treatment layers.
  • a light-transmissive base (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmissive base) can be preferably employed as the supporting base.
  • a light-transmissive base can be preferably employed as the supporting base.
  • the total light transmittance of the light transmissive substrate may be, for example, greater than 50% and may be 70% or more.
  • the total light transmittance of the supporting substrate is 80% or higher, more preferably 90% or higher, and may be 95% or higher (eg, 95-100%).
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • the transmittance meter As the transmittance meter, the trade name "Hazemeter HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or its equivalent is used.
  • a suitable example of the light-transmitting substrate is a resin film having light-transmitting properties.
  • the light transmissive substrate may be an optical film.
  • the thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose and mode of use of the adhesive sheet.
  • the thickness of the base material may be, for example, 500 ⁇ m or less, preferably 300 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of handling and workability of the adhesive sheet, may be 150 ⁇ m or less, may be 100 ⁇ m or less, may be 50 ⁇ m or less, or may be 25 ⁇ m. It may be less than or equal to 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 2 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 25 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface of the substrate on which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is to be laminated may be subjected to corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, or application of a primer to form an undercoat layer, if necessary.
  • Conventionally known surface treatments such as forming may be applied.
  • Such a surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchoring property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the substrate.
  • the composition of the primer used for forming the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, it is usually suitably about 0.01 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, preferably about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
  • Other treatments that can be applied to the substrate as necessary include antistatic layer forming treatment, colored layer forming treatment, printing treatment, and the like. These treatments can be applied singly or in combination.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein can take the form of an adhesive product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive layer is brought into contact with the release surface of the release liner. Accordingly, this specification provides a PSA sheet with a release liner (adhesive product) comprising any of the PSA sheets disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface in contact with the adhesive surface of the PSA sheet. be.
  • the release liner is not particularly limited.
  • a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper (which may be paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), or a fluoropolymer
  • a release liner or the like made of a resin film formed of a low-adhesive material such as (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) can be used.
  • a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner substrate or a release liner made of a resin film formed of a low-adhesive material can be preferably employed because of its excellent surface smoothness.
  • the resin film is not particularly limited as long as it is a film capable of protecting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • Examples include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, and polyvinyl chloride film. , vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, and the like.
  • silicone-based release agents for example, silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, silica powder, etc.
  • a known release treatment agent can be used.
  • the material (adherend material) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached is not particularly limited, but examples include copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, Chromium, zinc, etc., or metal materials such as alloys containing two or more of these, for example, polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyethernitrile resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyester resin (PET resin, polyethylene naphthalate resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyether ether ketone resins, polyamide resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate resins, polycarbonate resins, diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose Various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as cellulose-based polymers, vinyl butyral-based polymers, liquid crystal polymers, etc., inorganic materials such as alumina, zirconia,
  • the member or material (at least one adherend in the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached is made of a material having a higher refractive index than a general acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. could be.
  • the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.50 or more. .66) is also present.
  • Such a high refractive index adherend material is typically a resin material. More specifically, it may be a polyester resin such as PET, a polyimide resin, an aramid resin, a polyphenylene sulfide resin, a polycarbonate resin, or the like.
  • the effect of using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be favorably exerted on such materials.
  • the upper limit of the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.80 or less, and may be 1.70 or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a mode of being attached to an adherend (for example, member) having a high refractive index as described above. Suitable examples of such adherends include resin films having a refractive index of 1.50 to 1.80 (preferably 1.55 to 1.75, eg 1.60 to 1.70). The refractive index can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the adhesive.
  • the member or material to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have optical transparency.
  • the total light transmittance of the adherend may be, for example, greater than 50%, preferably 70% or more.
  • the adherend has a total light transmittance of 80% or higher, more preferably 90% or higher, and may be 95% or higher (eg, 95-100%).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a mode of being attached to an adherend (for example, an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or higher.
  • the total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000.
  • the transmittance meter the trade name "Hazemeter HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or its equivalent is used.
  • the adherend (for example, member) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have the above-described refractive index and the above-described total light transmittance.
  • the refractive index is 1.50 or more (for example, 1.55 or more, 1.58 or more, 1.62 or more, about 1.66, etc.) and the total light transmittance is greater than 50% ( For example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and further 95% or more).
  • the effect of the technology disclosed herein is particularly preferably exhibited in the aspect of being attached to such a member.
  • An example of a preferred use is optical use. More specifically, for example, it is disclosed herein as an optical pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for laminating optical members (for laminating optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the above optical members.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet that is used can be preferably used.
  • the optical member is a member having optical properties (e.g., polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflection, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). say.
  • the optical member is not particularly limited as long as it is a member having optical properties.
  • a member constituting a device such as a display device (image display device) or an input device, or used for these devices.
  • Members include, for example, polarizing plates, wave plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness enhancement films, light guide plates, reflective films, antireflection films, hard coat (HC) films, impact absorption films, antifouling films, Photochromic films, light control films, transparent conductive films (ITO films), design films, decorative films, surface protection plates, prisms, lenses, color filters, transparent substrates, and members in which these are laminated (these are collectively referred to as may be referred to as a "functional film”.) and the like.
  • the above-mentioned "plate” and “film” include forms such as plate-like, film-like, sheet-like, etc.
  • polarizing film includes “polarizing plate” and “polarizing sheet”
  • a “light guide plate” includes a “light guide film”, a “light guide sheet”, and the like.
  • the above-mentioned “polarizing plate” shall include a circularly polarizing plate.
  • Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a micro LED ( ⁇ LED), a mini LED (miniLED), a PDP, and electronic paper. Moreover, a touch panel etc. are mentioned as said input device.
  • optical member is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, members made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, PET, metal thin films (for example, sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like members).
  • optical member in this specification also includes members (design films, decorative films, surface protective films, etc.) that play a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of display devices and input devices.
  • the technology disclosed herein uses, for example, an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, light collection, diffraction, etc., or a fluorescent film, to be used as another optical member ( It may be another optical film.).
  • an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, light collection, diffraction, etc., or a fluorescent film, to be used as another optical member ( It may be another optical film.).
  • an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, light collection, diffraction, etc.
  • a fluorescent film to be used as another optical member ( It may be another optical film.).
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used for bonding optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films. In these applications, there is a demand for a reduction in thickness and an improvement in light extraction efficiency from the viewpoint of miniaturization and higher performance of optical members.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used as an adhesive that can meet such demands. More specifically, for example, in bonding a light guide film or a diffusion film, adjusting the refractive index (for example, increasing the refractive index) of an adhesive layer as a bonding layer can contribute to thinning.
  • the light extraction efficiency (which can also be understood as luminous efficiency) can be improved by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent light emitter and the adhesive.
  • the toning film by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive so that the refractive index difference between the toning pigment and the toning pigment is small, the scattering component can be reduced, which can contribute to the improvement of the light transmittance.
  • bonding prism sheets, lenticular films, microlens array films, etc. by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, light diffraction can be controlled, contributing to improvement in brightness and/or viewing angle.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in a mode in which it is attached to a high refractive index adherend (which may be a high refractive index layer or member, etc.), and the interface reflection with the adherend is can be suppressed.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in such an embodiment preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend as described above.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is highly uniform, and for example, it is preferable that the surface smoothness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is high.
  • the thickness of the high refractive index adherend is relatively small (for example, when it is 5 ⁇ m or less, 4 ⁇ m or less, or 2 ⁇ m or less), from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring and color unevenness due to interference of reflected light, It is particularly significant to suppress reflections.
  • a usage mode in a polarizing plate with a retardation layer comprising a polarizer, a first retardation layer and a second retardation layer in this order, the bonding and / of the polarizer and the first retardation layer Alternatively, a mode in which it is used for joining the first retardation layer and the second retardation layer is exemplified.
  • the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it is preferably attached to a light-emitting layer such as an optical semiconductor (for example, a high-refractive light-emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material).
  • a light-emitting layer such as an optical semiconductor (for example, a high-refractive light-emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in such an embodiment preferably has a high-refractive-index pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably lightly colored. This can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring caused by the adhesive sheet.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a light-emitting device that includes a self-luminous element as a component, in a manner that it is arranged on the viewer side of the self-luminous element.
  • the self-luminous element means a light-emitting element whose luminance can be controlled by the value of the flowing current.
  • the self-luminous element may be composed of a single body, or may be composed of an aggregate. Specific examples of self-luminous elements include, but are not limited to, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic ELs.
  • Examples of the light-emitting device including the self-luminous element as a component include, but are not limited to, a light source module device (e.g., planar light-emitting module) used for illumination, and a display device in which pixels are formed. .
  • a light source module device e.g., planar light-emitting module
  • a display device in which pixels are formed.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein is used in microlenses and other lens members used as constituent members of cameras, light-emitting devices, etc. (for example, microlenses constituting microlens array films and lens members such as microlenses for cameras).
  • a coating layer covering the lens surface, a bonding layer with a member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), a filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, etc. can be preferably used.
  • the adhesive disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be used with high refractive index lenses (for example, lenses made of a high refractive index resin or lenses having a surface layer made of a high refractive index resin).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein can also be used as a lens resin itself, for example, in the form of being filled in the recesses or voids of a suitable transparent member.
  • Modes for bonding optical members using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein are not particularly limited.
  • the optical member may be attached to a member other than the optical member via the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein, or (3) the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may contain the optical member.
  • a mode in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached to an optical member or a member other than an optical member may be employed.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing an optical member may be, for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet whose support is an optical member (for example, an optical film).
  • Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing an optical member as a support can also be understood as a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical member (for example, pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a support and the functional film is used as the support
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a functional film. It can also be understood as an "adhesive functional film" having the adhesive layer disclosed herein on at least one side.
  • a laminate including the adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a member to which the adhesive sheet is attached is provided.
  • the member to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material described above.
  • the difference (refractive index difference) between the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the refractive index of the member may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet described above.
  • the members constituting the laminate are the same as the above-described members, materials, and adherends, so redundant description will not be repeated.
  • the refractive index modifier is an organic compound having a structure having two or more substituents on the hub ring, wherein the hub ring is a ring containing a double bond, and the two or more substituents are A refractive index modifier, at least one of which is a substituent having a double bond-containing ring.
  • the refractive index modifier according to [1] above which has a molecular weight of less than 3,000.
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group;
  • the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive comprising the refractive index modifier according to any one of [1] to [5] and [11] above.
  • the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains, in addition to the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1), a monomer (m2) having at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxy group.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer comprising the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [12] to [18] above.
  • the refractive index of each compound was measured as follows. That is, a 5% ethyl acetate solution or a 5% MEK solution of the compound to be measured was prepared. This solution was applied on glass so that the dry film thickness was 10 ⁇ m, and dried by heating at 130° C. for 5 minutes. The refractive index of the compound to be measured thus formed on the glass was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M”) under the conditions of a measurement temperature of 25°C and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.
  • a prism coupler manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M
  • biphenyl-2-ol (5.28 g, 31 mmol), acetone (50 mL) and potassium hydroxide (1.74 g, 31 mmol) were charged into a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction solution was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, an oily sediment was produced. The supernatant liquid was removed by decantation and dried under reduced pressure at 100° C. for 4 hours to obtain a glassy solid (2.7 g).
  • biphenyl-4-ol (5.28 g, 31 mmol), acetone (50 mL), potassium hydroxide (1.74 g, 31 mmol) and water (20 mL) were charged into a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • the reaction solution was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, and a white powdery precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 6 hours to obtain a white solid (5 g).
  • biphenyl-4-ol 5.28 g, 31 mmol
  • acetone 50 mL
  • potassium hydroxide 1.74 g, 31 mmol
  • water 20 mL
  • a solution of 2,4-dichloro-6-methoxytriazine (1.80 g, 10 mmol) in acetone (30 mL) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours.
  • the reaction solution was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, and the precipitated white powdery precipitate was collected by filtration, dried under reduced pressure at 80° C.
  • biphenyl-2-thiol (19.8 g, 106.3 mmol) and acetone (100 mL) were charged into a reaction vessel, 85% aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (7.1 g, 67.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. Stirred for 1 hour.
  • the system was cooled to 10° C., and a solution of cyanuric chloride (6 g, 34.3 mmol) in acetone (60 mL) was added dropwise over 15 minutes, followed by stirring at room temperature for 6 hours.
  • cyanuric chloride 9.28 g, 50 mmol
  • N-methylpyrrolidone 100 mL
  • p-toluenethiol 20.65 g, 166 mmol
  • triethylamine 17.8 g, 176 mmol
  • Water 1500 mL was then added, neutralized with 0.1 M hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate (1 L), dried over sodium sulfate (200 g), filtered and evaporated to give a pasty mixture.
  • Example 1 (Preparation of acrylic polymer solution) A four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube and a cooler was charged with m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "Light acrylate POB-A", refractive index: 1) as a monomer component.
  • m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "Light acrylate POB-A", refractive index: 1
  • Tg of homopolymer: ⁇ 35° C. hereinafter referred to as “POB-A”
  • PB-A 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate
  • 4HBA 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate
  • 2,2′-azobisiso as a polymerization initiator
  • 0.2 parts of butyronitrile and 150 parts of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were charged, nitrogen gas was introduced while gently stirring, and the liquid temperature in the flask was maintained at around 60°C to carry out a polymerization reaction for 6 hours.
  • a solution (40%) of system polymer P1 was prepared.
  • Mw of acrylic polymer P1 was 500,000.
  • Example 2 to 4 The adhesive according to each example was prepared in the same manner as the adhesive composition in Example 1, except that Compound A4 (Example 2), Compound A5 (Example 4), or Compound A6 (Example 4) was used instead of Compound A1.
  • a composition was prepared.
  • PSA sheets according to Examples 2 to 4 base-less double-sided PSA sheets consisting of PSA layers) were produced in the same manner as in the production of PSA sheets in Example 1, except that each of the obtained PSA compositions was used.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1 except that compound B1 (diethylene glycol dibenzoate, refractive index 1.535) was used instead of compound A1.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that each obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1, except that compound A1 was not used.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that each obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (base-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) according to each example is refracted using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, model "DR-M4") under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25 ° C. rate was measured.
  • Abbe refractometer manufactured by ATAGO, model "DR-M4"
  • total light transmittance and haze Using a test piece in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to each example is attached to non-alkali glass (thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%), a haze meter (Murakami Color Technology Research) The total light transmittance and haze of the above test piece were measured using the "HM-150" (manufactured by the company). The values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the alkali-free glass from the measured values were taken as the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive (layer).
  • the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.
  • Table 1 shows the outline and evaluation results of the adhesive according to each example.
  • Example 6 As shown in Table 1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of Example 6 was blended with compounds A1 and A4 to A6 having a higher refractive index than the compound B1 used in Example 5. Examples 1 to 1 formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 4 showed a higher refractive index than the adhesives of Examples 5 and 6.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesives of Examples 1-4 had good light transmittance, haze and chromaticity b * at levels usable for optical applications.
  • 1, 2, 3 adhesive sheet 10 support substrate 10A first surface 10B second surface 21 adhesive layer, first adhesive layer 21A adhesive surface, first adhesive surface 21B adhesive surface 22 second adhesive layer 22A second adhesive Faces 31, 32 release liner

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a refractive index adjustment agent for adjusting the refractive index of adhesives, wherein this refractive index adjustment agent for adhesives is an organic compound comprising a structure having at least two substituents on a hub ring. This hub ring is a double bond-containing ring, and at least one of the at least two substituents is a substituent that has a double bond-containing ring.

Description

屈折率調整剤およびその利用Refractive index modifier and its use

 本発明は、屈折率調整剤ならびに該屈折率調整剤を利用した粘着剤および粘着シートに関する。本出願は、2021年9月6日に出願された日本国特許出願2021-145046号に基づく優先権を主張しており、その出願の全内容は本明細書中に参照として組み入れられている。 The present invention relates to a refractive index adjuster and an adhesive and adhesive sheet using the refractive index adjuster. This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-145046 filed on September 6, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

 一般に、粘着剤(感圧接着剤ともいう。以下同じ。)は、室温付近の温度域において柔らかい固体(粘弾性体)の状態を呈し、圧力により簡単に被着体に接着する性質を有する。このような性質を活かして、粘着剤は、家電製品から自動車、各種機械、電気機器、電子機器等の様々な産業分野において、接合や固定、保護等の目的で広く利用されている。粘着剤の用途の一例として、液晶表示装置や有機EL表示装置等のような表示装置において、偏光フィルム、位相差フィルム、カバーウィンドウ部材、その他種々の光透過性部材と、他の部材とを接合する用途が挙げられる。光学部材用の粘着剤に関する技術文献として特許文献1、2が挙げられる。 In general, pressure-sensitive adhesives (also called pressure-sensitive adhesives; the same applies hereinafter) exhibit a soft solid (viscoelastic) state in a temperature range around room temperature, and have the property of easily adhering to adherends under pressure. Taking advantage of such properties, pressure-sensitive adhesives are widely used for the purposes of bonding, fixing, protection, etc. in various industrial fields such as home electric appliances, automobiles, various machines, electrical equipment, and electronic equipment. As an example of the application of adhesives, in display devices such as liquid crystal display devices and organic EL display devices, polarizing films, retardation films, cover window members, and other various light-transmitting members and other members are joined. The use to do is mentioned. Patent Documents 1 and 2 are cited as technical documents relating to pressure-sensitive adhesives for optical members.

日本国特許出願公開2014-169382号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-169382 日本国特許出願公開2017-128732号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-128732

 特許文献1、2は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル重合体を主成分とする粘着剤組成物に関し、上記(メタ)アクリル酸エステル重合体がモノマー単位として芳香環を複数有するモノマーを所定量含有することで、得られる粘着剤を屈折率の高いものとすることを提案している(段落[0011]等)。例えば、光学部材など、粘着剤が貼り付けられる材料のなかには、屈折率が高い材料があり、そのような高屈折率材料の接合に一般的なアクリル系粘着剤を用いると、両者の屈折率差に起因して界面で反射が生じることが知られている。上記高屈折材料の接合等に用いる粘着剤として、当該高屈折率材料に近い屈折率を有する粘着剤を用いることにより、上記界面反射を防止または抑制することができる。なお、一般的なアクリル系粘着剤の屈折率は、通常1.47程度である。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 relate to a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a (meth)acrylic acid ester polymer as a main component, wherein the (meth)acrylic acid ester polymer contains a predetermined amount of a monomer having a plurality of aromatic rings as a monomer unit. Thus, it is proposed that the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive has a high refractive index (paragraph [0011], etc.). For example, among the materials to which adhesives are attached, such as optical members, there are materials with high refractive indices. It is known that reflection occurs at the interface due to By using an adhesive having a refractive index close to that of the high refractive index material as the adhesive used for joining the high refractive index material, the interface reflection can be prevented or suppressed. In addition, the refractive index of a general acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive is usually about 1.47.

 一方、粘着剤の被着体となり得る材料の屈折率は様々であり、各被着体の屈折率に合わせて粘着剤のベースポリマーを構成するモノマー単位の組成(種類および含有比)をそれぞれ設計することは必ずしも効率的ではない。例えば、ベースポリマーとは別の添加成分を利用して粘着剤の屈折率を調節することができれば有益である。なお、特許文献1、2には、所望により粘着剤組成物に添加することのできる任意成分の一例として屈折率調整剤が挙げられているが(段落[0054])、上記屈折率調整剤の構造についての記載はなく、有機物であるか無機物であるかも不明である。 On the other hand, the refractive index of the material that can be the adherend of the adhesive varies, and the composition (type and content ratio) of the monomer units that make up the base polymer of the adhesive is designed according to the refractive index of each adherend. is not always efficient. For example, it would be beneficial to be able to adjust the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive using an additive component separate from the base polymer. Incidentally, Patent Documents 1 and 2 list a refractive index modifier as an example of an optional component that can be optionally added to the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (paragraph [0054]). There is no description about the structure, and it is unknown whether it is an organic substance or an inorganic substance.

 本発明は、上記の事情に鑑みて創出されたものであり、粘着剤の屈折率を調節するための屈折率調整剤を提供することを目的とする。本発明の他の目的は、上記屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤を提供することである。関連する他の目的は、上記屈折率調整剤として有用な化合物を提供することである。 The present invention was created in view of the above circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a refractive index adjuster for adjusting the refractive index of an adhesive. Another object of the present invention is to provide a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing the refractive index modifier. Another related object is to provide a compound useful as the refractive index modifier.

 この明細書によると、粘着剤用の屈折率調整剤が提供される。上記屈折率調整剤は、ハブ環上(hub ring)に2つ以上の置換基を有する構造を備えた有機化合物である。ここで、上記ハブ環は二重結合含有環であり、上記2つ以上の置換基のうち1つ以上は二重結合含有環を有する置換基である。このような構造上の要件を満たす化合物は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整する屈折率調整剤として有用である。 According to this specification, a refractive index adjuster for adhesives is provided. The refractive index modifier is an organic compound having a structure having two or more substituents on the hub ring. Here, the hub ring is a double bond-containing ring, and one or more of the two or more substituents are substituents having a double bond-containing ring. A compound that satisfies such structural requirements is used as a constituent component of an adhesive and is useful as a refractive index adjuster that appropriately adjusts the refractive index of the adhesive.

 ここに開示される技術(屈折率調整剤、該屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤組成物、上記屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤、該粘着剤を有する粘着シート等を包含する。以下同じ。)のいくつかの態様において、上記屈折率調整剤の分子量は3000未満である。屈折率調整剤の分子量が3000未満であることは、粘着剤への配合容易性等の観点から好ましい。 Techniques disclosed herein (includes a refractive index modifier, an adhesive composition containing the refractive index modifier, an adhesive containing the refractive index modifier, an adhesive sheet containing the adhesive, and the like; the same shall apply hereinafter) In some aspects of , the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is less than 3,000. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the refractive index adjuster is less than 3000 from the viewpoint of ease of blending with the pressure-sensitive adhesive.

 いくつかの態様において、上記屈折率調整剤は、上記ハブ環上の置換基のうち2つ以上が二重結合含有環を有する置換基である。このような構造を有する屈折率調整剤は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく調整(例えば高屈折率化)し得る。 In some embodiments, two or more of the substituents on the hub ring of the refractive index modifier have a double bond-containing ring. A refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).

 いくつかの態様において、上記屈折率調整剤は、上記ハブ環上の置換基のうち1つ以上が二重結合含有環を2つ以上有する置換基である。このような構造を有する屈折率調整剤は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく調整(例えば高屈折率化)し得る。 In some embodiments, one or more of the substituents on the hub ring of the refractive index adjuster has two or more double bond-containing rings. A refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤の好適例として、上記ハブ環がトリアジン環であるものが挙げられる。例えば、上記屈折率調整剤は、下記式(I):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式(I)中、X,XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、-O-,-S-および-NR-からなる群から選択され、ここでRは水素原子またはアルキル基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち1つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基および置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基からなる群から選択される芳香環含有基であり、上記置換基はアルキル基、アルコキシ基またはシアノ基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち上記芳香環含有基が2つ以下である場合、残りは脂肪族炭化水素基または水素原子である。);
で表されるトリアジン化合物であり得る。このような構造を有する屈折率調整剤は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を好適に調整(例えば高屈折率化)することができる。 Preferred examples of the refractive index adjusters disclosed herein include those in which the hub ring is a triazine ring. For example, the refractive index modifier has the following formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In formula (I), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and
One or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group;
When the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. );
It may be a triazine compound represented by A refractive index adjuster having such a structure is used as a constituent component of an adhesive, and can suitably adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, increase the refractive index).

 この明細書によると、ここに開示されるいずれかの屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤が提供される。このような組成の粘着剤は、上記屈折率調整剤により調整された所望の屈折率を示すものとなり得る。 According to this specification, a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing any one of the refractive index modifiers disclosed herein is provided. A pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a composition can exhibit a desired refractive index adjusted by the refractive index adjuster.

 ここに開示される粘着剤は、上記屈折率調整剤と、芳香環含有モノマー(m1)をモノマー単位として含むアクリル系ポリマーと、を含むことが好ましい。かかる組成の粘着剤によると、所望の高屈折率(例えば、1.550以上の屈折率)を実現しやすい。 The adhesive disclosed herein preferably contains the refractive index adjuster and an acrylic polymer containing the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit. A pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a composition can easily achieve a desired high refractive index (for example, a refractive index of 1.550 or more).

 この明細書によると、下記式(I):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式(I)中、X,XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、-O-,-S-および-NR-からなる群から選択され、ここでRは水素原子またはアルキル基であり、
 R,R,Rのうち1つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基および置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基からなる群から選択される芳香環含有基であり、上記置換基はアルキル基、アルコキシ基またはシアノ基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち上記芳香環含有基が2つ以下である場合、残りは脂肪族炭化水素基または水素原子である。);
で表される化合物が提供される。かかる化合物は、例えば屈折率調整剤(特に、粘着剤用の屈折率調整剤)として有用である。 According to this specification, the following formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In formula (I), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and
One or more of R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group;
When the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. );
A compound represented by is provided. Such compounds are useful, for example, as refractive index modifiers (in particular, refractive index modifiers for adhesives).

 なお、本明細書に記載された各要素を適宜組み合わせたものも、本件特許出願によって特許による保護を求める発明の範囲に含まれ得る。 Any suitable combination of the elements described in this specification may also be included in the scope of the invention for which patent protection is sought by this patent application.

一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to one embodiment; FIG. 他の一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment; 他の一実施形態に係る粘着シートの構成を模式的に示す断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to another embodiment; 合成例1に係る化合物A1の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A1 according to Synthesis Example 1. FIG. 合成例1に係る化合物A1の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。1 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A1 according to Synthesis Example 1. FIG. 合成例2に係る化合物A2の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A2 according to Synthesis Example 2. FIG. 合成例2に係る化合物A2の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A2 according to Synthesis Example 2. FIG. 合成例3に係る化合物A3の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A3 according to Synthesis Example 3. FIG. 合成例3に係る化合物A3の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A3 according to Synthesis Example 3. FIG. 合成例4に係る化合物A4の1H-NMRスペクトルの要部を拡大して示す図である。1 is an enlarged view showing a main part of the 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A4 according to Synthesis Example 4. FIG. 合成例4に係る化合物A4の13C-NMRスペクトルの要部を拡大して示す図である。FIG. 4 is an enlarged view showing the main part of the 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A4 according to Synthesis Example 4; 合成例5に係る化合物A5の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A5 according to Synthesis Example 5. FIG. 合成例5に係る化合物A5の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A5 according to Synthesis Example 5. FIG. 合成例6に係る化合物A6の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A6 according to Synthesis Example 6. FIG. 合成例6に係る化合物A6の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A6 according to Synthesis Example 6. FIG. 合成例7に係る化合物A7の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。1 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A7 according to Synthesis Example 7. FIG. 合成例7に係る化合物A7の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A7 according to Synthesis Example 7. FIG. 合成例8に係る化合物A8の1H-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 1 H-NMR spectrum of compound A8 according to Synthesis Example 8. FIG. 合成例8に係る化合物A8の13C-NMRスペクトルを示す図である。2 is a 13 C-NMR spectrum of compound A8 according to Synthesis Example 8. FIG.

 以下、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明する。本明細書において特に言及している事項以外の事柄であって本発明の実施に必要な事柄は、本明細書に記載された発明の実施についての教示と出願時の技術常識とに基づいて当業者に理解され得る。本発明は、本明細書に開示されている内容と当該分野における技術常識とに基づいて実施することができる。
 なお、以下の図面において、同じ作用を奏する部材・部位には同じ符号を付して説明することがあり、重複する説明は省略または簡略化することがある。また、図面に記載の実施形態は、本発明を明瞭に説明するために模式化されており、実際に提供される製品のサイズや縮尺を必ずしも正確に表したものではない。
Preferred embodiments of the present invention are described below. Matters other than those specifically referred to in this specification that are necessary for the implementation of the present invention are applicable based on the teaching of the implementation of the invention described in this specification and the common general knowledge at the time of filing. understandable to traders. The present invention can be implemented based on the contents disclosed in this specification and common general technical knowledge in the field.
In the drawings below, members and portions having the same function may be denoted by the same reference numerals, and redundant description may be omitted or simplified. In addition, the embodiments described in the drawings are schematics for the purpose of clearly explaining the present invention and do not necessarily represent the size or scale of the products actually provided.

 この明細書において「二重結合含有環」とは、共役二重結合含有環および非共役二重結合含有環を包含する概念であり、好ましくは芳香環および複素環(ヘテロ環)の少なくとも一方に該当する環である。上記複素環は、芳香環に包含される構造を有するもの(複素芳香環)であってもよく、芳香環とは異なる二重結合含有複素環構造を有するものであってもよい。上記複素環において環構成原子として含まれるヘテロ原子は、例えば窒素(N)、硫黄(S)および酸素(O)からなる群から選択される1または2以上であり得る。上記二重結合含有環の非限定的な具体例として、ベンゼン環;ナフタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環の縮合環;等の炭素環、および、例えばピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環;等の複素環が挙げられる。二重結合含有環は、非縮合環(ベンゼン環、トリアジン環等)であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。上記縮合環は、例えばジナフトチオフェン構造やベンゾトリアゾール構造のように、1または2以上の炭素環と1または2以上の複素環とが縮合した構造を有していてもよい。 As used herein, the term "double bond-containing ring" is a concept that includes conjugated double bond-containing rings and non-conjugated double bond-containing rings, preferably at least one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring (heterocyclic ring). This is the corresponding ring. The heterocyclic ring may have a structure included in an aromatic ring (heteroaromatic ring), or may have a double bond-containing heterocyclic ring structure different from the aromatic ring. The heteroatoms included as ring-constituting atoms in the heterocyclic ring may be one or more selected from the group consisting of nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and oxygen (O), for example. Specific non-limiting examples of the double bond-containing ring include a benzene ring; a condensed ring of a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring; heterocycles such as pyridazine ring, pyrazine ring, triazine ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiazole ring, thiophene ring; The double bond-containing ring may be a non-condensed ring (benzene ring, triazine ring, etc.) or a condensed ring. The condensed ring may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure or a benzotriazole structure.

 この明細書における二重結合含有環は、特記しない場合、環構成原子上に1または2以上の置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。この明細書において、「置換基」の例としては、アルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~12のアルキル基)、アリール基(フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等を包含し、環構成原子上にアルキル基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)、水酸基、アミノ基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、シアノ基の非環式置換基を1または2以上有していてもよい。)、シクロアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、グリシジル基、アラルキル基(例えば、炭素数1~12、好ましくは1~8のアルキル基の水素原子の1または2以上が上記アリール基で置換された構造の基)、アルケニル基(例えばビニル基、アリル基)や(メタ)アクリロイル基等のエチレン性不飽和基、これらの基の鎖状構造の途中にエーテル結合、チオエーテル結合およびエステル結合からなる群から選択される結合が1または2以上介在する基(例えば、エトキシエチル基、エトキシエトキシエチル基、フェノキシエチル基)、これらの基において炭素に結合する水素の一部または全部がハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)に置き換えられた基、これらの基の二重結合含有環側の端にO,S,N等のヘテロ原子を有する基(例えば、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基。上記ヘテロ原子がNである場合、該Nの残りの原子価は、水素原子または他の置換基に結合している。)、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。上記置換基の例には、二重結合含有環を有するもの(例えば、アリール基、アラルキル基、これらの基の環構成原子側の端にO,S,N等のヘテロ原子を有する基)と、二重結合含有環を有しないもの(例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基等)との双方が含まれる。 Unless otherwise specified, the double bond-containing ring in this specification may or may not have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms. In this specification, examples of "substituents" include alkyl groups (e.g., alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), aryl groups (phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, biphenyl groups, etc.), and has one or more acyclic substituents such as an alkyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a monoalkylamino group, a dialkylamino group, or a cyano group. ), cycloalkyl group, hydroxyalkyl group, monoalkylamino group, dialkylamino group, glycidyl group, aralkyl group (for example, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 8 hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group The above are groups substituted with the above aryl groups), ethylenically unsaturated groups such as alkenyl groups (e.g. vinyl groups, allyl groups) and (meth)acryloyl groups, ether bonds in the middle of the chain structures of these groups , a group interposed by one or more bonds selected from the group consisting of a thioether bond and an ester bond (e.g., an ethoxyethyl group, an ethoxyethoxyethyl group, a phenoxyethyl group), one of the hydrogens bonded to carbon in these groups Groups partially or wholly substituted with halogen atoms (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.) groups, groups having a heteroatom such as O, S, N at the end of the double bond-containing ring side of these groups (e.g. , an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, a glycidyloxy group, an alkylthio group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, When the heteroatom is N, the remaining valences of the N are hydrogen atoms or other substituents), hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms (fluorine, chlorine, bromine atoms, etc.), etc., but are not limited thereto. Examples of the above substituents include those having a double bond-containing ring (e.g., aryl groups, aralkyl groups, groups having a heteroatom such as O, S, N, etc. at the end of these groups on the ring-constituting atom side). , and those that do not have a double bond-containing ring (eg, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, etc.).

 この明細書において、粘着剤の「ベースポリマー」とは、該粘着剤に含まれるゴム状ポリマーの主成分をいう。上記ゴム状ポリマーとは、室温付近の温度域においてゴム弾性を示すポリマーをいう。また、この明細書において「主成分」とは、特記しない場合、50重量%を超えて含まれる成分を指す。 In this specification, the "base polymer" of the adhesive refers to the main component of the rubber-like polymer contained in the adhesive. The term "rubber-like polymer" refers to a polymer that exhibits rubber elasticity in a temperature range around room temperature. In this specification, the term "main component" refers to a component contained in an amount exceeding 50% by weight unless otherwise specified.

 この明細書において「アクリル系ポリマー」とは、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー単位として、1分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含む重合物をいう。以下、1分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーを「アクリル系モノマー」ともいう。したがって、この明細書におけるアクリル系ポリマーは、アクリル系モノマーに由来するモノマー単位を含むポリマーとして定義される。アクリル系ポリマーの典型例として、該ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分のうち50重量%超(好ましくは70重量%超、例えば90重量%超)がアクリル系モノマーであるアクリル系ポリマーが挙げられる。 In this specification, the term "acrylic polymer" refers to a polymer containing monomer units derived from a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule as monomer units constituting the polymer. Hereinafter, a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule is also referred to as "acrylic monomer". Accordingly, an acrylic polymer in this specification is defined as a polymer containing monomeric units derived from an acrylic monomer. Typical examples of acrylic polymers include acrylic polymers in which more than 50% by weight (preferably more than 70% by weight, for example more than 90% by weight) of monomer components constituting the polymer are acrylic monomers.

 また、この明細書において「アクリル系モノマー」とは、1分子中に少なくとも一つの(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するモノマーをいう。ここで、「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基およびメタクリロイル基を包括的に指す意味である。したがって、ここでいうアクリル系モノマーの概念には、アクリロイル基を有するモノマー(アクリル系モノマー)とメタクリロイル基を有するモノマー(メタクリル系モノマー)との両方が包含され得る。同様に、この明細書において「(メタ)アクリル酸」とはアクリル酸およびメタクリル酸を、「(メタ)アクリレート」とはアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを、それぞれ包括的に指す意味である。他の類似用語も同様である。 Also, in this specification, the term "acrylic monomer" refers to a monomer having at least one (meth)acryloyl group in one molecule. Here, "(meth)acryloyl group" is meant to comprehensively refer to acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups. Therefore, the concept of an acrylic monomer as used herein can include both a monomer having an acryloyl group (acrylic monomer) and a monomer having a methacryloyl group (methacrylic monomer). Similarly, in this specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, respectively. The same applies to other similar terms.

<屈折率調整剤>
 この明細書により開示される屈折率調整剤は、ハブ環(hub ring)と、該ハブ環の構成原子に結合した2つ以上の置換基と、を有する構造を備えた有機化合物である。ここで、上記ハブ環は二重結合含有環であり、上記2つ以上の置換基のうち1つ以上は二重結合含有環を有する置換基である。このような構造上の要件を満たす化合物は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を調整する屈折率調整剤として有用である。
<Refractive index adjuster>
The refractive index adjuster disclosed by this specification is an organic compound having a structure having a hub ring and two or more substituents bonded to constituent atoms of the hub ring. Here, the hub ring is a double bond-containing ring, and at least one of the two or more substituents is a substituent having a double bond-containing ring. A compound that satisfies such structural requirements is used as a constituent component of an adhesive and is useful as a refractive index adjuster that adjusts the refractive index of the adhesive.

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、非重合体であってもよく、上記構造(すなわち、ハブ環と、該ハブ環の構成原子に結合した2つ以上の置換基と、を有する構造)の繰り返し単位を2以上有する重合体であってもよい。上記屈折率調整剤が重合体である場合、該重合体における繰り返し単位の数は、例えば2~30または2~10であり、好ましくは2~6、より好ましくは2~4(例えば2~3)である。 The refractive index modifier disclosed herein may be a non-polymer and has the structure described above (that is, a structure having a hub ring and two or more substituents bonded to constituent atoms of the hub ring). may be a polymer having two or more repeating units of When the refractive index modifier is a polymer, the number of repeating units in the polymer is, for example, 2 to 30 or 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4 (eg, 2 to 3 ).

 上記屈折率調整剤の分子量は、特に限定されず、目的とする機能を発揮し得る範囲で適切に選択され得る。屈折率調整剤の分子量は、例えば凡そ10000未満であってよく、7000未満でもよく、5000未満でもよく、3500未満でもよく、3000以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤への配合容易性等の観点から、屈折率調整剤の分子量は、3000未満であることが有利であり、2000以下または2000未満であることが好ましく、1500以下または1500未満であることがより好ましく、1000以下または1000未満でもよく、800以下または800未満でもよく、700以下または700未満でもよく、650以下または650未満でもよい。また、屈折率調整剤の分子量は、例えば150以上であってよく、200以上でもよく、250以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、屈折率調整(例えば、高屈折率化)の機能を発揮しやすくする観点から、屈折率調整剤の分子量は、300以上であることが適当であり、350以上であることが好ましく、400以上であることがより好ましく、430以上でもよく、470以上でもよく、500以上でもよく、550以上でもよい。屈折率調整剤の分子量が低すぎないことは、粘着剤の耐熱性能や被着体の汚染抑制の観点からも好ましい。 The molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected within a range in which the intended function can be exhibited. The molecular weight of the refractive index modifier may be, for example, approximately less than 10,000, less than 7,000, less than 5,000, less than 3,500, or 3,000 or less. In some aspects, the molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is advantageously less than 3000, preferably less than 2000 or less than 2000, and less than 1500 or It is more preferably less than 1500, may be 1000 or less or less than 1000, may be 800 or less or less than 800, may be 700 or less or less than 700, or may be 650 or less or less than 650. Further, the molecular weight of the refractive index adjuster may be, for example, 150 or more, 200 or more, or 250 or more. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of facilitating the function of adjusting the refractive index (for example, increasing the refractive index), the molecular weight of the refractive index adjusting agent is suitably 300 or more, preferably 350 or more. is preferably 400 or more, and may be 430 or more, 470 or more, 500 or more, or 550 or more. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the refractive index adjuster is not too low from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and the suppression of contamination of the adherend.

 屈折率調整剤の分子量としては、該屈折率調整剤が非重合体であるかまたは低重合度(例えば2~5量体程度)の重合体である場合は、化学構造に基づいて算出される分子量、もしくはマトリックス支援レーザー脱離イオン化飛行時間型質量分析法(MALDI-TOF-MS)を用いた測定値を用いることができる。より重合度の高い重合体については、適切な条件で行われるGPCに基づく重量平均分子量(Mw)を用いることができる。メーカー等から分子量の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。 The molecular weight of the refractive index modifier is calculated based on the chemical structure when the refractive index modifier is a non-polymer or a polymer with a low degree of polymerization (for example, about 2- to 5-mers). Molecular weight or measurements using matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF-MS) can be used. For polymers with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When the nominal value of the molecular weight is provided by the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be adopted.

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤におけるハブ環は、典型的には芳香環および複素環(好ましくは複素芳香環)の少なくとも一方に該当する二重結合含有環である。上記ハブ環は、非縮合環(単環)であってもよく縮合環であってもよいが、好ましくは非縮合環(例えば3~8員環、好ましくは5~7員環)である。いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記ハブ環が非縮合の複素芳香環である。上記複素芳香環において環構成原子として含まれるヘテロ原子の数は、1でもよく2以上でもよく、例えば1~3であり得る。いくつかの態様では、環構成原子として含まれるヘテロ原子のうち少なくとも1つがNである複素芳香環が好ましく、上記ヘテロ原子がいずれもNである複素芳香環がより好ましい。なかでも好ましい複素芳香環の一例として、トリアジン環が挙げられる。 The hub ring in the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is typically a double bond-containing ring corresponding to at least one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring (preferably heteroaromatic ring). The hub ring may be a non-condensed ring (single ring) or a condensed ring, but is preferably a non-condensed ring (eg, 3- to 8-membered ring, preferably 5- to 7-membered ring). In some preferred embodiments, the hub ring is a non-fused heteroaromatic ring. The number of heteroatoms contained as ring-constituting atoms in the heteroaromatic ring may be 1 or 2 or more, for example, 1-3. In some embodiments, heteroaromatic rings in which at least one of the heteroatoms contained as ring-constituting atoms is N are preferred, and heteroaromatic rings in which all of the above heteroatoms are N are more preferred. An example of a particularly preferred heteroaromatic ring is a triazine ring.

 ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基の数は、典型的には2以上かつ該環構成原子の数以下であり、例えば3以上かつ上記環構成原子の数以下である。上記置換基のうち二重結合含有環を有する置換基の数は、1以上、2以上または3以上であり得る。上記置換基のうち二重結合含有環を有しない置換基の数は、0であってもよく、1以上かつ上記置換基の総数-1以下でもよく、1以上かつ上記置換基の総数-2以下でもよい。なお、上記置換基の総数とは、該置換基が二重結合含有環を有するか否かを問わず、ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基の総数をいう。 The number of substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is typically 2 or more and the number of the ring-constituting atoms or less, for example, 3 or more and the number of the ring-constituting atoms or less. Among the above substituents, the number of substituents having a double bond-containing ring may be 1 or more, 2 or more, or 3 or more. Among the substituents, the number of substituents having no double bond-containing ring may be 0, may be 1 or more and the total number of the substituents −1 or less, or may be 1 or more and the total number of the substituents −2 It can be below. The total number of substituents refers to the total number of substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring, regardless of whether the substituents have a double bond-containing ring.

 ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基のうち二重結合含有環を有する置換基は、屈折率の向上に寄与し得る。いくつかの態様に係る屈折率向上剤は、ハブ環上に、二重結合含有環を有する置換基を2つ以上有する。このような構造の屈折率調整剤は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく調整(例えば高屈折率化)し得る。 Of the substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring, those having a double bond-containing ring can contribute to improving the refractive index. Refractive index improvers according to some aspects have two or more substituents having a double bond-containing ring on the hub ring. A refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).

 上記二重結合含有環を有する置換基において、該置換基の有する二重結合含有環の数は、1でもよく、2以上でもよい。ここで、2以上の二重結合含有環を有するとは、互いに縮合していない2以上の二重結合含有環を有することをいう。各二重結合含有環は、それぞれ独立に、非縮合環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。ハブ環上に2以上の二重結合含有環を有する置換基を有することは、屈折率向上の観点から有利となり得る。いくつかの態様に係る屈折率向上剤は、ハブ環上に、2以上の二重結合含有環を有する置換基を1つ以上(好ましくは2つ以上、例えば3つ)有する。このような構造の屈折率調整剤は、粘着剤の構成成分として用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を効率よく調整(例えば高屈折率化)し得る。 In the above substituent having a double bond-containing ring, the number of double bond-containing rings possessed by the substituent may be 1, or 2 or more. Here, having two or more double bond-containing rings means having two or more double bond-containing rings that are not mutually condensed. Each double bond-containing ring may independently be a non-fused ring or a fused ring. Having a substituent having two or more double bond-containing rings on the hub ring can be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index. Refractive index improvers according to some embodiments have one or more (preferably two or more, for example three) substituents having two or more double bond-containing rings on the hub ring. A refractive index adjuster having such a structure can be used as a constituent component of an adhesive to efficiently adjust the refractive index of the adhesive (for example, to increase the refractive index).

 上記2以上の二重結合含有環を有する置換基において、該2以上の二重結合含有環は、例えばビフェニル構造のように直接(すなわち、他の原子を介さずに)化学結合していてもよく、リンキング基を介して結合していてもよい。上記リンキング基は、例えばオキシ基(-O-)、チオオキシ基(-S-)、オキシアルキレン基(例えば-O-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、チオオキシアルキレン基(例えば-S-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、直鎖アルキレン基(すなわち-(CH-基、ここでnは1~6、好ましくは1~3)、-NR-基(Rは、水素原子またはアルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3、好ましくは1のアルキル基))、-NR-(CH-基(nは1~3、好ましくは1であり、Rは水素原子またはアルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3、好ましくは1のアルキル基)である。)、上記オキシアルキレン基、上記チオオキシアルキレン基、上記直鎖アルキレン基および上記-NR-(CH-基におけるアルキレン基が部分ハロゲン化または完全ハロゲン化された基、等であり得る。上記リンキング基は、エステル結合を有するものであってもよい。上記リンキング基の原子数は、例えば1~6であり、好ましくは1~4であり、1~2でもよく、2でもよく、1でもよい。なお、上記リンキング基の原子数とは、一方の二重結合含有環から他方の二重結合含有環に到達するのに要する最小の原子の数をいう。例えば、リンキング基が直鎖アルキレン基(すなわち-(CH-基)からなる場合、nの数がリンキング基の原子数となる。高屈折率化の観点から好ましい置換基として、上記2以上の二重結合含有環が直接化学結合しているか、オキシ基またはチオオキシ基を介して結合している構造を含む置換基が例示される。 In the substituent having two or more double bond-containing rings, the two or more double bond-containing rings may be chemically bonded directly (i.e., without intervening other atoms), such as in a biphenyl structure. Alternatively, they may be linked via a linking group. The linking group is, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (eg, -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1). , a thiooxyalkylene group (such as a —S—(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), a linear alkylene group (ie, a —(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), —NR 4 — group (R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1)), —NR 4 —( CH 2 ) n — group (where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1, and R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1)), the above The oxyalkylene group, the thiooxyalkylene group, the straight-chain alkylene group, and the alkylene group in the —NR 4 —(CH 2 ) n — group may be a partially or completely halogenated group, and the like. The linking group may have an ester bond. The number of atoms of the linking group is, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, may be 1 to 2, may be 2, or may be 1. The number of atoms in the linking group refers to the minimum number of atoms required to reach from one double bond-containing ring to the other double bond-containing ring. For example, when the linking group consists of a linear alkylene group (ie, -(CH 2 ) n - group), the number n is the number of atoms in the linking group. Preferable substituents from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index include substituents containing structures in which the two or more double bond-containing rings are directly chemically bonded or bonded via an oxy group or a thiooxy group. .

 いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記二重結合含有環を有する置換基は、該置換基の有するヘテロ原子(例えば、O,SまたはN、好ましくはOまたはS)によりハブ環の環構成原子(例えば炭素原子)に結合している。このような構造を有する化合物は、該化合物自体または該化合物を含む組成物の高屈折率化に適したものとなり得るので好ましい。ハブ環の環構成原子に結合するヘテロ原子は、上記二重結合含有環を有する置換基において、二重結合含有環(複素環)の環構成原子であってもよく、二重結合含有環とハブ環とをつなぐリンキング基を構成する原子であってもよい。上記リンキング基の例としては、チオオキシ基、オキシアルキレン基(例えば-O-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、チオオキシアルキレン基(例えば-S-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、-NR-基、-NR-(CH-基(nは1~3、好ましくは1であり、Rは水素原子またはアルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3、好ましくは1のアルキル基)である。)等が挙げられる。二重結合含有環とハブ環とをつなぐリンキング基の原子数は、例えば1~6であり、好ましくは1~4であり、1~2でもよく、2でもよく、1でもよい。なお、上記リンキング基の原子数とは、ハブ環から上記置換基の有する二重結合含有環に到達するのに要する最小の原子の数をいう。 In some preferred embodiments, the above substituent having a double bond-containing ring is such that a heteroatom (e.g., O, S or N, preferably O or S) of the substituent is attached to a ring-constituting atom (e.g., carbon atoms). A compound having such a structure is preferable because it can be suitable for increasing the refractive index of the compound itself or a composition containing the compound. A heteroatom bonded to a ring-constituting atom of the hub ring may be a ring-constituting atom of the double bond-containing ring (heterocyclic ring) in the substituent having the double bond-containing ring. It may be an atom constituting a linking group connecting with the hub ring. Examples of the linking group include a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group (eg —O—(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), a thiooxyalkylene group (eg —S—( CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), —NR 4 — group, —NR 4 —(CH 2 ) n — group (n is 1 to 3, preferably 1, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1). The number of atoms of the linking group that connects the double bond-containing ring and the hub ring is, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, may be 1 to 2, may be 2, or may be 1. The number of atoms in the linking group means the minimum number of atoms required to reach the double bond-containing ring of the substituent from the hub ring.

 ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基の有する二重結合含有環は、典型的には、芳香環および複素環の少なくとも一方に該当する環であり、好ましくは非縮合環である。上記二重結合含有環は、その環構成原子上に、ハブ環に結合する置換基や他の二重結合含有環に結合する置換基とは別の置換基を、1または2以上有していてもよい。そのような置換基の例として、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルケニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アミノ基、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、シアノ基等の、非環式置換基;および、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルキルオキシ基、ノルボルニル基等の、非二重結合含有環を有する置換基;が挙げられる。上記アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルケニル基、モノアルキルアミノ基およびジアルキルアミノ基において、各基に含まれるアルキル基の炭素原子数は、例えば1~6であり、好ましくは1~4であり、1~2でもよく、2でもよく、1でもよい。 The double bond-containing ring possessed by the substituent bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is typically a ring corresponding to at least one of an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring, preferably a non-condensed ring. The above double bond-containing ring has, on its ring-constituting atoms, one or more substituents other than the substituents bonded to the hub ring and the substituents bonded to other double bond-containing rings. may Examples of such substituents include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkenyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, monoalkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups. , acyclic substituents such as cyano groups; and substituents having non-double bond-containing rings such as cycloalkyl groups, cycloalkyloxy groups, and norbornyl groups. In the above alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkenyl group, monoalkylamino group and dialkylamino group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in each group is, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4. , may be 1 to 2, may be 2, or may be 1.

 いくつかの好ましい態様では、ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基の有する二重結合含有環は、置換基を有するかまたは有しない芳香環(好ましくは炭素芳香環、特に好ましくはベンゼン環)である。例えば、ハブ環の環構成原子の少なくとも1つ(例えば1つ、2つまたは3つ)に、下記式(II):
    -X(CH-Ar(Y)     (II)
(上記式(II)において、Xは、-O-,-S-および-NR-(ここでRは水素原子またはアルキル基)からなる群から選択され、好ましくは-O-または-S-である。nは、0~3であり、好ましくは0または1、より好ましくは0である。Arは、芳香環であり、好ましくは炭素芳香環、特に好ましくはベンゼン環である。Yは、Arの環構成原子上の置換基であり、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3、好ましくは1のアルキル基)、シアノ基、水酸基、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基およびフェノキシ基からなる群から選択される。mは、0~3であり、好ましくは0または1であり、より好ましくは1である。);
で表される置換基が結合した構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
In some preferred embodiments, the double bond-containing ring of the substituents attached to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is an aromatic ring (preferably a carbon aromatic ring, particularly preferably a benzene ring) with or without a substituent. is. For example, at least one (for example, 1, 2 or 3) of the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring has the following formula (II):
—X(CH 2 ) n —Ar(Y) m (II)
(In formula (II) above, X is selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 — (wherein R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group), preferably —O— or —S -, n is 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0. Ar is an aromatic ring, preferably a carbon aromatic ring, particularly preferably a benzene ring, Y is , are substituents on the ring-constituting atoms of Ar and are each independently an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, preferably 1), a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group and a phenoxy group, m is 0 to 3, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1);
A compound having a structure in which a substituent represented by is bonded is preferable.

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基として、上記二重結合含有環を有する置換基のみを有していてもよい。かかる構造は、ハブ環に二重結合含有環を有する置換基をより多く結合させることが可能となり、高屈折率化に適している。一方、ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基として、二重結合含有環を有する置換基と、二重結合含有環を有しない置換基とを有していてもよい。いくつかの態様において、ハブ環上に上記二重結合含有環を有しない置換基を有することは、溶媒への溶解性や粘着剤中における相溶性の向上に寄与し得る。 The refractive index adjuster disclosed herein may have only the substituents having the double bond-containing ring as the substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring. Such a structure allows more substituents having a double bond-containing ring to be bonded to the hub ring, and is suitable for increasing the refractive index. On the other hand, the refractive index modifier disclosed herein has a substituent having a double bond-containing ring and a substituent having no double bond-containing ring as substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring. You may have In some embodiments, having a substituent that does not have a double bond-containing ring on the hub ring can contribute to improving solubility in solvents and compatibility in adhesives.

 ハブ環の環構成原子に結合する置換基のうち少なくとも1つが二重結合含有環を有しない置換基である態様において、該二重結合含有環を有しない置換基は、それぞれ独立に、例えばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、アルコキシ基(例えばメトキシ基、エトキシ基)、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基、アルキルチオ基(-S-C2n+1基)、モノアルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルケニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、これらの基の鎖状構造の途中にエーテル結合、チオエーテル結合およびエステル結合からなる群から選択される結合が1または2以上介在する基、これらの基において炭素に結合する水素の一部または全部がハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)に置き換えられた基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基またはハロゲン原子であり得る。 In the embodiment in which at least one of the substituents bonded to the ring-constituting atoms of the hub ring is a substituent having no double bond-containing ring, each of the substituents having no double bond-containing ring is independently selected from, for example, alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, hydroxyalkyl group, alkoxy group (e.g. methoxy group, ethoxy group), hydroxyalkyloxy group, glycidyloxy group, alkylthio group (-S-C n H 2n+1 group), monoalkylamino group, dialkylamino group, alkenyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, (meth)acryloyloxy group, one or more bonds selected from the group consisting of ether bond, thioether bond and ester bond intervening in the chain structure of these groups groups, groups in which some or all of the hydrogens bonded to carbon in these groups are replaced with halogen atoms (fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups or halogen atoms .

 上述した二重結合含有環を有しない置換基の例示のうち、当該置換基中にアルキル基を含むもの(アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、エトキシエチル基等)において、各アルキル基の炭素原子数は、例えば1~12であり、いくつかの態様では2~12、4~12または6~10が好ましく、他のいくつかの態様では1~6、1~4または1~2が好ましい。上記アルキル基の原子数が3以上である場合、該アルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐を有していてもよい。分岐を有するアルキル基の具体例としては、2-エチルヘキシル基、イソオクチル基、イソノニル基等が挙げられる。
 上記二重結合含有環を有しない置換基の好適例として、アルコキシ基(例えば、炭素原子数1~12、1~8、1~6、1~4または1~2のアルコキシ基)およびアルキルチオ基(例えば、炭素原子数2~12、4~12または6~10のアルキルチオ基)が挙げられる。
Among the above examples of substituents having no double bond-containing ring, those containing an alkyl group in the substituent (alkyl group, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, ethoxyethyl group, etc.), the carbon atom of each alkyl group The number is, for example, 1-12, preferably 2-12, 4-12 or 6-10 in some embodiments, and 1-6, 1-4 or 1-2 in some other embodiments. When the number of atoms in the alkyl group is 3 or more, the alkyl group may be linear or branched. Specific examples of branched alkyl groups include 2-ethylhexyl, isooctyl and isononyl groups.
Preferable examples of substituents having no double bond-containing ring include alkoxy groups (eg, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms) and alkylthio groups. (eg, an alkylthio group having 2 to 12, 4 to 12 or 6 to 10 carbon atoms).

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤の好適例として、下記式(I)で表されるトリアジン化合物が挙げられる。

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Suitable examples of the refractive index modifier disclosed herein include triazine compounds represented by the following formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

 ここで、上記式(I)中、X,XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、-O-,-S-および-NRからなる群から選択される。ここで、Rは、水素原子またはアルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基)である。R,RおよびRのうち1つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基および置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基からなる群から選択される芳香環含有基である。R,RおよびRのうち上記芳香環含有基が2つ以下である場合、残りは脂肪族炭化水素基または水素原子である。 Here, in formula (I) above, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S- and -NR 4 . Here, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms). One or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group It is a ring-containing group. When the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms.

 上記式(I)において、上記フェニル基または上記ビフェニル基が置換基を有する場合、該置換基は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基)、アルコキシ基(例えば、炭素原子数1~3のアルコキシ基)およびシアノ基からなる群から選択されることが好ましい。上記脂肪族炭化水素基は、炭素原子数1~12、1~8、1~6、1~4または1~2のアルキル基であるか、または、炭素原子数2~12、4~12または6~10のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 In the above formula (I), when the phenyl group or the biphenyl group has a substituent, the substituent is each independently an alkyl group (e.g., an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (e.g., , an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms) and a cyano group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is an alkyl group having 1 to 12, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4 or 1 to 2 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 12, 4 to 12 carbon atoms or An alkyl group of 6 to 10 is preferred.

 上記式(I)において、X,XおよびXは、同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。高屈折率化の観点からは、X,XおよびXのうち2つ以上は-O-および-S-から選択されることが有利であり、好適例として、X,XおよびXがいずれも-O-である化合物、X,XおよびXのうち2つ以上が-S-である化合物、X,XおよびXがいずれも-S-である化合物、等が挙げられる。なかでもX,XおよびXがいずれも-S-である化合物が好ましい。 In formula (I) above, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index, it is advantageous that two or more of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are selected from —O— and —S—, and preferred examples are X 1 , X 2 and compounds wherein all of X 3 are -O-, compounds wherein two or more of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are -S-, compounds wherein all of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are -S- , etc. Among them, compounds in which X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are all -S- are preferred.

 上記式(I)において、R,RおよびRは、同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。高屈折率化の観点からR,RおよびRがいずれも芳香環含有基であることが好ましく、合成容易性の観点からR,RおよびRが同一の芳香環含有基であることが好ましい。なかでも、R,RおよびRがいずれも置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基である化合物(例えば、R,RおよびRがいずれも置換基を有しないビフェニル基である化合物)が、高屈折率化の観点から特に好ましい。なお、R,RおよびRのうち1つ、2つまたは3つが置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基である場合、該ビフェニル基は、合成容易性の観点から、2-ビフェニルまたは4-ビフェニルであることが好ましい。ここで、2-ビフェニルとは、対応するX,X,Xが上記ビフェニル基の2位(オルト位)の炭素に結合していることをいい、4-ビフェニルとは、対応するX,X,Xが上記ビフェニル基の4位(パラ位)の炭素に結合していることをいう。式(I)におけるR,RおよびRがいずれも2-ビフェニル基である化合物は、高屈折率化および溶媒への溶解性の観点から特に好ましい。 In formula (I) above, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are all preferably aromatic ring-containing groups. Preferably. Among them, compounds in which R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are all optionally substituted biphenyl groups (for example, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are all unsubstituted biphenyl groups) compound) is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index. When one, two or three of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are optionally substituted biphenyl groups, the biphenyl group is, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, 2-biphenyl or 4-biphenyl. Here, 2-biphenyl means that the corresponding X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are bonded to the 2-position (ortho-position) carbon of the biphenyl group, and 4-biphenyl means the corresponding X It means that 1 , X 2 and X 3 are bonded to the 4-position (para-position) carbon of the biphenyl group. Compounds in which R 1 , R 2 and R 3 in formula (I) are all 2-biphenyl groups are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index and solubility in solvents.

 なお、上記式(I)で表される化合物は、例えば、市販品として入手可能なハロゲン化トリアジン化合物(塩化シアヌル、2-(4-シアノフェニル)アミノ-4,6-ジクロロ-1,3,5-トリアジン等)と、目的物の構造に応じたアルコール化合物またはチオール化合物とを反応させることを含む手法により合成することができる。 The compound represented by the above formula (I) includes, for example, commercially available halogenated triazine compounds (cyanuric chloride, 2-(4-cyanophenyl)amino-4,6-dichloro-1,3, 5-triazine, etc.) with an alcohol compound or a thiol compound depending on the structure of the target product.

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、粘着剤に配合されて該粘着剤の屈折率を所望の範囲に調整し得るものであればよく、特に限定されない。屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、例えば1.500~2.000の範囲内であり得る。なお、屈折率調整剤の屈折率とは、測定温度25℃、測定波長594nmの条件で測定される屈折率をいう。屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、市販の測定装置(例えば、メトリコン社製のプリズムカプラ、モデル「2010M」)を用いて測定することができる。 The refractive index of the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is not particularly limited as long as it can be blended with the pressure-sensitive adhesive to adjust the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive to a desired range. The refractive index of the refractive index modifier can be, for example, within the range of 1.500 to 2.000. In addition, the refractive index of the refractive index adjuster means the refractive index measured under conditions of a measurement temperature of 25° C. and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm. The refractive index of the refractive index modifier can be measured using a commercially available measurement device (for example, Prism Coupler, model "2010M" manufactured by Metricon).

 いくつかの態様において、屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、例えば1.530以上であってよく、1.550以上であることが適当であり、1.560以上であることが有利であり、1.580以上であることが好ましく、1.590以上であることがより好ましい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、例えば1.600以上であってよく、1.610以上であってもよく、1.630以上であってもよく、1.650以上であってもよく、1.660以上であってもよく、1.670以上でもよく、1.680以上でもよく、1.690以上でもよく、1.700以上でもよい。より屈折率の高い屈折率調整剤によると、粘着剤への配合による高屈折率化の効果がより効率よく発揮され得る。また、屈折率調整剤の合成容易性やコスト等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、1.900以下であってもよく、1.800以下であってもよく、1.780以下であってもよく、1.750以下であってもよく、1.730以下であってもよい。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤のいくつかの態様において、該屈折率調整剤の屈折率は、例えば1.590以上1.750以下であり、好ましくは1.610以上1.750以下であり、より好ましくは1.640以上1.750であり、1.660以上1.730以下でもよく、1.680以上1.730以下でもよい。 In some embodiments, the refractive index of the refractive index modifier may be, for example, 1.530 or higher, suitably 1.550 or higher, and advantageously 1.560 or higher. It is preferably 0.580 or more, more preferably 1.590 or more. In some preferred embodiments, the refractive index of the refractive index modifier may be, for example, 1.600 or higher, 1.610 or higher, 1.630 or higher, or 1.650 or higher. may be 1.660 or more, 1.670 or more, 1.680 or more, 1.690 or more, or 1.700 or more. A refractive index adjuster having a higher refractive index can more efficiently exhibit the effect of increasing the refractive index by being blended into the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Further, from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, cost, etc. of the refractive index modifier, in some embodiments, the refractive index of the refractive index modifier may be 1.900 or less, or 1.800 or less. It may be 1.780 or less, 1.750 or less, or 1.730 or less. In some embodiments of the refractive index adjusting agent disclosed herein, the refractive index of the refractive index adjusting agent is, for example, 1.590 or more and 1.750 or less, preferably 1.610 or more and 1.750 or less. , more preferably 1.640 or more and 1.750, may be 1.660 or more and 1.730 or less, or may be 1.680 or more and 1.730 or less.

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、粘着剤への配合容易性等の観点から、溶媒(典型的には有機溶媒)に溶解可能であることが好ましい。ここで溶解可能とは、当該屈折率調整剤を少なくとも2重量%以上(好ましくは5重量%以上、より好ましくは10重量%以上、さらに好ましくは20重量%以上、特に好ましくは40重量%以上)の濃度で含む溶液を調製可能であることをいう。例えば、酢酸エチルや酢酸ブチルなどの酢酸エステル;アセトンやメチルエチルケトン(MEK)等の低級ケトン;ベンゼンやトルエン等の芳香族炭化水素溶媒);の少なくとも1種に溶解可能であることが好ましく、酢酸エチルおよびMEKの一方または両方に溶解可能であることが特に好ましい。 The refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is preferably soluble in a solvent (typically an organic solvent) from the viewpoint of ease of blending with the adhesive. Here, soluble means that the refractive index modifier is at least 2% by weight (preferably 5% by weight or more, more preferably 10% by weight or more, still more preferably 20% by weight or more, and particularly preferably 40% by weight or more). It means that it is possible to prepare a solution containing at a concentration of For example, acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; lower ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene and toluene); and MEK is particularly preferred.

 ここに開示される屈折率調整剤(例えば、上記式(I)で表されるトリアジン化合物)において、溶媒への溶解性の観点から有利な構造上の特徴として、(i)非平面形状であること、および(ii)ハブ環に対して非回転対称であること、が挙げられる。上記(i)および上記(ii)のいずれか一方に該当するか、または両方に該当する化合物が好ましい。上記(i)に該当する化合物の好適例として、後述の実施例に記載の化合物(A1)や化合物(A4)が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、分子構造上、全体としてボール状(非平面)の形状をとる。また、例えば後述する実施例に記載の化合物(A5)は回転対称である(3回回転軸を有する)のに対し、化合物(A6)は非回転対称であり、上記(ii)に該当する。上記(i)を満たし、かつハブ環に対して回転対称である化合物は、高屈折率かつ溶解性のよいものとなり得るので好ましい。 In the refractive index modifier disclosed herein (for example, the triazine compound represented by the above formula (I)), advantageous structural features from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent include (i) a non-planar shape; and (ii) non-rotational symmetry with respect to the hub ring. A compound that corresponds to either one or both of (i) and (ii) above is preferable. Preferred examples of the compound corresponding to (i) above include compound (A1) and compound (A4) described in Examples below. These compounds have a ball-like (non-planar) shape as a whole due to their molecular structure. Further, for example, the compound (A5) described in Examples described later is rotationally symmetrical (has a three-fold rotational axis), whereas the compound (A6) is non-rotationally symmetrical and corresponds to (ii) above. A compound that satisfies the above (i) and is rotationally symmetrical with respect to the hub ring is preferable because it can have a high refractive index and good solubility.

<粘着剤>
 ここに開示される粘着剤は、上述のような屈折率調整剤を含むことによって特徴付けられる。上記粘着剤の種類は特に限定されず、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤(天然ゴム系、合成ゴム系、これらの混合系等)、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ポリエーテル系粘着剤、ポリアミド系粘着剤、フッ素系粘着剤等であり得る。上記アクリル系粘着剤とは、アクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとする粘着剤をいう。ゴム系その他の粘着剤についても同様である。粘着特性の調節容易性や光学特性等の観点から、いくつかの態様ではアクリル系粘着剤が好ましい。
<Adhesive>
The adhesive disclosed herein is characterized by containing a refractive index modifier as described above. The type of the adhesive is not particularly limited. Adhesives, polyether-based adhesives, polyamide-based adhesives, fluorine-based adhesives, and the like may be used. The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive refers to a pressure-sensitive adhesive having an acrylic polymer as a base polymer. The same applies to rubber-based and other pressure-sensitive adhesives. From the standpoint of ease of adjustment of adhesive properties, optical properties, and the like, acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferred in some embodiments.

 ここに開示される粘着剤は、屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤組成物(典型的には、ベースポリマーおよび屈折率調整剤を少なくとも含む粘着剤組成物)を用いて形成することができる。粘着剤組成物の形態は特に限定されず、例えば、有機溶媒中に粘着剤形成成分を含む形態の溶剤型粘着剤組成物、紫外線や放射線等の活性エネルギー線により硬化(粘弾性体化)して粘着剤を形成するように調製された活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物、粘着剤形成成分が水に分散した形態の水分散型粘着剤組成物、加熱溶融状態で塗工され、室温付近まで冷えると粘着剤を形成するホットメルト型粘着剤組成物、等の種々の形態であり得る。特に限定するものではないが、ここに開示される粘着剤は、屈折率調整剤の配合容易性等の観点から、溶剤型粘着剤組成物を用いて好ましく形成され得る。溶剤型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には該組成物を乾燥(好ましくは、さらに架橋)させて粘着剤を形成することができる。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物では、典型的には活性エネルギー線を照射して重合反応および/または架橋反応を進行させることにより粘着剤が形成される。活性エネルギー線硬化型粘着剤組成物で乾燥させる必要がある場合は、乾燥後に活性エネルギー線を照射するとよい。 The adhesive disclosed herein can be formed using an adhesive composition containing a refractive index modifier (typically, an adhesive composition containing at least a base polymer and a refractive index modifier). The form of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is not particularly limited. An active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared to form a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a water-dispersible pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive-forming component is dispersed in water, and is applied in a heat-melted state, and It can be in various forms, such as a hot-melt adhesive composition that forms an adhesive when cooled to a temperature. Although not particularly limited, the adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably formed using a solvent-type adhesive composition from the viewpoint of ease of blending of the refractive index adjuster. For solvent-borne adhesive compositions, typically the composition can be dried (preferably further crosslinked) to form the adhesive. In the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive is typically formed by irradiating an active energy ray to promote a polymerization reaction and/or a cross-linking reaction. When it is necessary to dry the active energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable to irradiate the active energy ray after drying.

 粘着剤における屈折率調整剤の含有量は、特に限定されず、所望の屈折率を有する粘着剤が得られるように設定し得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のベースポリマー(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)100重量部に対する屈折率調整剤の使用量は、例えば0.1重量部以上とすることができ、より高い使用効果を得る観点から0.5重量部以上とすることが好ましく、1重量部以上とすることがより好ましく、3重量部以上でもよく、5重量部以上でもよく、7重量部以上でもよく、9重量部以上でもよい。また、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する屈折率調整剤の使用量は、例えば80重量部以下とすることができ、良好な粘着特性を得やすくする観点から、60重量部以下とすることが有利であり、45重量部以下とすることが好ましく、30重量部以下でもよく、25重量部以下でもよく、20重量部以下でもよく、15重量部以下でもよい。 The content of the refractive index adjuster in the adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to obtain an adhesive having a desired refractive index. In some aspects, the amount of the refractive index modifier used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (for example, an acrylic polymer) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more, from the viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect. It is preferably 0.5 parts by weight or more, more preferably 1 part by weight or more, may be 3 parts by weight or more, may be 5 parts by weight or more, may be 7 parts by weight or more, or may be 9 parts by weight or more. good. In addition, the amount of the refractive index modifier used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer can be, for example, 80 parts by weight or less, and from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good adhesive properties, it is advantageous to use it at 60 parts by weight or less. , 45 parts by weight or less, may be 30 parts by weight or less, may be 25 parts by weight or less, may be 20 parts by weight or less, or may be 15 parts by weight or less.

 屈折率調整剤の屈折率nと、該屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤の屈折率nとの差の絶対値、すなわち|n-n|(以下、|Δn|ともいう。)は、0より大きくなるように設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、|Δn|は、例えば0.010以上であり、0.020以上であることが好ましく、0.030以上であることがより好ましく、0.040以上でもよく、0.060以上でもよく、0.080以上でもよく、0.100以上でもよく、0.150以上でもよく、0.200以上または0.250以上でもよい。より|Δn|の値が大きい粘着剤は、該粘着剤の屈折率に屈折率調整剤がより大きく寄与しているといえる。また、粘着剤内における相溶性や、粘着剤の透明性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、|Δn|は、例えば0.500以下であってよく、0.400以下でもよく、0.300以下でもよく、0.250以下でもよく、0.200未満でもよく、0.100未満でもよい。屈折率調整剤の屈折率nと、粘着剤の屈折率nとの関係は、n>nでもよく、n<nでもよい。すなわち、0<Δnでもよく、0>Δnでもよい。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、一般的な粘着剤(例えば、アクリル系粘着剤)に比べて高い屈折率を示し得ることから、例えば0<Δnである態様で、粘着剤の高屈折率化剤として好ましく用いられ得る。 The absolute value of the difference between the refractive index n a of the refractive index adjusting agent and the refractive index n T of the adhesive containing the refractive index adjusting agent, that is, |n a −n T | (hereinafter also referred to as |Δn A |). ) can be set to be greater than zero. In some embodiments, |Δn A | is, for example, 0.010 or more, preferably 0.020 or more, more preferably 0.030 or more, may be 0.040 or more, or 0.040 or more. 060 or more, 0.080 or more, 0.100 or more, 0.150 or more, 0.200 or more, or 0.250 or more. It can be said that the refractive index modifier contributes more to the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive having a larger value of |Δn A |. In some embodiments, |Δn A | may be, for example, 0.500 or less, 0.400 or less, or 0 It may be less than 0.300, less than 0.250, less than 0.200, or less than 0.100. The relationship between the refractive index na of the refractive index adjuster and the refractive index nT of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be na > nT or na < nT . That is, 0<Δn A or 0>Δn A may be used. The refractive index adjuster disclosed herein can exhibit a higher refractive index than a general adhesive (for example, an acrylic adhesive). It can be preferably used as a refractive index agent.

 屈折率調整剤の屈折率nと、ベースポリマーの屈折率nとの差の絶対値、すなわち|n-n|(以下、|Δn|ともいう。)は、0より大きくなるように設定される。いくつかの態様において、|Δn|は、例えば0.010以上であり、0.020以上であることが好ましく、0.035以上であることがより好ましく、0.045以上でもよく、0.065以上でもよく、0.075以上でもよく、0.090以上でもよく、0.100以上でもよく、0.150以上でもよく、0.200以上または0.250以上でもよい。より|Δn|の値が大きくなるようにベースポリマーおよび屈折率調整剤を選択することにより、該屈折率調整剤の使用による屈折率調整効果は高くなる傾向にある。また、粘着剤内における相溶性や、粘着剤の透明性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において|Δn|は、例えば0.550以下であってよく、0.450以下でもよく、0.350以下でもよく、0.300以下でもよく、0.250未満でもよく、0.150未満でもよく、0.130未満でもよい。屈折率調整剤の屈折率nと、ベースポリマーの屈折率nとの関係は、n>nでもよく、n<nでもよい。すなわち、0<Δnでもよく、0>Δnでもよい。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、一般的な粘着剤のベースポリマー(例えば、アクリル系ポリマー)に比べて高い屈折率を示し得ることから、例えば0<Δnである態様で、粘着剤の高屈折率化剤として好ましく用いられ得る。 The absolute value of the difference between the refractive index n a of the refractive index modifier and the refractive index n b of the base polymer, that is, |n b −n a | (hereinafter also referred to as |Δn B |) is greater than 0. is set to In some embodiments, |Δn B | is, for example, 0.010 or greater, preferably 0.020 or greater, more preferably 0.035 or greater, may be 0.045 or greater, or 0.045 or greater. 065 or more, 0.075 or more, 0.090 or more, 0.100 or more, 0.150 or more, 0.200 or more, or 0.250 or more. By selecting the base polymer and the refractive index adjusting agent so that the value of |Δn B | becomes larger, the refractive index adjusting effect of using the refractive index adjusting agent tends to be enhanced. Further, from the viewpoint of compatibility in the adhesive, transparency of the adhesive, and the like, |Δn B | may be, for example, 0.550 or less, 0.450 or less, or 0.550 or less in some embodiments. It may be 350 or less, 0.300 or less, less than 0.250, less than 0.150, or less than 0.130. The relationship between the refractive index na of the refractive index modifier and the refractive index nb of the base polymer may be na > nb or na < nb . That is, 0<Δn B or 0>Δn B may be used. Since the refractive index adjuster disclosed herein can exhibit a higher refractive index than a base polymer (e.g., an acrylic polymer) of a general adhesive, for example, 0<Δn B , the adhesive can be preferably used as a refractive index increasing agent.

 以下、ここに開示される粘着剤に関し、アクリル系粘着剤を主な例としてさらに説明するが、ここに開示される粘着剤をアクリル系粘着剤に限定する意図ではない。 In the following, the adhesive disclosed herein will be further described using an acrylic adhesive as a main example, but the adhesive disclosed herein is not intended to be limited to the acrylic adhesive.

 いくつかの好ましい態様に係る粘着剤は、アクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとし、該アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分として芳香環含有モノマー(m1)を含む、アクリル系粘着剤である。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、このようなベースポリマーを含む粘着剤に用いられて、該粘着剤の屈折率を効果的に調整(例えば高屈折率化)し得る。ここで、本明細書において「アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分」とは、あらかじめ形成された重合物(オリゴマーであり得る。)の形態で粘着剤組成物に含まれるか、未重合のモノマーの形態で粘着剤組成物に含まれるかを問わず、該粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤中においてアクリル系ポリマーの繰返し単位を構成するモノマーを意味する。すなわち、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、重合物、未重合物、部分重合物のいずれの形態で上記粘着剤組成物に含まれていてもよい。粘着剤組成物の調製容易性等の観点から、いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分の実質的に全部(例えば95重量%以上、好ましくは99重量%以上)を重合物の形態で含む粘着剤組成物が好ましい。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to some preferred embodiments is an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that uses an acrylic polymer as a base polymer and contains an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer. The refractive index adjuster disclosed herein can be used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a base polymer to effectively adjust the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive (for example, increase the refractive index). Here, in the present specification, the "monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer" is contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the form of a preformed polymer (which may be an oligomer), or is an unpolymerized monomer. It means a monomer that constitutes a repeating unit of the acrylic polymer in the adhesive formed from the adhesive composition, regardless of the form contained in the adhesive composition. That is, the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may be contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in the form of a polymer, an unpolymerized product, or a partially polymerized product. From the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, in some embodiments, substantially all of the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer (for example, 95% by weight or more, preferably 99% by weight or more) are added to the polymer. A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition comprising the form is preferred.

 (モノマー(m1))
 モノマー(m1)としては、1分子中に少なくとも1つの芳香環と少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基とを含む化合物が用いられる。モノマー(m1)としては、かかる化合物の1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Monomer (m1))
A compound containing at least one aromatic ring and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule is used as the monomer (m1). As the monomer (m1), such compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more.

 上記エチレン性不飽和基の例としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基等が挙げられる。重合反応性の観点から(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、柔軟性や粘着性の観点からアクリロイル基がより好ましい。粘着剤の柔軟性の観点から、モノマー(m1)としては、1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の数が1である化合物(すなわち、単官能モノマー)が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated groups include (meth)acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and (meth)allyl groups. A (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, as the monomer (m1), a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group contained in one molecule (that is, a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used.

 モノマー(m1)として用いられる化合物1分子に含まれる芳香環の数は、1でもよく、2以上でもよい。上記芳香環の数の上限は特に制限されず、例えば16以下であり得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や粘着剤の透明性等の観点から、上記芳香環の数は、例えば12以下であってよく、8以下であることが好ましく、6以下であることがより好ましく、5以下でもよく、4以下でもよく、3以下でもよく、2以下でもよい。 The number of aromatic rings contained in one molecule of the compound used as the monomer (m1) may be 1, or 2 or more. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 16 or less. In some embodiments, the number of aromatic rings may be, for example, 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, and 6 or less, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the like. is more preferable, and may be 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.

 モノマー(m1)として用いられる化合物の有する芳香環は、ベンゼン環(ビフェニル構造やフルオレン構造の一部を構成するベンゼン環であり得る。);ナフタレン環、インデン環、アズレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環の縮合環;等の炭素環であってもよく、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピリダジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、チオフェン環;等の複素環(ヘテロ環)であってもよい。上記複素環において環構成原子として含まれるヘテロ原子は、例えば窒素、硫黄および酸素からなる群から選択される1または2以上であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記複素環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素および硫黄の一方または両方であり得る。モノマー(m1)は、例えばジナフトチオフェン構造のように、1または2以上の炭素環と1または2以上の複素環とが縮合した構造を有していてもよい。 The aromatic ring possessed by the compound used as the monomer (m1) is a benzene ring (which may be a benzene ring constituting part of a biphenyl structure or a fluorene structure); a naphthalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, anthracene ring, and a phenanthrene ring. may be a carbocyclic ring such as a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring , a thiophene ring; and the like. The heteroatoms included as ring-constituting atoms in the above heterocycle may be one or more selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, for example. In some embodiments, the heteroatoms that make up the heterocycle can be one or both of nitrogen and sulfur. The monomer (m1) may have a structure in which one or more carbon rings and one or more heterocycles are condensed, such as a dinaphthothiophene structure.

 上記芳香環(好ましくは炭素環)は、環構成原子上に1または2以上の置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。置換基を有する場合、該置換基としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等)、ヒドロキシアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基等が例示されるが、これらに限定されない。炭素原子を含む置換基において、該置換基に含まれる炭素原子の数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記芳香環は、環構成原子上に置換基を有しないか、アルキル基、アルコキシ基およびハロゲン原子(例えば臭素原子)からなる群から選択される1または2以上の置換基を有する芳香環であり得る。なお、モノマー(m1)の有する芳香環がその環構成原子上に置換基を有するとは、該芳香環が、エチレン性不飽和基を有する置換基以外の置換基を有することをいう。 The aromatic ring (preferably carbocyclic ring) may or may not have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms. When having a substituent, the substituent includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, etc.), a hydroxyalkyl group, a hydroxyalkyloxy group, and a glycidyloxy group. etc. are exemplified, but not limited to these. In substituents containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and can be, for example, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring has no substituents on ring-constituting atoms, or has one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups, alkoxy groups and halogen atoms (e.g., bromine atoms). can be an aromatic ring having The expression that the aromatic ring of the monomer (m1) has a substituent on its ring-constituting atom means that the aromatic ring has a substituent other than a substituent having an ethylenically unsaturated group.

 芳香環とエチレン性不飽和基とは、直接結合していてもよく、リンキング基を介して結合していてもよい。上記リンキング基は、例えば、アルキレン基、オキシアルキレン基、ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基、フェニル基、アルキルフェニル基、アルコキシフェニル基、これらの基において1または2以上の水素原子が水酸基で置換された構造の基(例えば、ヒドロキシアルキレン基)、オキシ基(-O-基)、チオオキシ基(-S-基)、等から選択される1または2以上の構造を含む基であり得る。いくつかの態様において、芳香環とエチレン性不飽和基とが、直接結合しているか、またはアルキレン基、オキシアルキレン基およびポリ(オキシアルキレン)基からなる群から選択されるリンキング基を介して結合している構造の芳香環含有モノマーを好ましく採用し得る。上記アルキレン基および上記オキシアルキレン基における炭素原子数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。上記ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基におけるオキシアルキレン単位の繰り返し数は、例えば2~3であり得る。 The aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group may be directly bonded or may be bonded via a linking group. The linking group is, for example, an alkylene group, an oxyalkylene group, a poly(oxyalkylene) group, a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group, an alkoxyphenyl group, or a structure in which one or more hydrogen atoms in these groups are substituted with hydroxyl groups. (eg, hydroxyalkylene group), oxy group (--O-- group), thiooxy group (--S-- group), and the like. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring and the ethylenically unsaturated group are directly attached or attached via a linking group selected from the group consisting of alkylene, oxyalkylene and poly(oxyalkylene) groups. Aromatic ring-containing monomers having a structure in which The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and can be, for example, 1 or 2. The number of repeating oxyalkylene units in the poly(oxyalkylene) group may be, for example, 2-3.

 モノマー(m1)として好ましく採用し得る化合物の例として、芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレートおよび芳香環含有ビニル化合物が挙げられる。芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレートおよび芳香環含有ビニル化合物は、それぞれ、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。1種または2種以上の芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレートと、1種または2種以上の芳香環含有ビニル化合物とを組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Examples of compounds that can be preferably employed as the monomer (m1) include aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds. The aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylate and the aromatic ring-containing vinyl compound can be used singly or in combination of two or more. One or two or more aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates and one or two or more aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds may be used in combination.

 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)として、高い高屈折率化効果が得られやすいことから、1分子中に2以上の芳香環(好ましくは炭素環)を有するモノマーが用いられ得る。1分子内に2以上の芳香環を有するモノマー(芳香環複数含有モノマー)の例としては、2以上の非縮合芳香環がリンキング基を介して結合した構造を有するモノマー、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接(すなわち、他の原子を介さずに)化学結合した構造を有するモノマー、縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマー、フルオレン構造を有するモノマー、ジナフトチオフェン構造を有するモノマー、ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有するモノマー、等が挙げられる。芳香環複数含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some embodiments, as the monomer (m1), a monomer having two or more aromatic rings (preferably carbocyclic rings) in one molecule can be used because a high refractive index-increasing effect is likely to be obtained. Examples of monomers having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (monomers containing multiple aromatic rings) include monomers having a structure in which two or more non-condensed aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group, and two or more non-condensed aromatic rings. Monomers having a structure in which rings are directly (that is, not via other atoms) chemically bonded, monomers having a condensed aromatic ring structure, monomers having a fluorene structure, monomers having a dinaphthothiophene structure, monomers having a dibenzothiophene structure , etc. The monomers containing multiple aromatic rings may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

 上記リンキング基は、例えばオキシ基(-O-)、チオオキシ基(-S-)、オキシアルキレン基(例えば-O-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、チオオキシアルキレン基(例えば-S-(CH-基、ここでnは1~3、好ましくは1)、直鎖アルキレン基(すなわち-(CH-基、ここでnは1~6、好ましくは1~3)、上記オキシアルキレン基、上記チオオキシアルキレン基および上記直鎖アルキレン基におけるアルキレン基が部分ハロゲン化または完全ハロゲン化された基、等であり得る。粘着剤の柔軟性等の観点から、上記リンキング基の好適例として、オキシ基、チオオキシ基、オキシアルキレン基および直鎖アルキレン基が挙げられる。2以上の非縮合芳香環がリンキング基を介して結合した構造を有するモノマーの具体例としては、フェノキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、m-フェノキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート)、チオフェノキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジルベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 The linking group is, for example, an oxy group (-O-), a thiooxy group (-S-), an oxyalkylene group (eg, -O-(CH 2 ) n - group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1). , a thiooxyalkylene group (such as a —S—(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 3, preferably 1), a linear alkylene group (ie, a —(CH 2 ) n — group, where n is 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3), the above oxyalkylene group, the above thiooxyalkylene group and the above linear alkylene group in which the alkylene group is partially or completely halogenated, and the like. Preferred examples of the linking group from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive include an oxy group, a thiooxy group, an oxyalkylene group and a linear alkylene group. Specific examples of monomers having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are bonded via a linking group include phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate (e.g., m-phenoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate), thiophenoxybenzyl (meth) Acrylate, benzylbenzyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

 上記2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を有するモノマーは、例えばビフェニル構造含有(メタ)アクリレート、トリフェニル構造含有(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル基含有ビフェニル等であり得る。具体例としては、o-フェニルフェノール(メタ)アクリレート、ビフェニルメチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 The monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded may be, for example, a biphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, a triphenyl structure-containing (meth)acrylate, a vinyl group-containing biphenyl, or the like. Specific examples include o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate and biphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate.

 上記縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマーの例としては、ナフタレン環含有(メタ)アクリレート、アントラセン環含有(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル基含有ナフタレン、ビニル基含有アントラセン等が挙げられる。具体例としては、1-ナフチルメチル(メタ)アクリレート(別名:1-ナフタレンメチル(メタ)アクリレート)、ヒドロキシエチル化β-ナフトールアクリレート、2-ナフトエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ナフトキシエチルアクリレート、2-(4-メトキシ-1-ナフトキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of monomers having a condensed aromatic ring structure include naphthalene ring-containing (meth)acrylates, anthracene ring-containing (meth)acrylates, vinyl group-containing naphthalenes, and vinyl group-containing anthracene. Specific examples include 1-naphthylmethyl (meth)acrylate (also known as 1-naphthalenemethyl (meth)acrylate), hydroxyethylated β-naphthol acrylate, 2-naphthoethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-naphthoxyethyl acrylate, 2 -(4-methoxy-1-naphthoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

 上記フルオレン構造を有するモノマーの具体例としては、9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン(メタ)アクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。なお、フルオレン構造を有するモノマーは、2つのベンゼン環が直接化学結合した構造部分を含むため、上記2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を有するモノマーの概念に包含される。 Specific examples of the monomer having a fluorene structure include 9,9-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)fluorene (meth)acrylate and 9,9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene (meth)acrylate. etc. Since the monomer having a fluorene structure includes a structural portion in which two benzene rings are directly chemically bonded, it is included in the concept of a monomer having a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.

 上記ジナフトチオフェン構造を有するモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ジナフトチオフェン、ビニル基含有ジナフトチオフェン、(メタ)アリル基含有ジナフトチオフェン、等が挙げられる。具体例としては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(例えば、ジナフトチオフェン環の5位または6位にCHCH(R)C(O)OCH-が結合した構造の化合物。ここで、Rは水素原子またはメチル基である。)、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(例えば、ジナフトチオフェン環の5位または6位に、CHCH(R)C(O)OCH(CH)-またはCHCH(R)C(O)OCHCH-が結合した構造の化合物。ここで、Rは水素原子またはメチル基である。)、ビニルジナフトチオフェン(例えば、ナフトチオフェン環の5位または6位にビニル基が結合した構造の化合物)、(メタ)アリルオキシジナフトチオフェン、等が挙げられる。なお、ジナフトチオフェン構造を有するモノマーは、ナフタレン構造を含むことにより、またチオフェン環と2つのナフタレン構造とが縮合した構造を有することによっても、上記縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマーの概念に包含される。 Examples of the monomer having a dinaphthothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, vinyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, (meth)allyl group-containing dinaphthothiophene, and the like. Specific examples include (meth)acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (for example, a compound having a structure in which CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 — is bonded to the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring. and R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.), (meth)acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (for example, at the 5- or 6-position of the dinaphthothiophene ring, CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O) OCH(CH 3 )— or a compound having a structure in which CH 2 CH(R 1 )C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 — is bonded, where R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), vinyldinaphthothiophene (For example, compounds having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to the 5th or 6th position of the naphthothiophene ring), (meth)allyloxydinaphthothiophene, and the like. Note that the monomer having a dinaphthothiophene structure is included in the concept of the monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure by including a naphthalene structure and by having a structure in which a thiophene ring and two naphthalene structures are condensed. be.

 上記ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有するモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有ジベンゾチオフェン、ビニル基含有ジベンゾチオフェン、等が挙げられる。なお、ジベンゾチオフェン構造を有するモノマーは、チオフェン環と2つのベンゼン環とが縮合した構造を有することから、上記縮合芳香環構造を有するモノマーの概念に包含される。
 なお、ジナフトチオフェン構造およびジベンゾチオフェン構造は、いずれも、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造には該当しない。
Examples of the monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure include (meth)acryloyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, vinyl group-containing dibenzothiophene, and the like. A monomer having a dibenzothiophene structure is included in the concept of a monomer having a condensed aromatic ring structure because it has a structure in which a thiophene ring and two benzene rings are condensed.
Neither the dinaphthothiophene structure nor the dibenzothiophene structure corresponds to structures in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded.

 いくつかの好ましい態様において、モノマー(m1)として、1分子中に1つの芳香環(好ましくは炭素環)を有するモノマーが用いられる。1分子中に1つの芳香環を有するモノマー(芳香環単数含有モノマー)は、例えば、粘着剤の柔軟性の向上や粘着特性の調整、透明性の向上等に役立ち得る。芳香環単数含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。いくつかの態様において、1分子中に1つの芳香環を有するモノマーは、粘着剤の屈折率向上の観点から、芳香環複数含有モノマーと組み合わせて用いてもよい。 In some preferred embodiments, a monomer having one aromatic ring (preferably carbocyclic ring) in one molecule is used as the monomer (m1). A monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule (single aromatic ring-containing monomer) can be useful, for example, in improving the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, adjusting the pressure-sensitive adhesive properties, improving the transparency, and the like. A single aromatic ring-containing monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In some aspects, a monomer having one aromatic ring in one molecule may be used in combination with a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings from the viewpoint of improving the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive.

 1分子中に1つの芳香環を有するモノマーの例としては、べンジル(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化フェノール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、クレジル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、クロロベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等の、炭素芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレート;2-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-s-ブチルフェノキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-イソプロピルフェノキシ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、6-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-s-ブチルフェノキシ)ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、6-(4,6-ジブロモ-2-イソプロピルフェノキシ)ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2,6-ジブロモ-4-ノニルフェニルアクリレート、2,6-ジブロモ-4-ドデシルフェニルアクリレート等の、臭素置換芳香環含有(メタ)アクリレート;スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、tert-ブチルスチレン等の、炭素芳香環含有ビニル化合物;N-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルピリミジン、N-ビニルピラジン、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルオキサゾール等の、複素芳香環上にビニル置換基を有する化合物;等が挙げられる。 Examples of monomers having one aromatic ring in one molecule include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxybenzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated phenol (meth)acrylate, phenoxypropyl (meth)acrylate. 2-(4, 6-dibromo-2-s-butylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-s- Butylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 6-(4,6-dibromo-2-isopropylphenoxy)hexyl (meth)acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-nonylphenyl acrylate, 2,6-dibromo-4-dodecyl Bromine-substituted aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as phenyl acrylate; carbon aromatic ring-containing vinyl compounds such as styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, tert-butylstyrene; N-vinylpyridine, N-vinylpyrimidine, N - compounds having a vinyl substituent on a heteroaromatic ring, such as vinylpyrazine, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylimidazole, and N-vinyloxazole;

 モノマー(m1)としては、上述のような各種芳香環含有モノマーにおけるエチレン性不飽和基と芳香環との間にオキシエチレン鎖を介在させた構造のモノマーを使用してもよい。このようにエチレン性不飽和基と芳香環との間にオキシエチレン鎖を介在させたモノマーは、元のモノマーのエトキシ化物として把握され得る。上記オキシエチレン鎖におけるオキシエチレン単位(-CHCHO-)の繰返し数は、典型的には1~4、好ましくは1~3、より好ましくは1~2であり、例えば1である。エトキシ化された芳香環含有モノマーの具体例としては、エトキシ化o-フェニルフェノール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ノニルフェノール(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化クレゾール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 As the monomer (m1), a monomer having a structure in which an oxyethylene chain is interposed between the ethylenically unsaturated group and the aromatic ring in various aromatic ring-containing monomers as described above may be used. A monomer having an oxyethylene chain interposed between an ethylenically unsaturated group and an aromatic ring in this manner can be understood as an ethoxylated product of the original monomer. The number of repeating oxyethylene units ( --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O-- ) in the oxyethylene chain is typically 1-4, preferably 1-3, more preferably 1-2, for example 1. Specific examples of ethoxylated aromatic ring-containing monomers include ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated nonylphenol (meth)acrylate, ethoxylated cresol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxydiethylene glycol. di(meth)acrylate and the like.

 モノマー(m1)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上であり得る。いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば50重量%以上であってよく、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から70重量%以上であることが好ましく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。モノマー(m1)の実質的に100重量%が芳香環複数含有モノマーであってもよい。すなわち、モノマー(m1)として1種または2種以上の芳香環複数含有モノマーのみを使用してもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と柔軟性(例えば貯蔵弾性率等の粘弾性特性)とのバランスを考慮して、モノマー(m1)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、70重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、10重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー(m1)における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量が5重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。芳香環複数含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some aspects, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and is preferably 70% by weight or more from the viewpoint of facilitating obtaining a higher refractive index. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m1) may be the multiple aromatic ring-containing monomer. That is, only one or two or more aromatic ring-containing monomers may be used as the monomer (m1). In some aspects, for example, considering the balance between high refractive index and flexibility (viscoelastic properties such as storage modulus), the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is 100. It may be less than wt%, may be 98 wt% or less, may be 90 wt% or less, may be 80 wt% or less, may be 70 wt% or less, may be 65 wt% or less, or may be 50 wt% or less. , 25% by weight or less, or 10% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer (m1) is less than 5% by weight. A monomer containing multiple aromatic rings may not be used.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、目的に応じて設定し得る。上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い屈折率を有する粘着剤を実現しやすくする観点から、上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば35重量%超であってもよく、50重量%超であることが有利であり、70重量%超であることが好ましく、75重量%以上でもよく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、高屈折率と柔軟性とのバランスを考慮して、凡そ99重量%以下とすることが有利であり、98重量%以下とすることが好ましく、96重量%以下とすることがより好ましく、93重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い粘着特性および/または光学特性(例えば透明性)を実現しやすくする観点から、上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量は、70重量%以下でもよく、60重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分における芳香環複数含有モノマーの含有量が3重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。 The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of facilitating the realization of a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a higher refractive index, the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, or 50% by weight. Advantageously, it is greater than, preferably greater than 70% by weight, may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, may be 95% by weight or more. The content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is advantageously about 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, in consideration of the balance between high refractive index and flexibility. , 96% by weight or less, preferably 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of easily achieving higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (e.g., transparency), the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component may be 70% by weight or less, or 60% by weight. % by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the monomer containing multiple aromatic rings in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight.

 モノマー(m1)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上、25重量%以上、40重量%以上であり得る。いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば50重量%以上であってよく、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から70重量%以上であることが好ましく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。モノマー(m1)の実質的に100重量%が芳香環単数含有モノマーであってもよい。すなわち、モノマー(m1)として1種または2種以上の芳香環単数含有モノマーのみを使用してもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と柔軟性とのバランスを考慮して、モノマー(m1)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、70重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、10重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー(m1)における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量が5重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。芳香環単数含有モノマーを使用しなくてもよい。 The content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, and is preferably 70% by weight or more from the viewpoint of facilitating obtaining a higher refractive index. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomer (m1) may be a single aromatic ring-containing monomer. That is, as the monomer (m1), only one or more monomers containing a single aromatic ring may be used. Further, in some aspects, for example, considering the balance between high refractive index and flexibility, the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and may be less than 98% by weight. % or less, 90 wt% or less, 80 wt% or less, 70 wt% or less, 65 wt% or less, 50 wt% or less, 25 wt% or less, 10 wt% It can be below. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer (m1) is less than 5% by weight. A single aromatic ring-containing monomer may not be used.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、目的に応じて設定し得る。上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い屈折率を有する粘着剤を実現しやすくする観点から、上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、例えば35重量%超であってよく、50重量%超であることが有利であり、好ましくは60重量%以上、より好ましくは70重量%超であり、75重量%以上でもよく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよく、98重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、高屈折率と柔軟性とのバランスを考慮して、凡そ99重量%以下であってもよく、98重量%以下とすることが好ましく、96重量%以下とすることがより好ましく、93重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い粘着特性および/または光学特性(例えば透明性)を実現しやすくする観点から、上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量は、70重量%以下でもよく、60重量%以下でもよく、50重量%以下でもよく、40重量%以下でもよく、25重量%以下でもよく、15重量%以下でもよく、5重量%以下でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分における芳香環単数含有モノマーの含有量が3重量%未満である態様でも実施し得る。 The content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. The content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of facilitating the realization of a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a higher refractive index, the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, or more than 50% by weight. is preferably 60% by weight or more, more preferably more than 70% by weight, may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, may be 95% by weight or more , or 98% by weight or more. The content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component may be about 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, in consideration of the balance between high refractive index and flexibility. More preferably, it is 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of easily achieving higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (e.g., transparency), the content of the monomer containing a single aromatic ring in the monomer component may be 70% by weight or less, or 60% by weight. % by weight or less, 50% by weight or less, 40% by weight or less, 25% by weight or less, 15% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a mode in which the content of the single aromatic ring-containing monomer in the monomer component is less than 3% by weight.

 ここに開示される技術のいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)の少なくとも一部として、高屈折率モノマーを好ましく採用し得る。ここで「高屈折率モノマー」とは、その屈折率が、例えば凡そ1.510以上、好ましくは凡そ1.530以上、より好ましくは凡そ1.550以上であるモノマーのことを指す。高屈折率モノマーの屈折率の上限は特に制限されないが、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や、粘着剤として適した柔軟性との両立容易性の観点から、例えば3.000以下であり、2.500以下でもよく、2.000以下でもよく、1.900以下でもよく、1.800以下でもよく、1.700以下でもよい。高屈折率モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 なお、モノマーの屈折率は、アッベ屈折率計を用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定される。アッベ屈折率計としては、ATAGO社製の型式「DR-M4」またはその相当品を用いることができる。メーカー等から25℃における屈折率の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。
In some aspects of the technology disclosed herein, a high refractive index monomer can be preferably employed as at least part of the monomer (m1). Here, "high refractive index monomer" refers to a monomer having a refractive index of, for example, approximately 1.510 or higher, preferably approximately 1.530 or higher, and more preferably approximately 1.550 or higher. Although the upper limit of the refractive index of the high refractive index monomer is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 3.000 or less from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and compatibility with flexibility suitable as a pressure-sensitive adhesive. It may be 0.500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.900 or less, 1.800 or less, or 1.700 or less. The high refractive index monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
The refractive index of the monomer is measured using an Abbe refractometer under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. As the Abbe refractometer, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent can be used. If the manufacturer or the like provides the nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., the nominal value can be adopted.

 上記高屈折率モノマーとしては、ここに開示される芳香環含有モノマー(m1)の概念に包含される化合物(例えば、上記で例示した化合物および化合物群)のなかから、該当する屈折率を有するものを適宜採用することができる。具体例としては、m-フェノキシベンジルアクリレート(屈折率:1.566、ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)、1-ナフチルメチルアクリレート(屈折率:1.595、ホモポリマーのTg:31℃)、エトキシ化o-フェニルフェノールアクリレート(オキシエチレン単位の繰返し数:1、屈折率:1.578)、ベンジルアクリレート(屈折率(nD20):1.519、ホモポリマーのTg:6℃)、フェノキシエチルアクリレート(屈折率(nD20):1.517、ホモポリマーのTg:2℃)、フェノキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート(屈折率:1.510、ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)、6-アクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTA、屈折率:1.75)、6-メタアクリロイルオキシメチルジナフトチオフェン(6MDNTMA、屈折率:1.726)、5-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(5EDNTA、屈折率:1.786)、6-アクリロイルオキシエチルジナフトチオフェン(6EDNTA、屈折率:1.722)、6-ビニルジナフトチオフェン(6VDNT、屈折率:1.802)、5-ビニルジナフトチオフェン(略号:5VDNT、屈折率:1.793)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 As the above-mentioned high refractive index monomer, those having a corresponding refractive index among the compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) disclosed herein (e.g., the compounds and compound groups exemplified above) can be adopted as appropriate. Specific examples include m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.566, homopolymer Tg: -35°C), 1-naphthylmethyl acrylate (refractive index: 1.595, homopolymer Tg: 31°C), Ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (repeating number of oxyethylene unit: 1, refractive index: 1.578), benzyl acrylate (refractive index (nD20): 1.519, homopolymer Tg: 6°C), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Refractive index (nD20): 1.517, homopolymer Tg: 2 ° C.), phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (refractive index: 1.510, homopolymer Tg: -35 ° C.), 6-acryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene ( 6MDNTA, refractive index: 1.75), 6-methacryloyloxymethyldinaphthothiophene (6MDNTMA, refractive index: 1.726), 5-acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (5EDNTA, refractive index: 1.786), 6 - acryloyloxyethyldinaphthothiophene (6EDNTA, refractive index: 1.722), 6-vinyldinaphthothiophene (6VDNT, refractive index: 1.802), 5-vinyldinaphthothiophene (abbreviation: 5VDNT, refractive index: 1 .793), etc., but are not limited to these.

 モノマー(m1)における高屈折率モノマー(すなわち、屈折率が凡そ1.510以上、好ましくは凡そ1.530以上、より好ましくは凡そ1.550以上である芳香環含有モノマー)の含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上であってよく、25重量%以上でもよく、35重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から、モノマー(m1)における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、例えば50重量%以上であってよく、70重量%以上であることが好ましく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。モノマー(m1)の実質的に100重量%が高屈折率モノマーであってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー(m1)における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the high refractive index monomer (that is, the aromatic ring-containing monomer having a refractive index of about 1.510 or higher, preferably about 1.530 or higher, more preferably about 1.550 or higher) in the monomer (m1) is particularly For example, it may be 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, 35% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, preferably 70% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a higher refractive index. , 85% by weight or more, 90% by weight or more, or 95% by weight or more. Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m1) may be high refractive index monomers. Further, in some aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving both high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and may be 98% by weight. % or less, 90 wt% or less, 80 wt% or less, or 65 wt% or less.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、特に制限されず、目的に応じて設定し得る。また、必要な場合、さらに粘着特性(例えば接着力等)および/または光学特性(例えば全光線透過性、ヘイズ値等)との両立も考慮して設定され得る。上記モノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、例えば35重量%超であってよく、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から50重量%超であることが有利であり、70重量%超であることが好ましく、75重量%以上でもよく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分における高屈折率モノマーの含有量は、高屈折率と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、99重量%以下とすることが有利であり、98重量%以下とすることが好ましく、96重量%以下とすることがより好ましく、93重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and can be set according to the purpose. In addition, if necessary, it can be set in consideration of compatibility with adhesive properties (eg, adhesive strength, etc.) and/or optical properties (eg, total light transmittance, haze value, etc.). The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, and from the viewpoint of facilitating obtaining a higher refractive index, it is more than 50% by weight. Advantageously, it is preferably greater than 70% by weight, it may be 75% by weight or more, it may be 85% by weight or more, it may be 90% by weight or more, it may be 95% by weight or more. The content of the high refractive index monomer in the monomer component is advantageously 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner. It is more preferably 96% by weight or less, 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.

 いくつかの好ましい態様では、モノマー(m1)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのTgが10℃以下である芳香環含有モノマー(以下、「モノマーL」と表記することがある。)を採用する。モノマー成分における芳香環含有モノマー(m1)(特に、上述した芳香環複数含有モノマー、芳香環単数含有モノマーおよび高屈折率モノマーの少なくとも一つに該当する芳香環含有モノマー(m1))の含有量を多くすると粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’は概して上昇する傾向にあるところ、該モノマー(m1)の一部または全部としてモノマーLを採用することにより、貯蔵弾性率G’の上昇を抑制することができる。これにより、粘着剤として適した柔軟性をよりよく維持しつつ、屈折率を向上させることができる。モノマーLのTgは、例えば5℃以下であってもよく、0℃以下でもよく、-10℃以下でもよく、-20℃以下でもよく、-25℃以下でもよい。モノマーLのTgの下限は特に制限されない。屈折率向上効果とのバランスを考慮して、いくつかの態様において、モノマーLのTgは、例えば-70℃以上であってよく、-55℃以上でもよく、-45℃以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、モノマーLのTgは、例えば-30℃以上であってよく、-10℃以上でもよく、0℃以上でもよく、3℃以上でもよい。モノマーLは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 In some preferred embodiments, an aromatic ring-containing monomer having a homopolymer Tg of 10°C or lower (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "monomer L") is employed as at least part of the monomer (m1). The content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the monomer component (in particular, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) corresponding to at least one of the above-described multiple aromatic ring-containing monomer, single aromatic ring-containing monomer, and high refractive index monomer) Although the storage elastic modulus G' of the pressure-sensitive adhesive generally tends to increase when increased, the increase in the storage elastic modulus G' can be suppressed by adopting the monomer L as part or all of the monomer (m1). can. Thereby, the refractive index can be improved while maintaining the flexibility suitable as an adhesive. The Tg of the monomer L may be, for example, 5° C. or lower, 0° C. or lower, −10° C. or lower, −20° C. or lower, or −25° C. or lower. The lower limit of Tg of monomer L is not particularly limited. Considering the balance with the effect of improving the refractive index, in some embodiments, the Tg of the monomer L may be -70°C or higher, -55°C or higher, or -45°C or higher. In some other embodiments, the Tg of monomer L may be, for example, −30° C. or higher, −10° C. or higher, 0° C. or higher, or 3° C. or higher. Monomer L can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 モノマーLとしては、ここに開示される芳香環含有モノマー(m1)の概念に包含される化合物(例えば、上記で例示した化合物および化合物群)のなかから、該当するTgを有するものを適宜採用することができる。モノマーLとして使用し得る芳香環含有モノマーの好適例として、m-フェノキシベンジルアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)、ベンジルアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:6℃)、フェノキシエチルアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:2℃)、フェノキシジエチレングリコールアクリレート(ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃)が挙げられる。 As the monomer L, a compound having a corresponding Tg is appropriately selected from compounds included in the concept of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) disclosed herein (e.g., the compounds and compound groups exemplified above). be able to. Preferred examples of aromatic ring-containing monomers that can be used as monomer L include m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: −35° C.), benzyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: 6° C.), phenoxyethyl acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: Tg: 2°C) and phenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate (Tg of homopolymer: -35°C).

 モノマー(m1)におけるモノマーLの含有量は、特に制限されず、例えば5重量%以上であってよく、25重量%以上でもよく、40重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率と柔軟性とを高レベルで両立する粘着剤を得やすくする観点から、モノマー(m1)におけるモノマーLの含有量は、例えば50重量%以上であってよく、低弾性率化の観点から60重量%以上であることが好ましく、70重量%以上でもよく、75重量%以上でもよく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。モノマー(m1)の実質的に100重量%がモノマーLであってもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、例えば高屈折率と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、モノマー(m1)におけるモノマーLの含有量は、100重量%未満であってもよく、98重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、65重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 5% by weight or more, 25% by weight or more, or 40% by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) may be, for example, 50% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a pressure-sensitive adhesive having both a high refractive index and flexibility at a high level, From the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, it is preferably 60% by weight or more, may be 70% by weight or more, may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight or more. good. Substantially 100% by weight of monomer (m1) may be monomer L. Further, in some aspects, for example, from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, the content of the monomer L in the monomer (m1) may be less than 100% by weight, and 98% by weight or less. may be 90% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 65% by weight or less.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマーLの含有量は、例えば3重量%以上であってよく、10重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率と柔軟性とを高レベルで両立する粘着剤を得やすくする観点から、モノマー成分におけるモノマーLの含有量は、例えば35重量%超であってよく、屈折率向上の観点から50重量%超であることが有利であり、70重量%超であることが好ましく、75重量%以上でもよく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分におけるモノマーLの含有量は、高屈折率と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、凡そ99重量%以下とすることが有利であり、98重量%以下とすることが好ましく、96重量%以下とすることがより好ましく、93重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよく、85重量%以下でもよく、80重量%以下でもよく、75重量%以下でもよい。 The content of the monomer L in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 3% by weight or more, 10% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more. In some aspects, from the viewpoint of facilitating the production of a pressure-sensitive adhesive having both a high refractive index and flexibility at a high level, the content of the monomer L in the monomer component may be, for example, more than 35% by weight, and the refractive index From the viewpoint of improvement, it is advantageous to be more than 50% by weight, preferably more than 70% by weight, may be 75% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight. It can be more than that. From the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, the content of the monomer L in the monomer component is advantageously about 99% by weight or less, preferably 98% by weight or less, and 96% by weight. More preferably, it is 93% by weight or less, 90% by weight or less, 85% by weight or less, 80% by weight or less, or 75% by weight or less.

 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m1)の組成に基づくガラス転移温度Tgm1は、粘着剤の柔軟性の観点から、凡そ20℃以下であることが適切であり、好ましくは10℃以下であり、例えば5℃以下であってもよく、0℃以下でもよく、-10℃以下でもよく、-20℃以下でもよく、-25℃以下でもよい。ガラス転移温度Tgm1の下限は特に制限されない。屈折率向上効果とのバランスを考慮して、いくつかの態様において、ガラス転移温度Tgm1は、例えば-70℃以上であってよく、-55℃以上でもよく、-45℃以上でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、ガラス転移温度Tgm1が例えば-40℃以上、-35℃以上、-33℃以上、-30℃以上、または-25℃以上である態様でも好適に実施され得る。他のいくつかの態様において、ガラス転移温度Tgm1は、例えば-10℃以上であってもよく、0℃以上でもよく、3℃以上でもよい。 In some embodiments, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 based on the composition of the monomer (m1) is suitably about 20° C. or lower, preferably 10° C. or lower, from the viewpoint of the flexibility of the adhesive. For example, it may be 5° C. or lower, 0° C. or lower, −10° C. or lower, −20° C. or lower, or −25° C. or lower. The lower limit of the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 may be -70° C. or higher, -55° C. or higher, or -45° C. or higher, in consideration of the balance with the refractive index improvement effect. The technology disclosed herein can also be suitably practiced in embodiments in which the glass transition temperature Tg m1 is, for example, −40° C. or higher, −35° C. or higher, −33° C. or higher, −30° C. or higher, or −25° C. or higher. In some other embodiments, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 may be, for example, −10° C. or higher, 0° C. or higher, or 3° C. or higher.

 ここで、モノマー(m1)の組成に基づくガラス転移温度Tgm1とは、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分のうちモノマー(m1)のみの組成に基づいて、後述するFoxの式により求められるTgをいう。ガラス転移温度Tgm1は、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分のうちモノマー(m1)のみを対象としてFoxの式を適用して、モノマー(m1)として用いられる各芳香環含有モノマーのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度と、モノマー(m1)の合計量に占める各芳香環含有モノマーの重量分率とから算出することができる。モノマー(m1)として1種類のモノマーのみを使用する態様では、該モノマーのホモポリマーのTgとガラス転移温度Tgm1とは一致する。 Here, the glass transition temperature Tg m1 based on the composition of the monomer (m1) is the Tg determined by the Fox formula described below based on the composition of only the monomer (m1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer. say. The glass transition temperature Tg m1 is obtained by applying the Fox formula to only the monomer (m1) among the monomer components constituting the acrylic polymer, and the glass of the homopolymer of each aromatic ring-containing monomer used as the monomer (m1). It can be calculated from the transition temperature and the weight fraction of each aromatic ring-containing monomer in the total amount of the monomers (m1). In an embodiment using only one kind of monomer as the monomer (m1), the Tg of the homopolymer of the monomer and the glass transition temperature Tg m1 match.

 いくつかの態様において、芳香環含有モノマー(m1)としては、モノマーL(すなわち、ホモポリマーのTgが10℃以下である芳香環含有モノマー)と、Tgが10℃よりも高いモノマーHとを組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマーHのTgは、例えば10℃超であってよく、15℃超であってもよく、20℃超であってもよい。モノマーLとモノマーHとを組み合わせて用いることにより、モノマー成分における芳香環含有モノマー(m1)の含有量の多い粘着剤において、該粘着剤の高屈折率化と、被着体への密着に適した柔軟性とを、より高レベルで両立させることができる。モノマーLとモノマーHとの使用量比は、かかる効果が好適に発現するように設定することができ、特に限定されない。例えば、上述したいずれかのガラス転移温度Tgm1を満たすようにモノマーLとモノマーHとの使用量比を設定することが好ましい。 In some embodiments, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is a combination of monomer L (i.e., an aromatic ring-containing monomer whose homopolymer Tg is 10°C or lower) and monomer H whose Tg is higher than 10°C. can be used for The Tg of monomer H may be, for example, greater than 10°C, greater than 15°C, or greater than 20°C. By using the monomer L and the monomer H in combination, the adhesive having a high content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the monomer component has a high refractive index and is suitable for adhesion to the adherend. It is possible to achieve both flexibility and flexibility at a higher level. The usage ratio of the monomer L and the monomer H is not particularly limited and can be set so as to suitably exhibit such effects. For example, it is preferable to set the usage amount ratio of the monomer L and the monomer H so as to satisfy one of the glass transition temperatures Tg m1 described above.

 いくつかの態様において、芳香環含有モノマー(m1)は、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造(例えばビフェニル構造)を含まない化合物から好ましく選択され得る。例えば、2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を含む化合物の含有量が5重量%未満(より好ましくは3重量%未満であり、0重量%でもよい。)である組成のモノマー成分により構成されたアクリル系ポリマーが好ましい。このように2以上の非縮合芳香環が直接化学結合した構造を含む化合物の使用量を制限することは、高屈折率と柔軟性とをよりバランスよく両立させた粘着剤を実現する観点から有利となり得る。 In some embodiments, the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) can be preferably selected from compounds that do not contain a structure (for example, a biphenyl structure) in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded. For example, the content of a compound containing a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded is less than 5% by weight (more preferably less than 3% by weight, and may be 0% by weight). An acrylic polymer composed of is preferred. Restricting the amount of the compound containing a structure in which two or more non-fused aromatic rings are directly chemically bonded in this way is advantageous from the viewpoint of realizing a pressure-sensitive adhesive that achieves both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner. can be.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)の含有量は、特に制限されず、目的に応じて、例えば所望の屈折率と弾性率、粘着特性(例えば接着力等)、光学特性(例えば全光線透過性、ヘイズ値等)の一または二以上を有する粘着剤を実現し得るように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)の含有量は、例えば30重量%以上であってよく、好ましくは50重量%以上であり、より好ましくは60重量%以上でもよく、70重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)の含有量は、例えば70重量%超であってよく、75重量%以上であることが適当であり、より高い屈折率を得やすくする観点から80重量%以上であることが好ましく、85重量%以上でもよく、90重量%以上でもよく、95重量%以上でもよい。上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)の含有量は、典型的には100重量%未満であり、高屈折率と柔軟性とをバランスよく両立する観点から、凡そ99重量%以下であることが有利であり、98重量%以下であることが好ましく、96重量%以下であることがより好ましく、93重量%以下でもよく、90重量%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、より高い粘着特性および/または光学特性(例えば透明性)を実現しやすくする観点から、上記モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)の含有量は、90重量%未満でもよく、85重量%未満でもよく、80重量%未満でもよい。 The content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited, and depending on the purpose, for example, desired refractive index and elastic modulus, adhesion properties (e.g. adhesive strength), optical properties (e.g. All light transmittance, haze value, etc.) can be set so as to realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive having one or more. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component may be, for example, 30% by weight or more, preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 60% by weight or more, and 70% by weight. % or more. In some preferred embodiments, the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, more than 70% by weight, suitably 75% by weight or more, and has a higher refractive index. It is preferably 80% by weight or more, may be 85% by weight or more, may be 90% by weight or more, or may be 95% by weight or more. The content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component is typically less than 100% by weight, and from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and flexibility in a well-balanced manner, it is advantageously about 99% by weight or less. It is preferably 98% by weight or less, more preferably 96% by weight or less, may be 93% by weight or less, or may be 90% by weight or less. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m1) in the monomer component may be less than 90% by weight, and may be less than 85% by weight, from the viewpoint of facilitating the realization of higher adhesive properties and/or optical properties (e.g., transparency). % or less than 80% by weight.

 (モノマー(m2))
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、上記モノマー(m1)に加えて、モノマー(m2)をさらに含有し得る。上記モノマー(m2)は、水酸基を有するモノマー(水酸基含有モノマー)およびカルボキシ基を有するモノマー(カルボキシ基含有モノマー)の少なくとも一方に該当するモノマーである。上記水酸基含有モノマーは、1分子内に少なくとも1つの水酸基と少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基とを有する化合物である。上記カルボキシ基含有モノマーは、1分子内に少なくとも1つのカルボキシ基と少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基とを含む化合物である。モノマー(m2)は、アクリル系ポリマーに架橋点を導入したり、粘着剤に適度な凝集性を付与したりするために役立ち得る。モノマー(m2)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。モノマー(m2)は、典型的には芳香環を含有しないモノマーである。
(monomer (m2))
In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain a monomer (m2) in addition to the monomer (m1). The monomer (m2) is a monomer corresponding to at least one of a monomer having a hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group-containing monomer) and a monomer having a carboxy group (carboxy group-containing monomer). The hydroxyl group-containing monomer is a compound having at least one hydroxyl group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The carboxy group-containing monomer is a compound containing at least one carboxy group and at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in one molecule. The monomer (m2) can be useful for introducing cross-linking points into the acrylic polymer and imparting appropriate cohesiveness to the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Monomer (m2) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. Monomer (m2) is typically a monomer containing no aromatic ring.

 モノマー(m2)の有するエチレン性不飽和基の例としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基等が挙げられる。重合反応性の観点から(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましく、柔軟性や粘着性の観点からアクリロイル基がより好ましい。粘着剤の柔軟性の観点から、モノマー(m2)としては、1分子中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基の数が1である化合物(すなわち、単官能モノマー)が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups possessed by the monomer (m2) include (meth)acryloyl groups, vinyl groups, and (meth)allyl groups. A (meth)acryloyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and an acryloyl group is more preferred from the viewpoint of flexibility and adhesiveness. From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, as the monomer (m2), a compound having one ethylenically unsaturated group contained in one molecule (that is, a monofunctional monomer) is preferably used.

 水酸基含有モノマーの例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシラウリル、(4-ヒドロキシメチルシクロへキシル)メチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。好ましく使用し得る水酸基含有モノマーの例として、アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル(Tg:-40℃)およびアクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(Tg:-15℃)が挙げられる。室温域における柔軟性向上の観点から、よりTgの低いアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルがより好ましい。好ましい一態様では、モノマー(m2)の50重量%以上(例えば50重量%超、70重量%超または85重量%超)がアクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルであり得る。水酸基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) Hydroxy (meth)acrylates such as 8-hydroxyoctyl acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth)acrylate, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples include, but are not limited to, alkyl. Examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers that can be preferably used include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (Tg: -40°C) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (Tg: -15°C). From the viewpoint of improving flexibility in the room temperature range, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate having a lower Tg is more preferable. In one preferred embodiment, 50 wt% or more (eg, greater than 50 wt%, greater than 70 wt%, or greater than 85 wt%) of monomer (m2) can be 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate. A hydroxyl-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 モノマー(m2)として水酸基含有モノマーを使用するいくつかの態様において、上記水酸基含有モノマーは、メタクリロイル基を有しない化合物から選択される1種または2種以上であり得る。メタクリロイル基を有しない水酸基含有モノマーの好適例として、上述した各種のアクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルが挙げられる。例えば、モノマー(m2)として使用する水酸基含有モノマーのうち50重量%超、70重量%超または85重量%超がアクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルであることが好ましい。アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルの使用により、架橋点の提供や適度な凝集性の付与に役立つヒドロキシ基をアクリル系ポリマーに導入することができ、かつ対応するメタクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキルのみを使用する場合に比べて室温域における柔軟性や粘着性の良い粘着剤が得られやすい。 In some embodiments in which a hydroxyl-containing monomer is used as the monomer (m2), the hydroxyl-containing monomer may be one or more selected from compounds having no methacryloyl group. Preferred examples of hydroxyl group-containing monomers having no methacryloyl group include the various hydroxyalkyl acrylates described above. For example, more than 50% by weight, more than 70% by weight, or more than 85% by weight of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer used as the monomer (m2) is preferably hydroxyalkyl acrylate. The use of hydroxyalkyl acrylates can introduce hydroxy groups into the acrylic polymer that help provide cross-linking points and moderate cohesiveness, and at room temperature compared to using only the corresponding hydroxyalkyl methacrylates. It is easy to obtain an adhesive with good flexibility and adhesiveness in the area.

 カルボキシ基含有モノマーの例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシペンチル等のアクリル系モノマーのほか、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。好ましく使用し得るカルボキシ基含有モノマーの例として、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸が挙げられる。カルボキシ基含有モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。水酸基含有モノマーとカルボキシ基含有モノマーとを併用してもよい。 Examples of carboxy group-containing monomers include acrylic monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid, carboxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and carboxypentyl (meth)acrylate, as well as itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, Examples include, but are not limited to, isocrotonic acid and the like. Examples of carboxy group-containing monomers that can be preferably used include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. A carboxy group-containing monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A hydroxyl group-containing monomer and a carboxy group-containing monomer may be used in combination.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m2)の含有量は、特に制限されず、目的に応じて設定し得る。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、例えば0.01重量%以上、0.1重量%以上または0.5重量%以上であり得る。より高い使用効果を得る観点から、いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、1重量%以上とすることが好ましく、2重量%以上としてもよく、4重量%以上としてもよい。モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m2)の含有量の上限は、モノマー(m1)の含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定される。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、例えば30重量%以下または25重量%以下とすることが適当であり、モノマー(m1)の含有量を相対的に多くして高屈折率化を容易とする観点から、20重量%以下とすることが好ましく、15重量%以下とすることがより好ましく、12重量%未満でもよく、10重量%未満でもよく、7重量%未満でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m2)の含有量は、5重量%未満であってもよく、3重量%未満であってもよく、1.5重量%以下であってもよい。 The content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) can be, for example, 0.01 wt% or more, 0.1 wt% or more, or 0.5 wt% or more. From the viewpoint of obtaining a higher use effect, in some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) is preferably 1% by weight or more, may be 2% by weight or more, or may be 4% by weight or more. . The upper limit of the content of the monomer (m2) in the monomer component is set so that the sum with the content of the monomer (m1) does not exceed 100% by weight. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) is, for example, 30% by weight or less or 25% by weight or less. From the viewpoint of facilitating conversion, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 15% by weight or less, may be less than 12% by weight, may be less than 10% by weight, or may be less than 7% by weight. . In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m2) may be less than 5 wt%, less than 3 wt%, or 1.5 wt% or less.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)とモノマー(m2)との合計含有量は、例えば31重量%以上であってよく、好ましくは51重量%以上であり、61重量%以上でもよく、71重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるモノマー(m1)とモノマー(m2)との合計含有量は、これらのモノマーの効果を好適に発揮しやすくする観点から、例えば76重量%以上であってよく、81重量%以上であることが好ましく、86重量%以上でもよく、91重量%以上でもよく、96重量%以上でもよく、99重量%以上でもよく、実質的に100重量%でもよい。 The total content of the monomer (m1) and the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 31% by weight or more, preferably 51% by weight or more, and may be 61% by weight or more. , 71% by weight or more. In some aspects, the total content of the monomer (m1) and the monomer (m2) in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is, for example, 76% by weight from the viewpoint of favorably exhibiting the effects of these monomers. or more, preferably 81 wt% or more, 86 wt% or more, 91 wt% or more, 96 wt% or more, 99 wt% or more, substantially 100 wt% It's okay.

 (モノマーm3)
 いくつかの好ましい態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、上記モノマー(m1)に加えて、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート(以下、「モノマー(m3)」ともいう。)をさらに含有し得る。モノマー(m3)は、粘着剤の柔軟性向上に役立ち得る。また、粘着剤内における添加剤の相溶性や、接着力等の粘着特性の改善にも役立ち得る。モノマー(m3)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(monomer m3)
In some preferred embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may further contain an alkyl (meth)acrylate (hereinafter also referred to as "monomer (m3)") in addition to the monomer (m1). Monomer (m3) can help improve the flexibility of the adhesive. It can also help improve the compatibility of additives in the adhesive and adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. Monomer (m3) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 モノマー(m3)としては、炭素原子数1~20の(すなわち、C1-20の)直鎖または分岐鎖状のアルキル基をエステル末端に有するアルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく用いられ得る。C1-20アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸s-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸エイコシル等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 As the monomer (m3), an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a straight or branched chain alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (ie, C 1-20 ) at the ester end can be preferably used. Specific examples of C 1-20 alkyl (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-(meth)acrylate, Butyl, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, s-butyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, isopentyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) heptyl acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, ( meth) isodecyl acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate, tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate, pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) heptadecyl acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, isostearyl (meth)acrylate, nonadecyl (meth)acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate and the like, but are not limited thereto.

 いくつかの態様において、モノマー(m3)の少なくとも一部として、ホモポリマーのTgが-20℃以下(より好ましくは-40℃以下、例えば-50℃以下)であるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートを好ましく採用し得る。このような低Tgのアルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、粘着剤の低弾性率化に役立ち得る。また、接着力等の粘着特性の改善にも役立ち得る。上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレートのTgの下限は特に制限されず、例えば-85℃以上であってよく、-75℃以上でもよく、-65℃以上でもよく、-60℃以上でもよい。上記低Tgアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの具体例としては、アクリル酸n-ブチル(BA)、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(2EHA)、アクリル酸イソノニル(iNA)等が挙げられる。 In some embodiments, an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a homopolymer Tg of -20°C or lower (more preferably -40°C or lower, for example -50°C or lower) is preferably employed as at least part of the monomer (m3). can. Such low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylates can help reduce the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. It can also help improve adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. The lower limit of the Tg of the alkyl (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited, and may be -85°C or higher, -75°C or higher, -65°C or higher, or -60°C or higher. Specific examples of the low Tg alkyl (meth)acrylate include n-butyl acrylate (BA), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA), isononyl acrylate (iNA), and the like.

 モノマー(m3)を使用するいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m3)として、C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを用いることが好ましい。なかでも、C4-8アルキルアクリレートの使用がより好ましい。C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、粘着剤の柔軟性向上を実現しやすく、また、良好な粘着特性(接着力等)が得られやすい傾向がある。モノマー(m3)としてC4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを使用する態様において、モノマー成分中に含まれるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートのうちC4-8アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの割合は、30重量%以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは50重量%以上、より好ましくは70重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上であり、実質的に100重量%であってもよい。 In some embodiments using monomer (m3), it is preferred to use C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as monomer (m3). Among them, the use of C 4-8 alkyl acrylate is more preferable. The C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The use of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to improve the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and to provide good pressure-sensitive adhesive properties (adhesive strength, etc.). In the embodiment using C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate as the monomer (m3), the proportion of C 4-8 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the alkyl (meth)acrylate contained in the monomer component is 30% by weight or more. is preferably 50% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, and may be substantially 100% by weight.

 モノマー(m3)を使用するいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m3)として、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく用いられ得る。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、各温度域の貯蔵弾性率を調節することができる。例えば、高温域の貯蔵弾性率を相対的に高く設定したり、低温域と高温域の貯蔵弾性率差が大きくなることを抑制し得る。また、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、モノマー(m1)との共重合性にも優れる傾向がある。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、C1-6アルキルアクリレートが好ましく、C2-6アルキルアクリレートがより好ましく、C4-6アルキルアクリレートがさらに好ましい。他のいくつかの態様では、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、好ましくはC1-4アルキル(メタ)アクリレートであり、より好ましくはC2-4アルキル(メタ)アクリレートであり、さらに好ましくはC2-4アルキルアクリレートである。C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの好適例としては、BAが挙げられる。 In some embodiments using monomer (m3), C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be preferably used as monomer (m3). The use of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates allows the storage modulus in each temperature range to be adjusted. For example, it is possible to set the storage elastic modulus in the high temperature range to be relatively high, or to suppress an increase in the difference in storage elastic modulus between the low temperature range and the high temperature range. In addition, the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate tends to be excellent in copolymerizability with the monomer (m1). The C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-6 alkyl acrylate, more preferably a C 2-6 alkyl acrylate, and still more preferably a C 4-6 alkyl acrylate. In some other aspects, the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably a C 1-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, more preferably a C 2-4 alkyl (meth)acrylate, even more preferably is a C 2-4 alkyl acrylate. Preferred examples of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates include BA.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるC1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、低弾性率化、接着力等の観点から、10重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上(例えば30重量%以上)でもよい。モノマー成分におけるC1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量の上限は、例えば50重量%未満であり、35重量%未満であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率維持の観点から、上記C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば24重量%以下であり、20重量%未満であることが好ましく、17重量%未満であることがより好ましく、12重量%未満でもよく、7重量%未満でもよく、3重量%未満でもよく、1重量%未満でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、C1-6アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に使用しない態様でも実施され得る。 The content of C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight. It can be more than that. In some embodiments, the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, adhesive strength, etc. It may be 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more (for example, 30% by weight or more). The upper limit of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate content in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, and may be less than 35% by weight. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of maintaining a high refractive index, the content of the C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, and 17% by weight. It is more preferably less than 12% by weight, less than 7% by weight, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in an embodiment that does not substantially use C 1-6 alkyl (meth)acrylates.

 モノマー(m3)を使用する他のいくつかの態様において、モノマー(m3)として、C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく用いられ得る。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの使用により、貯蔵弾性率を好ましく低減することができる。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートとしては、C7-10アルキルアクリレートが好ましく、C7-9アルキルアクリレートがより好ましく、Cアルキルアクリレートがさらに好ましい。C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの好適例としては、2EHAが挙げられる。 In some other embodiments using monomer (m3), C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates can preferably be used as monomer (m3). Storage modulus can be favorably reduced by the use of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates. The C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates are preferably C 7-10 alkyl acrylates, more preferably C 7-9 alkyl acrylates, and even more preferably C 8 alkyl acrylates. Suitable examples of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates include 2EHA.

 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分におけるC7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、低弾性率化、接着力等の観点から、10重量%以上であってもよく、15重量%以上でもよく、20重量%以上でもよく、25重量%以上(例えば30重量%以上)でもよい。モノマー成分におけるC7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量の上限は、例えば50重量%未満であり、35重量%未満であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率維持の観点から、上記C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば24重量%以下であり、20重量%未満であることが好ましく、17重量%未満であることがより好ましく、12重量%未満でもよく、7重量%未満でもよく、3重量%未満でもよく、1重量%未満でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、C7-12アルキル(メタ)アクリレートを実質的に使用しない態様でも実施され得る。 The content of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight. It can be more than that. In some aspects, the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate may be 10% by weight or more, or 15% by weight or more, from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus, adhesive strength, etc. It may be 20% by weight or more, or 25% by weight or more (for example, 30% by weight or more). The upper limit of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate content in the monomer component is, for example, less than 50% by weight, and may be less than 35% by weight. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of maintaining a high refractive index, the content of the C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylate is, for example, 24% by weight or less, preferably less than 20% by weight, and 17% by weight. It is more preferably less than 12% by weight, less than 7% by weight, less than 3% by weight, or less than 1% by weight. The technology disclosed herein can also be practiced in a manner substantially free of C 7-12 alkyl (meth)acrylates.

 モノマー(m3)を使用するいくつかの態様において、低弾性率化の観点から、上記モノマー(m3)の少なくとも一部はアルキルアクリレートであることが好ましい。アルキルアクリレートの使用は、接着力等の粘着特性の点でも有利である。例えば、モノマー(m3)のうち50重量%以上がアルキルアクリレートであることが好ましく、モノマー(m3)におけるアルキルアクリレートの割合は、より好ましくは75重量%以上、さらに好ましくは90重量%以上であり、モノマー(m3)の実質的に100重量%がアルキルアクリレートであってもよい。モノマー(m3)として1種または2種以上のアルキルアクリレートのみを使用し、アルキルメタクリレートを使用しない態様であってもよい。 In some embodiments using the monomer (m3), at least part of the monomer (m3) is preferably an alkyl acrylate from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus. The use of alkyl acrylates is also advantageous in terms of adhesive properties such as adhesive strength. For example, it is preferable that 50% by weight or more of the monomer (m3) is an alkyl acrylate, and the proportion of the alkyl acrylate in the monomer (m3) is more preferably 75% by weight or more, still more preferably 90% by weight or more, Substantially 100% by weight of the monomers (m3) may be alkyl acrylates. An embodiment in which only one or two or more alkyl acrylates are used as the monomer (m3) and no alkyl methacrylate is used may be used.

 モノマー成分がモノマー(m3)(アルキル(メタ)アクリレート)を含む態様において、モノマー成分におけるアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、その使用効果が適切に発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、上記アルキル(メタ)アクリレートの含有量は、例えば1重量%以上であってよく、3重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよく、8重量%以上でもよい。モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m3)の含有量の上限は、モノマー(m1)、(m2)の含有量との合計が100重量%を超えないように設定され、例えば50重量%未満であり、35重量%未満であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記モノマー(m3)の含有量は、例えば24重量%以下であり得る。一般にアルキル(メタ)アクリレートの屈折率は比較的低いため、高屈折率化のためには、モノマー成分におけるモノマー(m3)の含有量を制限し、モノマー(m1)の含有量を相対的に多くすることが有利である。かかる観点から、モノマー(m3)の含有量は、モノマー成分の23重量%未満であることが適当であり、20重量%未満であることが好ましく、17重量%未満であることがより好ましく、12重量%未満でもよく、7重量%未満でもよく、3重量%未満でもよく、1重量%未満でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー(m3)を実質的に使用しない態様でも好ましく実施され得る。 In the aspect in which the monomer component contains the monomer (m3) (alkyl (meth)acrylate), the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate in the monomer component can be set so that the effect of use can be appropriately exhibited. In some aspects, the content of the alkyl (meth)acrylate may be, for example, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 5% by weight or more, or 8% by weight or more. The upper limit of the content of the monomer (m3) in the monomer component is set so that the total content of the monomers (m1) and (m2) does not exceed 100% by weight, for example, less than 50% by weight, and 35% by weight. % may be less. In some embodiments, the content of the monomer (m3) can be, for example, 24% by weight or less. Since the refractive index of alkyl (meth)acrylate is generally relatively low, in order to increase the refractive index, the content of monomer (m3) in the monomer component is limited, and the content of monomer (m1) is increased relatively. It is advantageous to From this point of view, the content of the monomer (m3) is suitably less than 23% by weight of the monomer component, preferably less than 20% by weight, more preferably less than 17% by weight. It may be less than wt%, it may be less than 7 wt%, it may be less than 3 wt%, it may be less than 1 wt%. The technology disclosed herein can also be preferably practiced in a mode in which the monomer (m3) is not substantially used.

 (その他のモノマー)
 アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、必要に応じて、上記モノマー(m1)、(m2)、(m3)以外のモノマー(以下、「その他モノマー」という。)を含んでいてもよい。上記その他モノマーは、例えば、アクリル系ポリマーのTg調整、粘着性能の調整、粘着剤層内における相溶性の改善等の目的で使用することができる。上記その他モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(other monomers)
The monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer may contain monomers other than the above monomers (m1), (m2) and (m3) (hereinafter referred to as "other monomers"), if necessary. The above-mentioned other monomers can be used, for example, for the purposes of adjusting the Tg of the acrylic polymer, adjusting the adhesive performance, improving the compatibility in the adhesive layer, and the like. These other monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

 上記その他モノマーの例として、水酸基およびカルボキシ基以外の官能基を有するモノマー(官能基含有モノマー)が挙げられる。例えば、粘着剤の凝集力や耐熱性を向上させ得るその他モノマーとして、スルホン酸基含有モノマー、リン酸基含有モノマー、シアノ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。また、アクリル系ポリマーに架橋基点となり得る官能基を導入することができ、あるいは被着体との密着力の向上や粘着剤内における相溶性の改善に寄与し得るモノマーとして、アミド基含有モノマー(例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド等)、アミノ基含有モノマー(例えば、アミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート等)、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマー(例えば、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、N-(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン等)、イミド基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー、ケト基含有モノマー、イソシアネート基含有モノマー、アルコキシシリル基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。なお、窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーのなかには、例えばN-ビニル-2-ピロリドンのように、アミド基含有モノマーにも該当するものがある。上記窒素原子含有環を有するモノマーとアミノ基含有モノマーとの関係についても同様である。 Examples of the other monomers include monomers having functional groups other than hydroxyl groups and carboxy groups (functional group-containing monomers). For example, other monomers capable of improving the cohesive strength and heat resistance of the adhesive include sulfonic acid group-containing monomers, phosphoric acid group-containing monomers, cyano group-containing monomers, and the like. In addition, amide group-containing monomers ( For example, (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol (meth)acrylamide, etc.), amino group-containing monomers (e.g., aminoethyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.), nitrogen atom-containing rings Monomers having (e.g., N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(meth)acryloylmorpholine, etc.), imide group-containing monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, keto group-containing monomers, isocyanate group-containing monomers, alkoxysilyl group-containing monomers, etc. mentioned. Incidentally, among the monomers having a nitrogen atom-containing ring, some, such as N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, also correspond to amide group-containing monomers. The same applies to the relationship between the monomer having a nitrogen atom-containing ring and the amino group-containing monomer.

 上記官能基含有モノマー以外で使用し得るその他モノマーとしては、酢酸ビニル等のビニルエステル系モノマー;シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート等の非芳香族性環含有(メタ)アクリレート;エチレン、ブタジエン、イソブチレン等のオレフィン系モノマー;塩化ビニル等の塩素含有モノマー;メトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシエトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルコキシ基含有モノマー;メチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル系モノマー;等が挙げられる。粘着剤の柔軟性向上等の目的で使用し得るその他モノマーの一好適例として、エトキシエトキシエチルアクリレート(別名:エチルカルビトールアクリレート、ホモポリマーのTg:-67℃)が挙げられる。 Other monomers that can be used other than the functional group-containing monomer include vinyl ester monomers such as vinyl acetate; non-aromatic ring-containing (meth)acrylates such as cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate and isobornyl (meth)acrylate; ethylene, Olefin monomers such as butadiene and isobutylene; Chlorine-containing monomers such as vinyl chloride; Alkoxy group-containing monomers such as methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxyethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; Vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether system monomer; and the like. A preferred example of other monomers that can be used for the purpose of improving the flexibility of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is ethoxyethoxyethyl acrylate (also known as ethyl carbitol acrylate, Tg of homopolymer: -67°C).

 上記その他モノマーを使用する場合、その使用量は特に制限されず、モノマー成分の合計量が100重量%を超えない範囲で適宜設定し得る。モノマー(m1)の使用による屈折率向上効果を発揮しやすくする観点から、モノマー成分における上記その他モノマーの含有量は、例えば凡そ35重量%以下とすることができ、凡そ25重量%以下(例えば0~25重量%)とすることが適当であり、凡そ20重量%以下(例えば0~20重量%)でもよく、凡そ10重量%以下(例えば0~10重量%)とすることが有利であり、好ましくは凡そ5重量%以下、例えば凡そ1重量%以下である。ここに開示される技術は、モノマー成分が上記その他のモノマーを実質的に含まない態様で好ましく実施され得る。 When the above other monomers are used, the amount used is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set within a range in which the total amount of the monomer components does not exceed 100% by weight. From the viewpoint of making it easier to exhibit the effect of improving the refractive index by using the monomer (m1), the content of the other monomer in the monomer component can be, for example, approximately 35% by weight or less, and approximately 25% by weight or less (for example, 0 ~25% by weight), approximately 20% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 20% by weight), and approximately 10% by weight or less (for example, 0 to 10% by weight). Preferably it is about 5% by weight or less, for example about 1% by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced in a mode in which the monomer component does not substantially contain the above-mentioned other monomers.

 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、メタクリロイル基含有モノマーの使用量が所定以下に抑えられた組成であり得る。モノマー成分におけるメタクリロイル基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば5重量%未満であってよく、3重量%未満でもよく、1重量%未満でもよく、0.5重量%未満でもよい。このようにメタクリロイル基含有モノマーの使用量を制限することは、柔軟性や粘着性と高屈折率とをバランスよく両立させた粘着剤を実現する観点から有利となり得る。アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、メタクリロイル基含有モノマーを含まない組成(例えば、アクリロイル基含有モノマーのみからなる組成)であってもよい。 In some aspects, the monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may have a composition in which the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used is suppressed to a predetermined amount or less. The amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 5% by weight, less than 3% by weight, less than 1% by weight, or less than 0.5% by weight. Restricting the amount of the methacryloyl group-containing monomer to be used in this way can be advantageous from the viewpoint of achieving a pressure-sensitive adhesive that achieves a good balance between flexibility and adhesiveness and a high refractive index. The monomer component that constitutes the acrylic polymer may have a composition that does not contain a methacryloyl group-containing monomer (for example, a composition that consists only of an acryloyl group-containing monomer).

 いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、粘着剤の着色または変色(例えば黄変)を抑制する観点から、カルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が制限されている。モノマー成分におけるカルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量は、例えば1重量%未満であってよく、0.5重量%未満でもよく、0.3重量%未満でもよく、0.1重量%未満でもよく、0.05重量%未満でもよい。このようにカルボキシ基含有モノマーの使用量が制限されていることは、ここに開示される粘着剤に接触または近接して配置され得る金属材料(例えば、被着体上に存在し得る金属配線や金属膜等)の腐食を抑制する観点からも有利である。ここに開示される技術は、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分がカルボキシ基含有モノマーを含有しない態様で実施され得る。
 同様の理由から、いくつかの態様において、アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、酸性官能基(カルボキシ基の他、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等を包含する。)を有するモノマーの使用量が制限されていることが好ましい。かかる態様のモノマー成分における酸性官能基含有モノマーの使用量としては、上述したカルボキシ基含有モノマーの好ましい使用量を適用することができる。ここに開示される技術は、上記モノマー成分が酸性基含有モノマーを含有しない態様(すなわち、アクリル系ポリマーが酸フリーである態様)で好ましく実施され得る。
In some aspects, the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer is limited from the viewpoint of suppressing the coloring or discoloration (eg, yellowing) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. The amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used in the monomer component may be, for example, less than 1% by weight, less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, and 0 less than 0.05% by weight. The fact that the amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer used is limited in this way is due to the fact that metal materials that can be placed in contact with or in close proximity to the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein (for example, metal wiring that can be present on the adherend, It is also advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing corrosion of metal films, etc.). The technology disclosed herein can be practiced in a mode in which the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer does not contain a carboxy group-containing monomer.
For the same reason, in some embodiments, the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer has an acidic functional group (including a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, etc.). preferably restricted. As the amount of the acidic functional group-containing monomer used in the monomer component of this embodiment, the above-described preferred amount of the carboxy group-containing monomer can be applied. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced in an aspect in which the monomer component does not contain an acidic group-containing monomer (that is, an aspect in which the acrylic polymer is acid-free).

 上記アクリル系ポリマーの屈折率は、例えば1.460以上であり、好ましくは1.500以上であり、より好ましくは1.530以上、さらに好ましくは1.550以上であり、1.560以上でもよく、1.570以上でもよく、1.580以上でもよい。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、このように屈折率が所定以上であるアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとする粘着剤に配合されて、該粘着剤をさらに高屈折率化する用途に好ましく用いられ得る。上記アクリル系ポリマーの屈折率の上限は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着特性や光学特性の観点から、上記アクリル系ポリマーの屈折率は、例えば1.700以下であり、好ましくは1.650以下であり、1.630以下でもよく、1.610以下でもよく、1.600以下でもよい。 The refractive index of the acrylic polymer is, for example, 1.460 or higher, preferably 1.500 or higher, more preferably 1.530 or higher, still more preferably 1.550 or higher, and may be 1.560 or higher. , 1.570 or more, or 1.580 or more. The refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is preferably used for the purpose of increasing the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive by blending it into a pressure-sensitive adhesive whose base polymer is an acrylic polymer having a refractive index equal to or higher than a predetermined value. can be The upper limit of the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is, for example, 1.700 or less, preferably 1.650 or less, or even 1.630 or less, from the viewpoint of adhesive properties and optical properties. It may be 610 or less, or 1.600 or less.

 なお、ベースポリマーの屈折率は、該ベースポリマーからなる粘着剤の屈折率として測定される。本明細書において粘着剤の屈折率とは、該粘着剤の表面(粘着面)の屈折率をいう。粘着剤の屈折率は、市販の屈折率測定装置(アッベ屈折率計)を用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定することができる。アッベ屈折率計としては、例えばATAGO社製の型式「DR-M4」またはその相当品が用いられる。測定サンプルとしては、評価対象の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を用いることができる。粘着剤の屈折率は、具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。 The refractive index of the base polymer is measured as the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive made from the base polymer. As used herein, the refractive index of an adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive. The refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbe refractometer) under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. As the Abbe refractometer, for example, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent is used. As a measurement sample, an adhesive layer made of an adhesive to be evaluated can be used. Specifically, the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.

 また、ここに開示される屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤は、上述のようにモノマー(m1)をある程度(例えば、モノマー成分の30重量%以上)含むモノマー成分から構成されたアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとするアクリル系粘着剤に限定されず、例えば、上記モノマー(m1)を含まないか、上記モノマー(m1)の含有量が比較的少ないモノマー成分から構成されたアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとするアクリル系粘着剤であってもよい。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤を含む粘着剤は、例えば:
 上記モノマー(m3)の含有量の下限が50重量%、60重量%、70重量%または80重量%であり、上限が99.9重量%、99.5重量%、98重量%、95重量%または90重量%であり;
 上記モノマー(m2)の含有量の下限が0.1重量%、0.5重量%、1重量%、2重量%または3重量%であり、上限が30重量%、20重量%、15重量%、10重量%、8重量%または5重量%であり;
 任意成分として、上記モノマー(m1)を30重量%未満、20重量%以下、10重量%以下または5重量%以下、かつ0重量%超、1重量%以上、3重量%以上、8重量%以上、12重量%以上または18重量%以上含むか、あるいは上記モノマー(m1)を含まず;
 任意成分として、上記その他モノマーを30重量%未満、20重量%以下、10重量%以下または5重量%以下、かつ0重量%超、0.1重量%以上、0.5重量%以上、1重量%以上、3重量%以上、8重量%以上、12重量%以上または18重量%以上含むか、またはその他モノマーを含まない;
組成のモノマー成分から構成されたアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとするアクリル系粘着剤であり得る。上記アクリル系ポリマーの屈折率は、例えば1.550未満であってよく、1.530以下でもよく、1.510以下でもよく、1.490以下でもよく、1.480以下でもよい。ここに開示される屈折率調整剤は、このような屈折率を有するアクリル系ポリマーをベースポリマーとする粘着剤に配合される態様でも好ましく用いられて、該粘着剤を効果的に調整(典型的には高屈折率化)し得る。上記アクリル系ポリマーの屈折率の下限は、特に制限されない。上記アクリル系ポリマーの屈折率は、例えば1.400以上、1.440以上、1.460以上または1.470以上であり得る。
In addition, the adhesive containing the refractive index modifier disclosed herein is based on an acrylic polymer composed of a monomer component containing a certain amount of the monomer (m1) (for example, 30% by weight or more of the monomer component) as described above. The base polymer is not limited to the acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive used as a polymer, and for example, an acrylic polymer composed of a monomer component that does not contain the above monomer (m1) or has a relatively small content of the above monomer (m1) is used as the base polymer. An acrylic adhesive may be used. The pressure-sensitive adhesive containing the refractive index modifier disclosed herein is, for example:
The lower limit of the content of the monomer (m3) is 50% by weight, 60% by weight, 70% by weight or 80% by weight, and the upper limit is 99.9% by weight, 99.5% by weight, 98% by weight, 95% by weight. or 90% by weight;
The lower limit of the content of the monomer (m2) is 0.1% by weight, 0.5% by weight, 1% by weight, 2% by weight or 3% by weight, and the upper limit is 30% by weight, 20% by weight, 15% by weight. , 10%, 8% or 5% by weight;
As an optional component, the monomer (m1) is less than 30% by weight, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less, and more than 0% by weight, 1% by weight or more, 3% by weight or more, 8% by weight or more , 12% by weight or more, or 18% by weight or more, or does not contain the monomer (m1);
As an optional component, the above other monomers are less than 30% by weight, 20% by weight or less, 10% by weight or less, or 5% by weight or less, and more than 0% by weight, 0.1% by weight or more, 0.5% by weight or more, 1% by weight % or more, 3 wt% or more, 8 wt% or more, 12 wt% or more, or 18 wt% or more, or no other monomer;
It may be an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive whose base polymer is an acrylic polymer composed of monomer components of the composition. The refractive index of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, less than 1.550, 1.530 or less, 1.510 or less, 1.490 or less, or 1.480 or less. The refractive index adjuster disclosed herein is also preferably used in a mode in which it is blended in a pressure-sensitive adhesive that uses an acrylic polymer having such a refractive index as a base polymer, and effectively adjusts the pressure-sensitive adhesive (typically can have a high refractive index). The lower limit of the refractive index of the acrylic polymer is not particularly limited. The refractive index of the acrylic polymer may be, for example, 1.400 or higher, 1.440 or higher, 1.460 or higher, or 1.470 or higher.

 (アクリル系ポリマーの調製方法)
 ここに開示される技術において、このようなモノマー成分により構成されたアクリル系ポリマーを得る方法は特に限定されず、溶液重合法、エマルション重合法、バルク重合法、懸濁重合法、光重合法等の、アクリル系ポリマーの合成手法として知られている各種の重合方法を適宜採用することができる。例えば、溶液重合法を好ましく採用し得る。溶液重合を行う際の重合温度は、使用するモノマーおよび溶媒の種類、重合開始剤の種類等に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば20℃~170℃程度(典型的には40℃~140℃程度)とすることができる。
(Method for preparing acrylic polymer)
In the technique disclosed herein, the method for obtaining an acrylic polymer composed of such monomer components is not particularly limited, and solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, photopolymerization, etc. Various polymerization methods known as methods for synthesizing acrylic polymers can be appropriately employed. For example, a solution polymerization method can be preferably employed. The polymerization temperature at the time of solution polymerization can be appropriately selected according to the type of monomer and solvent used, the type of polymerization initiator, etc. ° C.).

 溶液重合に用いる溶媒(重合溶媒)は、従来公知の有機溶媒から適宜選択することができる。例えば、トルエン等の芳香族化合物類(典型的には芳香族炭化水素類);酢酸エチル等の酢酸エステル類;ヘキサンやシクロヘキサン等の脂肪族または脂環式炭化水素類;1,2-ジクロロエタン等のハロゲン化アルカン類;イソプロピルアルコール等の低級アルコール類(例えば、炭素原子数1~4の一価アルコール類);tert-ブチルメチルエーテル等のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン等のケトン類;等から選択されるいずれか1種の溶媒、または2種以上の混合溶媒を用いることができる。 The solvent (polymerization solvent) used for solution polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known organic solvents. For example, aromatic compounds such as toluene (typically aromatic hydrocarbons); acetic esters such as ethyl acetate; aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane and cyclohexane; 1,2-dichloroethane and the like Halogenated alkanes; lower alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol (e.g., monohydric alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms); ethers such as tert-butyl methyl ether; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone; Any one kind of solvent or a mixed solvent of two or more kinds can be used.

 重合に用いる開始剤は、重合方法の種類に応じて、従来公知の重合開始剤から適宜選択することができる。例えば、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)等のアゾ系重合開始剤の1種または2種以上を好ましく使用し得る。重合開始剤の他の例としては、過硫酸カリウム等の過硫酸塩;ベンゾイルパーオキサイド、過酸化水素等の過酸化物系開始剤;フェニル置換エタン等の置換エタン系開始剤;芳香族カルボニル化合物;等が挙げられる。重合開始剤のさらに他の例として、過酸化物と還元剤との組み合わせによるレドックス系開始剤が挙げられる。重合開始剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。重合開始剤の使用量は、通常の使用量であればよく、例えば、モノマー成分100重量部に対して凡そ0.005~1重量部程度(典型的には凡そ0.01~1重量部程度)の範囲から選択することができる。 The initiator used for polymerization can be appropriately selected from conventionally known polymerization initiators according to the type of polymerization method. For example, one or more azo polymerization initiators such as 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) can be preferably used. Other examples of polymerization initiators include persulfates such as potassium persulfate; peroxide-based initiators such as benzoyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide; substituted ethane-based initiators such as phenyl-substituted ethane; aromatic carbonyl compounds. ; and the like. Still another example of the polymerization initiator is a redox initiator obtained by combining a peroxide and a reducing agent. A polymerization initiator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The amount of the polymerization initiator used may be a normal amount, for example, about 0.005 to 1 part by weight (typically about 0.01 to 1 part by weight) per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. ).

 上記重合には、必要に応じて、従来公知の各種の連鎖移動剤を使用することができる。例えば、n-ドデシルメルカプタン、t-ドデシルメルカプタン、チオグリコール酸、α-チオグリセロール等のメルカプタン類を用いることができる。あるいは、硫黄原子を含まない連鎖移動剤(非硫黄系連鎖移動剤)を用いてもよい。非硫黄系連鎖移動剤の例としては、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジエチルアニリン等のアニリン類;α-ピネン、ターピノーレン等のテルペノイド類;α-メチルスチレン、α-メチルスチレンダイマー等のスチレン類;等が挙げられる。連鎖移動剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。連鎖移動剤を使用する場合における使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ0.01~1重量部程度とすることができる。 Various conventionally known chain transfer agents can be used for the above polymerization, if necessary. For example, mercaptans such as n-dodecylmercaptan, t-dodecylmercaptan, thioglycolic acid and α-thioglycerol can be used. Alternatively, a chain transfer agent containing no sulfur atom (non-sulfur chain transfer agent) may be used. Examples of non-sulfur chain transfer agents include anilines such as N,N-dimethylaniline and N,N-diethylaniline; terpenoids such as α-pinene and terpinolene; α-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene dimer, etc. styrenes; and the like. A chain transfer agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. When using a chain transfer agent, the amount used can be, for example, about 0.01 to 1 part by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component.

 (ベースポリマーのガラス転移温度Tg
 ここに開示される粘着剤のベースポリマー(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)を構成するモノマー成分は、該モノマー成分の組成に基づくガラス転移温度Tgが凡そ15℃以下となる組成を有することが好ましい。いくつかの態様において、上記ガラス温度Tgは、10℃以下であることが好ましく、5℃以下であることがより好ましく、1℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、0℃以下でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、上記ガラス温度Tgは、-10℃以下であってもよく、-20℃以下でもよく、-25℃以下でもよく、-30℃以下でもよく、-35℃以下でもよい。ガラス転移温度Tgが低いことは、粘着剤の低弾性率化の観点から有利となり得る。また、ガラス転移温度Tgは、例えば-80℃以下であってよく、-70℃以上でもよく、-60℃以上でもよい。粘着剤の高屈折率化を容易とする観点から、いくつかの態様において、ガラス転移温度Tgは、好ましくは-50℃以上、より好ましくは-45℃超であり、-40℃超であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、上記ガラス温度Tgは、-30℃超であってもよく、-20℃超でもよく、-10℃超でもよく、-5℃以上でもよい。
(Glass transition temperature Tg T of base polymer)
The monomer component constituting the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein preferably has a composition such that the glass transition temperature Tg T based on the composition of the monomer component is about 15° C. or lower. In some embodiments, the glass temperature Tg T is preferably 10° C. or lower, more preferably 5° C. or lower, even more preferably 1° C. or lower, and may be 0° C. or lower. In some other embodiments, the glass temperature Tg T may be −10° C. or lower, −20° C. or lower, −25° C. or lower, −30° C. or lower, or −35° C. or lower. It's okay. A low glass transition temperature Tg T can be advantageous from the viewpoint of lowering the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Also, the glass transition temperature Tg T may be, for example, −80° C. or lower, −70° C. or higher, or −60° C. or higher. From the viewpoint of facilitating a high refractive index of the adhesive, in some embodiments, the glass transition temperature Tg T is preferably -50°C or higher, more preferably -45°C or higher, and -40°C or higher. may In some preferred embodiments, the glass temperature Tg T may be greater than -30°C, greater than -20°C, greater than -10°C, or greater than -5°C.

 ここで、ガラス転移温度Tgとは、特記しない場合、上記モノマー成分の組成に基づいて、Foxの式により求められるガラス転移温度をいう。Foxの式とは、以下に示すように、共重合体のTgと、該共重合体を構成するモノマーのそれぞれを単独重合したホモポリマーのガラス転移温度Tgiとの関係式である。
   1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
 上記Foxの式において、Tgは共重合体のガラス転移温度(単位:K)、Wiは該共重合体におけるモノマーiの重量分率(重量基準の共重合割合)、Tgiはモノマーiのホモポリマーのガラス転移温度(単位:K)を表す。
 Tgの算出に使用するホモポリマーのガラス転移温度としては、「Polymer Handbook」(第3版、John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989年)等の公知資料に記載の値を用いるものとする。上記Polymer Handbookに複数種類の値が記載されているモノマーについては、最も高い値を採用する。公知資料にホモポリマーのTgが記載されていない場合は、日本国特許出願公開2007-51271号公報に記載の測定方法により得られる値を用いるものとする。
Here, the glass transition temperature Tg T means the glass transition temperature determined by the Fox formula based on the composition of the above monomer components, unless otherwise specified. The Fox equation is a relational expression between the Tg of a copolymer and the glass transition temperature Tgi of a homopolymer obtained by homopolymerizing each of the monomers constituting the copolymer, as shown below.
1/Tg=Σ(Wi/Tgi)
In the above Fox formula, Tg is the glass transition temperature of the copolymer (unit: K), Wi is the weight fraction of the monomer i in the copolymer (weight-based copolymerization ratio), and Tgi is the homopolymer of the monomer i. represents the glass transition temperature (unit: K).
As the glass transition temperature of the homopolymer used for calculating the Tg, the value described in known materials such as "Polymer Handbook" (3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1989) is used. For monomers for which multiple values are listed in the above Polymer Handbook, the highest value is adopted. If the Tg of the homopolymer is not described in known documents, the value obtained by the measurement method described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-51271 shall be used.

 (ベースポリマーのMw)
 ここに開示される粘着剤のベースポリマー(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、特に限定されず、例えば凡そ50×10以上であることが適当であり、凡そ70×10以上であってもよく、凡そ80×10以上であってもよい。Mwが所定値以上であるベースポリマーを用いることにより、所望の粘着特性を発揮し得る適度な凝集力が得られやすい。ベースポリマーのMwの上限は、例えば凡そ500×10以下であり、粘着性能の観点から、凡そ400×10以下(より好ましくは凡そ150×10以下、例えば凡そ130×10以下)の範囲にあることが好ましい。
(Mw of base polymer)
The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the base polymer ( for example, an acrylic polymer) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited. or more, or about 80×10 4 or more. By using a base polymer having a Mw of a predetermined value or more, it is easy to obtain an appropriate cohesive force capable of exhibiting desired adhesive properties. The upper limit of Mw of the base polymer is, for example, about 500×10 4 or less, and from the viewpoint of adhesion performance, about 400×10 4 or less (more preferably about 150×10 4 or less, for example about 130×10 4 or less). A range is preferred.

 ここで、ベースポリマー(例えばアクリル系ポリマー)のMwは、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によりポリスチレン換算して求めることができる。具体的には、GPC測定装置として商品名「HLC-8220GPC」(東ソー社製)を用いて、下記の条件で測定して求めることができる。
  [GPCの測定条件]
 サンプル濃度:0.2重量%(テトラヒドロフラン溶液)
 サンプル注入量:10μL
 溶離液:テトラヒドロフラン(THF)
 流量(流速):0.6mL/分
 カラム温度(測定温度):40℃
 カラム:
  サンプルカラム:商品名「TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H」1本+商品名「TSKgel SuperHZM-H」2本」(東ソー社製)
  リファレンスカラム:商品名「TSKgel SuperH-RC」1本(東ソー社製)
 検出器:示差屈折計(RI)
 標準試料:ポリスチレン
Here, the Mw of the base polymer (for example, acrylic polymer) can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene. Specifically, it can be obtained by measuring under the following conditions using a GPC measurement device with the trade name "HLC-8220GPC" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
[Measurement conditions for GPC]
Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (tetrahydrofuran solution)
Sample injection volume: 10 μL
Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran (THF)
Flow rate (flow rate): 0.6 mL/min Column temperature (measurement temperature): 40°C
column:
Sample column: 1 product name “TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H” + 2 product name “TSKgel SuperHZM-H” (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Reference column: Product name "TSKgel SuperH-RC" 1 column (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Detector: differential refractometer (RI)
Standard sample: Polystyrene

 (架橋剤)
 ここに開示される技術において、粘着剤の形成に用いられる粘着剤組成物には、該粘着剤の凝集力の調整等の目的で、必要に応じて架橋剤を含有させることができる。架橋剤としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、オキサゾリン系架橋剤、メラミン系樹脂、金属キレート系架橋剤等の、粘着剤の分野において公知の架橋剤を使用することができる。なかでもイソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤を好ましく採用し得る。架橋剤の他の例として、1分子内に2以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマー、すなわち多官能性モノマーが挙げられる。架橋剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(crosslinking agent)
In the technology disclosed herein, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a cross-linking agent, if necessary, for the purpose of adjusting the cohesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive. As the cross-linking agent, a cross-linking agent known in the field of adhesives such as an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an epoxy-based cross-linking agent, an aziridine-based cross-linking agent, an oxazoline-based cross-linking agent, a melamine-based resin, a metal chelate-based cross-linking agent, etc. can be used. can be done. Among them, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents and epoxy-based cross-linking agents can be preferably employed. Other examples of cross-linking agents include monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in one molecule, ie, polyfunctional monomers. A crosslinking agent can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 イソシアネート系架橋剤としては、2官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を用いることができ、例えば、トリメチレンジイソシアネート、ブチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、ダイマー酸ジイソシアネート等の脂肪族ポリイソシアネート類;シクロペンチレンジイソシアネート、シクロヘキシレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、1,3-ビス(イソシアナトメチル)シクロヘキサン等の脂環族イソシアネート類;2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)等の芳香族イソシアネート類;上記イソシアネート化合物をアロファネート結合、ビウレット結合、イソシアヌレート結合、ウレトジオン結合、ウレア結合、カルボジイミド結合、ウレトンイミン結合、オキサジアジントリオン結合等により変性したポリイソシネート変性体;等が挙げられる。市販品の例としては、商品名タケネート300S、タケネート500、タケネート600、タケネートD165N、タケネートD178N(以上、武田薬品工業社製)、スミジュールT80、スミジュールL、デスモジュールN3400(以上、住化バイエルウレタン社製)、ミリオネートMR、ミリオネートMT、コロネートL、コロネートHL、コロネートHX(以上、東ソー社製)等が挙げられる。イソシアネート化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。2官能のイソシアネート化合物と3官能以上のイソシアネート化合物を併用してもよい。 As the isocyanate-based cross-linking agent, an isocyanate compound having a functionality of 2 or more can be used. , cyclohexylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), 1,3-bis (isocyanatomethyl) alicyclic isocyanates such as cyclohexane; 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate ( XDI) and other aromatic isocyanates; modified polyisocyanates obtained by modifying the above isocyanate compounds with allophanate bonds, biuret bonds, isocyanurate bonds, uretdione bonds, urea bonds, carbodiimide bonds, uretonimine bonds, oxadiazinetrione bonds, etc.; mentioned. Examples of commercially available products include Takenate 300S, Takenate 500, Takenate 600, Takenate D165N, Takenate D178N (manufactured by Takeda Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.), Sumidule T80, Sumidule L, Desmodur N3400 (Sumika Bayer Urethane Corporation), Millionate MR, Millionate MT, Coronate L, Coronate HL, Coronate HX (all manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the like. An isocyanate compound can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. A bifunctional isocyanate compound and a trifunctional or higher isocyanate compound may be used in combination.

 エポキシ系架橋剤としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA、エピクロルヒドリン型のエポキシ系樹脂、エチレングリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリントリグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ジグリシジルアニリン、ジアミングリシジルアミン、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジル-m-キシリレンジアミンおよび1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサン等を挙げることができる。これらは1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Epoxy cross-linking agents include, for example, bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resin, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, glycerin triglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylol. Propane triglycidyl ether, diglycidylaniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine and 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. can be mentioned. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 多官能性モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,12-ドデカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラメチロールメタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジビニルベンゼン、ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート、ブチルジオール(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシルジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。多官能性モノマーは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12-dodecane Diol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tri(meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, vinyl (meth)acrylate, divinylbenzene, bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, epoxy acrylate , polyester acrylate, urethane acrylate, butyldiol (meth)acrylate, hexyldiol di(meth)acrylate, and the like. A polyfunctional monomer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 架橋剤(多官能性モノマーであり得る。)を用いる場合における使用量は、特に限定されず、例えば上記モノマー成分100重量部に対して0.001重量部~5.0重量部程度の範囲とすることができる。被着体に対する密着性向上の観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、好ましくは3.0重量部以下、より好ましくは2.0重量部以下であり、1.0重量部以下でもよく、0.5重量部以下でもよく、0.2重量部以下でもよい。また、架橋剤の使用効果を適切に発揮する観点から、いくつかの態様において、モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋剤の使用量は、例えば0.005重量部以上であってよく、0.01重量部以上であってもよく、0.05重量部以上でもよく、0.08重量部以上でもよく、0.1重量部以上でもよく、0.2重量部以上でもよく、0.4重量部以上でもよい。 The amount of the cross-linking agent (which may be a polyfunctional monomer) is not particularly limited, and is, for example, in the range of about 0.001 to 5.0 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. can do. From the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the adherend, in some embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent used is preferably 3.0 parts by weight or less, more preferably 2.0 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. , 1.0 parts by weight or less, 0.5 parts by weight or less, or 0.2 parts by weight or less. Further, from the viewpoint of appropriately exhibiting the effect of using the cross-linking agent, in some embodiments, the amount of the cross-linking agent used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component may be, for example, 0.005 parts by weight or more, and may be 0.01 part by weight. 0.05 parts by weight or more, 0.08 parts by weight or more, 0.1 parts by weight or more, 0.2 parts by weight or more, or 0.4 parts by weight or more It's okay.

 架橋反応をより効果的に進行させるために、架橋触媒を用いてもよい。架橋触媒の例としては、テトラ-n-ブチルチタネート、テトライソプロピルチタネート、ナーセム第二鉄、ブチルスズオキシド、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等の金属系架橋触媒等が挙げられる。なかでも、ジオクチルスズジラウレート等のスズ系架橋触媒が好ましい。架橋触媒の使用量は特に制限されない。モノマー成分100重量部に対する架橋触媒の使用量は、架橋反応速度の速さと粘着剤組成物のポットライフの長さとのバランスを考慮して、例えば凡そ0.0001重量部以上1重量部以下の範囲とすることができ、0.001重量部以上0.5重量部以下の範囲とすることが好ましい。 A cross-linking catalyst may be used to promote the cross-linking reaction more effectively. Examples of cross-linking catalysts include metallic cross-linking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, Nasem ferric, butyltin oxide, and dioctyltin dilaurate. Of these, tin-based cross-linking catalysts such as dioctyltin dilaurate are preferred. The amount of cross-linking catalyst used is not particularly limited. The amount of the cross-linking catalyst used relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component is, for example, about 0.0001 part by weight or more and 1 part by weight or less in consideration of the balance between the speed of the crosslinking reaction rate and the length of the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. and it is preferably in the range of 0.001 part by weight or more and 0.5 part by weight or less.

 粘着剤組成物には、架橋遅延剤として、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を含有させることができる。これにより、粘着剤組成物のポットライフを延長する効果が実現され得る。例えば、イソシアネート系架橋剤を含む粘着剤組成物において、ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物を好ましく利用し得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物としては、各種のβ-ジカルボニル化合物を用いることができる。例えば、β-ジケトン類(アセチルアセトン、2,4-ヘキサンジオン等)やアセト酢酸エステル類(アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル等)を好ましく採用し得る。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。ケト-エノール互変異性を生じる化合物の使用量は、モノマー成分100重量部に対して、例えば0.1重量部以上20重量部以下とすることができ、0.5重量部以上10重量部以下としてもよく、1重量部以上5重量部以下としてもよい。 The adhesive composition can contain a compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism as a cross-linking retarder. This can achieve the effect of extending the pot life of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. For example, a compound that exhibits keto-enol tautomerism can be preferably used in a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing an isocyanate-based cross-linking agent. Various β-dicarbonyl compounds can be used as compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism. For example, β-diketones (acetylacetone, 2,4-hexanedione, etc.) and acetoacetic esters (methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, etc.) can be preferably employed. Compounds that cause keto-enol tautomerism can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The amount of the compound that causes keto-enol tautomerism can be, for example, 0.1 parts by weight or more and 20 parts by weight or less, or 0.5 parts by weight or more and 10 parts by weight or less, relative to 100 parts by weight of the monomer component. 1 part by weight or more and 5 parts by weight or less.

 (高屈折率粒子)
 ここに開示される粘着剤には、任意成分として、高屈折率粒子を含有させることができる。ここで高屈折率粒子とは、粘着剤に含有させることで該粘着剤の屈折率を高めることのできる粒子を意味する。以下、高屈折率粒子を「粒子PHRI」と表記することがある。HRIは、high refractive indexを意味する。
(High refractive index particles)
The adhesive disclosed herein can contain high refractive index particles as an optional component. Here, the high refractive index particles mean particles capable of increasing the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive by being contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Hereinafter, the high refractive index particles may be referred to as "particles P HRI ". HRI stands for high refractive index.

 粒子PHRIとしては、例えば1.60以上、好ましくは1.65以上、より好ましくは1.70以上(1.80以上でもよく、1.90以上でもよく、さらには2.00以上でもよい。)の屈折率を有する材料から構成された粒子の1種または2種以上が用いられ得る。粒子PHRIを構成する材料の屈折率の上限は、特に限定されず、例えば3.00以下であってよく、2.80以下でもよく、2.50以下でもよく、2.20以下でもよく、2.00以下でもよい。粒子PHRIを構成する材料の屈折率は、当該材料の単層膜(屈折率測定が可能な膜厚とする。)につき、市販の分光エリプソメーターを用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定される屈折率である。分光エリプソメーターとしては、例えば製品名「EC-400」(JA.Woolam社製)またはその相当品が用いられる。 The particle PHRI is, for example, 1.60 or higher, preferably 1.65 or higher, more preferably 1.70 or higher (1.80 or higher, 1.90 or higher, or even 2.00 or higher). ) may be used. The upper limit of the refractive index of the material constituting the particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 3.00 or less, 2.80 or less, 2.50 or less, or 2.20 or less. It may be 2.00 or less. The refractive index of the material constituting the particle P HRI was measured using a commercially available spectroscopic ellipsometer for a single layer film of the material (a film thickness that allows refractive index measurement) at a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25 ° C. is the refractive index measured under the conditions of As the spectroscopic ellipsometer, for example, the product name "EC-400" (manufactured by JA. Woolam) or its equivalent is used.

 粒子PHRIの種類は、特に限定されず、金属粒子、金属化合物粒子、有機粒子、有機-無機複合体粒子のなかから、粘着剤の屈折率を向上させ得る材料の1種または2種以上を選定し、用いることができる。いくつかの態様において、粒子PHRIとしては、無機酸化物(例えば金属酸化物)のなかから、粘着シートの屈折率を向上させ得るものが好ましく用いられ得る。粒子PHRIを構成する材料の好適例としては、チタニア(酸化チタン、TiO)、ジルコニア(酸化ジルコニウム、ZrO)、酸化アルミニウム、酸化亜鉛、酸化スズ、酸化銅、チタン酸バリウム、酸化ニオブ(Nb等)等の無機酸化物(具体的には金属酸化物)が挙げられる。これら無機酸化物(例えば金属酸化物)からなる粒子は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。なかでも、チタニアやジルコニアからなる粒子が好ましく、ジルコニアからなる粒子が特に好ましい。また、金属粒子としては、例えば鉄系や亜鉛系、タングステン系、白金系の材料は高い屈折率を有し得る。有機粒子としては、スチレン系樹脂、フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂等の樹脂からなる粒子の屈折率は相対的に高い。有機-無機複合体粒子としては、上述の無機材料と有機材料との複合体や、樹脂等の有機材料で無機粒子を被覆したもの等が挙げられる。粒子PHRIとしては、粘着剤成分との相溶性の観点から、上述の有機、無機粒子を表面処理剤によって表面処理したものを用いてもよい。 The type of particles P HRI is not particularly limited, and one or more materials that can improve the refractive index of the adhesive are selected from metal particles, metal compound particles, organic particles, and organic-inorganic composite particles. can be selected and used. In some embodiments, as the particles PHRI , inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) that can improve the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably used. Preferable examples of materials constituting the particles PHRI include titania (titanium oxide, TiO 2 ), zirconia (zirconium oxide, ZrO 2 ), aluminum oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, copper oxide, barium titanate, niobium oxide ( Nb 2 O 5 , etc.) and other inorganic oxides (specifically, metal oxides). Particles composed of these inorganic oxides (for example, metal oxides) can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among them, particles made of titania or zirconia are preferable, and particles made of zirconia are particularly preferable. As the metal particles, for example, iron-based, zinc-based, tungsten-based, and platinum-based materials can have a high refractive index. As the organic particles, particles made of resins such as styrene resins, phenol resins, polyester resins, and polycarbonate resins have a relatively high refractive index. Examples of the organic-inorganic composite particles include composites of the aforementioned inorganic material and organic material, inorganic particles coated with an organic material such as a resin, and the like. From the viewpoint of compatibility with the pressure-sensitive adhesive component, the particles PHRI may be the above-mentioned organic or inorganic particles surface-treated with a surface-treating agent.

 粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、特に限定されず、粘着剤に含有させることで所望の屈折率向上を実現し得る適当なサイズの粒子が用いられ得る。粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、例えば凡そ1nm以上とすることができ、凡そ5nm以上が適当である。屈折率向上や取扱い性等の観点から、粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、好ましくは凡そ10nm以上であり、凡そ20nm以上でもよく、凡そ30nm以上でもよい。また、粘着特性維持等の観点から、上記平均粒径の上限は、例えば凡そ300nm以下が適当であり、屈折率向上の観点から、好ましくは凡そ100nm以下、より好ましくは凡そ70nm以下、さらに好ましくは凡そ50nm以下であり、凡そ35nm以下(例えば凡そ25nm以下)であってもよい。 The average particle size of the particles PHRI is not particularly limited, and particles having an appropriate size that can achieve the desired refractive index improvement by being contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used. The average particle size of the particles PHRI can be, for example, about 1 nm or more, suitably about 5 nm or more. From the viewpoint of improving the refractive index and handling properties, the average particle size of the particles PHRI is preferably approximately 10 nm or more, may be approximately 20 nm or more, or may be approximately 30 nm or more. Also, from the viewpoint of maintaining adhesive properties, etc., the upper limit of the average particle diameter is, for example, about 300 nm or less. It is about 50 nm or less, and may be about 35 nm or less (for example, about 25 nm or less).

 なお、上記粒子PHRIの平均粒径は、体積平均粒子径を指し、具体的には、レーザ散乱・回折法に基づく粒度分布測定装置を用いて、粒子PHRI分散液について測定した粒度分布における積算値50%での粒径(50%体積平均粒子径;以下、D50と略記する場合もある。)を指す。測定装置としては、例えば、マイクロトラック・ベル社製の製品名「マイクロトラックMT3000II」またはその相当品を用いることができる。 The average particle diameter of the particles PHRI refers to the volume average particle diameter . It refers to the particle diameter at an integrated value of 50% (50% volume average particle diameter; hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as D50 ). As the measuring device, for example, the product name "Microtrac MT3000II" manufactured by Microtrac Bell or its equivalent can be used.

 粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、特に限定されない。上記粒子PHRIの含有量は、目的とする屈折率に応じて異なり得る。例えば、上記粒子PHRIの含有量は、要求される粘着特性等を考慮して、所定以上の屈折率となるよう適切に設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、例えば凡そ75重量%以下とすることができ、粘着特性や透明性の観点から凡そ50重量%以下としてもよく、凡そ30重量%以下としてもよい。粒子PHRIの含有量の下限は特に制限されず、例えば0重量%超であってよく、1重量%以上でもよく、5重量%以上でもよい。他のいくつかの態様において、粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、例えば10重量%未満であり、1重量%未満であってもよく、0.1重量%未満でもよい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着剤が粒子PHRIを実質的に含まない態様で実施され得る。 The content of particle PHRI in the adhesive is not particularly limited. The content of the particle PHRI can vary depending on the desired refractive index. For example, the content of the particles PHRI can be appropriately set in consideration of the required adhesion properties and the like so that the refractive index is equal to or greater than a predetermined value. In some embodiments, the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive can be, for example, approximately 75% by weight or less, and may be approximately 50% by weight or less, or approximately 30% by weight from the standpoint of adhesive properties and transparency. The following may be used. The lower limit of the particle PHRI content is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0% by weight, 1% by weight or more, or 5% by weight or more. In some other embodiments, the content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive is, for example, less than 10 wt%, may be less than 1 wt%, and may be less than 0.1 wt%. The techniques disclosed herein can be practiced in such a manner that the adhesive is substantially free of particulate PHRI .

 粘着剤における粒子PHRIの含有量は、該粘着剤に含まれるベースポリマーの量との相対的関係によっても特定され得る。粒子PHRIの含有量は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して、例えば凡そ100重量部以下とすることができ、粘着特性や透明性の観点から凡そ60重量部以下としてもよく、凡そ40重量部以下としてもよい。ベースポリマー100重量部に対する粒子PHRIの含有量の下限は特に制限されず、例えば0重量部超であってよく、1重量部以上でもよく、5重量部以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、粒子PHRIの含有量は、ベースポリマー100重量部に対して、例えば30重量部未満であり、10重量部未満であってもよく、1重量部未満でもよく、0.1重量部未満でもよい。 The content of particulate P HRI in the adhesive can also be specified relative to the amount of base polymer contained in the adhesive. The content of the particles P HRI can be, for example, about 100 parts by weight or less relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer. The following may be used. The lower limit of the particle P HRI content relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, more than 0 parts by weight, 1 part by weight or more, or 5 parts by weight or more. In some embodiments, the content of particulate P HRI is, for example, less than 30 parts by weight, may be less than 10 parts by weight, may be less than 1 part by weight, and may be less than 0.2 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of base polymer. It may be less than 1 part by weight.

 (可塑剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤には、任意成分として可塑剤を含有させることができる。可塑剤の使用により、粘着剤の弾性率を低減することができる。また、粘着シートに成形した形態において、柔軟性や変形に対する追従性が向上し得る。可塑剤としては、粘着剤の低弾性率化に寄与し得る適宜の材料を用いることができる。可塑剤は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Plasticizer)
The adhesive disclosed herein may contain a plasticizer as an optional component. The use of a plasticizer can reduce the elastic modulus of the adhesive. In addition, in the form molded into a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, flexibility and conformability to deformation can be improved. As the plasticizer, an appropriate material that can contribute to lowering the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used. A plasticizer can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

 いくつかの態様において、上記可塑剤は、30℃で液状の化合物であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において「液状」とは、流動性を示すことを意味し、物質の状態としては液体を指す。かかる化合物には、融点が30℃以下である化合物が包含される。上記可塑剤は、30℃で液状であることにより、可塑化効果が好適に発揮され、粘着剤の低弾性率化を効果的に実現することができる。上記可塑剤は、25℃で液状の化合物であることが好ましく、20℃で液状の化合物であることがより好ましい。 In some aspects, the plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 30°C. In this specification, the term “liquid” means exhibiting fluidity, and refers to a liquid as a substance state. Such compounds include compounds having a melting point of 30° C. or less. Since the plasticizer is liquid at 30° C., the plasticizing effect is preferably exhibited, and the elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be effectively reduced. The plasticizer is preferably a compound that is liquid at 25°C, more preferably a compound that is liquid at 20°C.

 可塑剤を配合することによる粘着剤の屈折率低下を抑制する観点から、いくつかの態様では、可塑剤として、1分子中に2以上の二重結合含有環を有する化合物(ただし、上記屈折率調整剤に該当する構造を有する化合物を除く。)を好ましく用いることができる。上記可塑剤が有する二重結合含有環の数は、可塑化効果を発揮する観点から、好ましくは6以下であり、4以下であってもよく、3以下でもよい。 From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive due to blending a plasticizer, in some embodiments, the plasticizer is a compound having two or more double bond-containing rings in one molecule (however, the refractive index excluding compounds having structures corresponding to regulators) can be preferably used. The number of double bond-containing rings contained in the plasticizer is preferably 6 or less, may be 4 or less, or may be 3 or less, from the viewpoint of exhibiting a plasticizing effect.

 可塑剤が有する二重結合含有環は、共役二重結合含有環(典型的には芳香環)であってもよく、非共役二重結合含有環であってもよい。上記可塑剤は、二重結合含有環として、芳香環および複素環(ヘテロ環)から選択される少なくとも1種の環を有するものであり得る。上記二重結合含有環(典型的には芳香環、好ましくは炭素環)は、環構成原子上に1または2以上の置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。炭素原子を含む置換基において、該置換基に含まれる炭素原子の数は、好ましくは1~4であり、より好ましくは1~3であり、例えば1または2であり得る。いくつかの態様において、上記二重結合含有環は、環構成原子上に置換基を有しないか、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、エチレン性不飽和基(例えば(メタ)アクリロキシ基)、ヒドロキシ基およびヒドロキシアルキル基(好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシアルキル基)からなる群から選択される1または2以上の置換基を有する芳香環であり得る。 The double bond-containing ring of the plasticizer may be a conjugated double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring) or a non-conjugated double bond-containing ring. The plasticizer may have at least one ring selected from an aromatic ring and a heterocyclic ring (heterocyclic ring) as the double bond-containing ring. The double bond-containing ring (typically an aromatic ring, preferably a carbocyclic ring) may have one or more substituents on the ring-constituting atoms, or may have no substituents. good. In substituents containing carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms contained in the substituent is preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3, and can be, for example, 1 or 2. In some embodiments, the double bond-containing ring has no substituents on the ring atoms, alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, ethylenically unsaturated groups (e.g., (meth)acryloxy groups), hydroxy groups and hydroxy It may be an aromatic ring having one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of alkyl groups (preferably alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and hydroxyalkyl groups).

 いくつかの態様において、可塑剤として、エチレン性不飽和基を有しない化合物を好ましく採用し得る。これにより、熱や光による粘着剤組成物の変質(ゲル化の進行や粘度上昇によるレベリング性の低下)を抑制し、保存安定性を高めることができる。エチレン性不飽和基を有しない可塑剤を採用することは、該可塑剤を含む粘着剤層を有する粘着シートにおいて、エチレン性不飽和基の反応に起因する弾性率の変化、寸法変化や変形(反り、波打ち等)、光学歪の発生等を抑制する観点からも好ましい。 In some embodiments, a compound having no ethylenically unsaturated group can be preferably employed as a plasticizer. As a result, deterioration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition due to heat or light (decrease in leveling properties due to progression of gelation or increase in viscosity) can be suppressed, and storage stability can be enhanced. Employing a plasticizer that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group means that, in a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the plasticizer, changes in elastic modulus, dimensional changes, and deformation ( It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of warpage, waviness, etc.), optical distortion, and the like.

 粘着剤の屈折率低下を抑制しつつ低弾性率化を図る観点から、いくつかの態様では、屈折率が凡そ1.50以上(好ましくは凡そ1.51以上、より好ましくは凡そ1.53以上、さらに好ましくは凡そ1.55以上)である可塑剤が好ましく用いられ得る。屈折率が凡そ1.56以上、凡そ1.58以上、凡そ1.60以上または凡そ1.62以上の可塑剤を用いてもよい。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤組成物の調製容易性や、粘着剤内における相溶性等の観点から、可塑剤の屈折率は、2.50以下であることが適当であり、2.00以下であることが有利であり、1.90以下でもよく、1.80以下でもよく、1.70以下でもよい。
 なお、可塑剤の屈折率は、モノマーの屈折率と同様に、アッベ屈折率計を用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定される。メーカー等から25℃における屈折率の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。
From the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and achieving a low elastic modulus, in some embodiments, the refractive index is about 1.50 or more (preferably about 1.51 or more, more preferably about 1.53 or more , more preferably about 1.55 or higher) can be preferably used. A plasticizer having a refractive index of about 1.56 or higher, about 1.58 or higher, about 1.60 or higher, or about 1.62 or higher may be used. In some aspects, the refractive index of the plasticizer is suitably 2.50 or less, and 2.00 or less, from the viewpoint of ease of preparation of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, compatibility in the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and the like. and may be 1.90 or less, 1.80 or less, or 1.70 or less.
The refractive index of the plasticizer is measured using an Abbe refractometer under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. If the manufacturer or the like provides the nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., the nominal value can be adopted.

 可塑剤の分子量は、特に限定されないが、通常、ベースポリマーよりも分子量の小さいものが用いられる。可塑剤の分子量は、可塑化効果を発現しやすくする観点から、30000以下であることが適当であり、25000以下であることが有利であり、10000未満(例えば5000未満)であってもよく、3000未満でもよい。いくつかの態様において、可塑剤の分子量は、好ましくは2000以下、より好ましくは1200以下、さらに好ましくは900以下であり、600以下であってもよく、500以下でもよく、400以下でもよく、300以下でもよく、250以下(例えば220以下)でもよい。可塑剤の分子量が大きすぎないことは、粘着剤層内における相溶性向上等の観点から有利となり得る。また、可塑剤の分子量は、十分な可塑化効果を発揮しやすくする観点から、100以上であることが適当であり、130以上であることが好ましく、150以上であることがより好ましく、170以上でもよく、200以上でもよく、220以上でもよく、250以上でもよい。可塑剤の分子量が低すぎないことは、粘着シートの耐熱性能や被着体の汚染抑制の観点からも好ましい。
 なお、可塑剤の分子量としては、化学構造に基づいて算出される分子量が用いられる。メーカー等から分子量の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。
The molecular weight of the plasticizer is not particularly limited, but usually one with a molecular weight smaller than that of the base polymer is used. The molecular weight of the plasticizer is suitably 30,000 or less, advantageously 25,000 or less, and may be less than 10,000 (e.g., less than 5,000), from the viewpoint of facilitating the expression of the plasticizing effect. It may be less than 3000. In some embodiments, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is preferably 2000 or less, more preferably 1200 or less, even more preferably 900 or less, may be 600 or less, may be 500 or less, may be 400 or less, may be 300 It may be less than or equal to 250 or less (for example, 220 or less). It may be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not too large. Further, the molecular weight of the plasticizer is suitably 100 or more, preferably 130 or more, more preferably 150 or more, more preferably 170 or more, from the viewpoint of easily exhibiting a sufficient plasticizing effect. , 200 or more, 220 or more, or 250 or more. It is preferable that the molecular weight of the plasticizer is not too low from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the suppression of contamination of the adherend.
As the molecular weight of the plasticizer, a molecular weight calculated based on the chemical structure is used. When the nominal value of the molecular weight is provided by the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be adopted.

 いくつかの態様において、可塑剤として、1分子中に2以上の二重結合含有環を有するエチレングリコール系化合物を用いることができる。上記エチレングリコール系化合物が有するオキシエチレン単位(すなわち-(CO)-単位)の数は、例えば1~10であり、1~6であってもよく、2~4でもよい。上記エチレングリコール系化合物は、2以上の非縮合二重結合含有環が、リンキング基としてのオキシエチレン単位(例えば1~10、好適には1~6、典型的には2~4のオキシエチレン単位)を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であり得る。かかる化合物は1または2以上のエステル基を有するものであり得る。上記エチレングリコール系化合物としては、2以上の安息香酸が、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールまたはポリエチレングリコールとエステル結合によって連結した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。 In some aspects, an ethylene glycol-based compound having two or more double bond-containing rings in one molecule can be used as a plasticizer. The number of oxyethylene units (that is, —(C 2 H 4 O)—units) possessed by the ethylene glycol compound is, for example, 1 to 10, may be 1 to 6, or may be 2 to 4. The ethylene glycol-based compound has two or more non-fused double bond-containing rings containing oxyethylene units (for example, 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6, typically 2 to 4 oxyethylene units) as linking groups. ) can be a compound having a structure linked via Such compounds may have one or more ester groups. Examples of the ethylene glycol-based compound include compounds having a structure in which two or more benzoic acids are linked to ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol via an ester bond.

 他のいくつかの態様において、可塑剤として、液状ロジンエステル等の液状ロジン類を使用することができる。上記液状ロジン類(例えば液状ロジンエステル)は、上記縮合二重結合含有環構造を有する化合物に該当し得る。 In some other embodiments, liquid rosins such as liquid rosin esters can be used as plasticizers. The above-mentioned liquid rosins (for example, liquid rosin esters) can correspond to compounds having the above-mentioned condensed double bond-containing ring structure.

 また、ここに開示される粘着剤に用いられ得る可塑剤の他の例として、上記以外の公知の可塑剤(例えば、フタル酸エステル系、テレフタル酸エステル系、アジピン酸エステル系、アジピン酸系ポリエステル、安息香酸グリコールエステル等)や、液状カンフェンフェノール等の可塑化材料が挙げられる。 Further, as other examples of plasticizers that can be used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein, known plasticizers other than the above (e.g., phthalate-based, terephthalate-based, adipic acid ester-based, adipic acid-based polyester , benzoic acid glycol ester, etc.) and plasticizing materials such as liquid camphenphenol.

 可塑剤の使用量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて設定することができる。粘着剤の弾性率を低減する観点から、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する可塑剤の使用量は、例えば1重量部以上であってよく、10重量部以上であってもよく、15重量部以上(例えば15重量部超)でもよく、20重量部以上でもよく、30重量部以上(例えば30重量部超)でもよく、40重量部以上、50重量部以上、60重量部以上、75重量部以上または90重量部以上でもよい。また、粘着剤の高屈折率化と低弾性率化とをバランスよく両立する観点から、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する可塑剤の使用量は、凡そ200重量部以下とすることが適当であり、150重量部以下とすることが好ましく、120重量部以下とすることがより好ましく、100重量部以下でもよく、80重量部以下でもよく、70重量部以下でもよく、45重量部以下でもよく、35重量部以下でもよい。 The amount of plasticizer used is not particularly limited and can be set according to the purpose. From the viewpoint of reducing the elastic modulus of the adhesive, the amount of the plasticizer used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, may be 10 parts by weight or more, or may be 15 parts by weight or more (for example, 15 parts by weight), 20 parts by weight or more, 30 parts by weight or more (for example, 30 parts by weight or more), 40 parts by weight or more, 50 parts by weight or more, 60 parts by weight or more, 75 parts by weight or more, or 90 It may be more than parts by weight. In addition, from the viewpoint of achieving both a high refractive index and a low elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive in a well-balanced manner, the amount of the plasticizer used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is preferably about 200 parts by weight or less. It is preferably 120 parts by weight or less, more preferably 120 parts by weight or less, 100 parts by weight or less, 80 parts by weight or less, 70 parts by weight or less, 45 parts by weight or less, or 35 parts by weight. Part or less is acceptable.

 (添加剤(HRO))
 ここに開示される粘着剤には、所望により用いられる添加剤として、ベースポリマーよりも高屈折率の有機材料(ただし、上記屈折率調整剤に該当する構造を有する化合物を除く。)を含有させることができる。以下、このような有機材料を「添加剤(HRO)」と表記することがある。ここで、上記「HRO」は、高屈折率(High Refractive index)の有機材料(Organic material)であることを表す。添加剤(HRO)と屈折率調整剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより、屈折率と粘着特性(剥離強度、柔軟性等)とをより好適に両立する粘着剤を実現し得る。添加剤(HRO)として用いられる有機材料は、重合体であってもよく、非重合体であってもよい。また、重合性官能基を有していてもよく、有していなくてもよい。なお、本明細書において、添加剤(HRO)は、上述した可塑剤として用いられる化合物とは異なるものとして定義される。したがって、添加剤(HRO)は、具体的には、30℃(例えば25℃または20℃)において液状(液体)ではない。添加剤(HRO)は、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
(Additive (H RO ))
The pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein contains, as an optional additive, an organic material having a higher refractive index than the base polymer (excluding compounds having a structure corresponding to the above refractive index modifier). be able to. Hereinafter, such an organic material may be referred to as an "additive (H RO )". Here, the above "H RO " represents an organic material with a high refractive index (High Refractive index). By using the additive (H RO ) and the refractive index adjuster in combination, it is possible to realize a pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfactorily balances the refractive index and the pressure-sensitive adhesive properties (peel strength, flexibility, etc.). The organic materials used as additives (H RO ) may be polymeric or non-polymeric. Moreover, it may or may not have a polymerizable functional group. In this specification, the additive (H RO ) is defined as different from the compound used as the plasticizer described above. Therefore, the additive (H RO ) is specifically not liquid at 30° C. (eg 25° C. or 20° C.). Additives (H RO ) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.

 添加剤(HRO)の屈折率は、ベースポリマーの屈折率との相対関係で適当な範囲に設定し得るので、特定の範囲に限定されない。添加剤(HRO)の屈折率は、例えば1.55超、1.56超または1.57超であって、かつベースポリマーの屈折率より高い範囲から選択し得る。粘着剤の高屈折率化の観点から、いくつかの態様において、添加剤(HRO)の屈折率は、1.58以上であることが有利であり、1.60以上であることが好ましく、1.63以上であることがより好ましく、1.65以上でもよく、1.70以上でもよく、1.75以上でもよい。添加剤(HRO)の屈折率の上限は特に制限されないが、粘着剤内における相溶性や、高屈折率化と粘着剤に適した柔軟性との両立容易性等の観点から、例えば3.000以下であり、2.500以下でもよく、2.000以下でもよく、1.950以下でもよく、1.900以下でもよく、1.850以下でもよい。
 なお、添加剤(HRO)の屈折率は、モノマーの屈折率と同様に、アッベ屈折率計を用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定される。メーカー等から25℃における屈折率の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。
The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is not limited to a specific range because it can be set within an appropriate range in relation to the refractive index of the base polymer. The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) may be selected from a range, for example greater than 1.55, greater than 1.56 or greater than 1.57 and higher than the refractive index of the base polymer. From the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, in some aspects, the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is advantageously 1.58 or more, preferably 1.60 or more, It is more preferably 1.63 or more, may be 1.65 or more, may be 1.70 or more, or may be 1.75 or more. The upper limit of the refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited. 000 or less, 2.500 or less, 2.000 or less, 1.950 or less, 1.900 or less, or 1.850 or less.
The refractive index of the additive (H RO ) is measured using an Abbe refractometer under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25° C. in the same manner as the refractive index of the monomer. If the manufacturer or the like provides the nominal value of the refractive index at 25° C., the nominal value can be adopted.

 添加剤(HRO)として使用する有機材料の分子量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて選択し得る。高屈折率化の効果と他の特性(例えば、粘着剤に適した柔軟性、ヘイズ等の光学特性)とをバランスよく両立する観点から、いくつかの態様において、添加剤(HRO)の分子量は、凡そ10000未満であることが適当であり、5000未満であることが好ましく、3000未満(例えば1000未満)であることがより好ましく、800未満でもよく、600未満でもよく、500未満でもよく、400未満でもよい。添加剤(HRO)の分子量が大きすぎないことは、粘着剤内における相溶性向上の観点から有利となり得る。また、添加剤(HRO)の分子量は、例えば130以上であってよく、150以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、添加剤(HRO)の分子量は、該添加剤(HRO)の高屈折率化の観点から、170以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましく、230以上でもよく、250以上でもよく、270以上でもよく、500以上でもよく、1000以上でもよく、2000以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、分子量が1000~10000程度(例えば1000以上5000未満)の重合体を、添加剤(HRO)として用いることができる。
 添加剤(HRO)の分子量としては、上記屈折率調整剤と同様に、非重合体または低重合度(例えば2~5量体程度)の重合体については、化学構造に基づいて算出される分子量、もしくはMALDI-TOF-MSを用いた測定値を用いることができる。添加剤(HRO)がより重合度の高い重合体である場合は、適切な条件で行われるGPCに基づく重量平均分子量(Mw)を用いることができる。メーカー等から分子量の公称値が提供されている場合は、その公称値を採用することができる。
The molecular weight of the organic material used as the additive (H RO ) is not particularly limited and can be selected depending on the purpose. From the viewpoint of achieving a good balance between the effect of increasing the refractive index and other properties (e.g., flexibility suitable for adhesives, optical properties such as haze), in some embodiments, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is suitably less than about 10000, preferably less than 5000, more preferably less than 3000 (e.g. less than 1000), may be less than 800, may be less than 600, may be less than 500, It may be less than 400. It may be advantageous from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility in the adhesive that the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is not too large. Moreover, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) may be, for example, 130 or more, or 150 or more. In some aspects, the molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is preferably 170 or more, more preferably 200 or more, more preferably 230, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the additive (H RO ). 250 or more, 270 or more, 500 or more, 1000 or more, or 2000 or more. In some embodiments, a polymer with a molecular weight of about 1000 to 10000 (eg, 1000 or more and less than 5000) can be used as the additive (H RO ).
The molecular weight of the additive (H RO ) is calculated based on the chemical structure in the case of a non-polymer or a polymer with a low degree of polymerization (for example, about 2- to 5-mer), as in the case of the refractive index modifier. Molecular weights or measurements using MALDI-TOF-MS can be used. If the additive (H RO ) is a polymer with a higher degree of polymerization, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) based on GPC performed under appropriate conditions can be used. When the nominal value of the molecular weight is provided by the manufacturer or the like, the nominal value can be adopted.

 添加剤(HRO)の選択肢となり得る有機材料の例には、芳香環を有する有機化合物、複素環(芳香環でもよく、非芳香族性の複素環でもよい。)を有する有機化合物、等が含まれるが、これらに限定されない。
 添加剤(HRO)として用いられる上記芳香環を有する有機化合物(以下、「芳香環含有化合物」ともいう。)の有する芳香環は、モノマー(m1)として用いられる化合物の有する芳香環と同様のものから選択され得る。
 添加剤(HRO)として用いられ得る芳香環含有化合物の例としては、例えば:モノマー(m1)として用いられ得る化合物;モノマー(m1)として用いられ得る化合物をモノマー単位として含むオリゴマー;モノマー(m1)として用いられ得る化合物から、エチレン性不飽和基を有する基(環構成原子に結合した置換基であり得る。)または該基のうちエチレン性不飽和基を構成する部分を除き、水素原子またはエチレン性不飽和基を有しない基(例えば、水酸基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基等)に置き換えた構造の化合物;等であって、ここに開示される屈折率調整剤や上記可塑剤に該当しないものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
Examples of organic materials that can be selected as the additive (H RO ) include organic compounds having an aromatic ring, organic compounds having a heterocyclic ring (which may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring), and the like. including but not limited to:
The aromatic ring of the organic compound having an aromatic ring (hereinafter also referred to as "aromatic ring-containing compound") used as the additive (H RO ) is the same as the aromatic ring of the compound used as the monomer (m1). can be selected from
Examples of aromatic ring-containing compounds that can be used as additives (H RO ) include: compounds that can be used as monomers (m1); oligomers that contain compounds that can be used as monomers (m1) as monomer units; monomers (m1 ), except for a group having an ethylenically unsaturated group (which may be a substituent bonded to a ring-constituting atom) or a portion of the group that constitutes an ethylenically unsaturated group, a hydrogen atom or A compound having a structure substituted with a group having no ethylenically unsaturated group (e.g., hydroxyl group, amino group, halogen atom, alkyl group, alkoxy group, hydroxyalkyl group, hydroxyalkyloxy group, glycidyloxy group, etc.); Examples include, but are not limited to, those not falling under the refractive index modifiers and plasticizers disclosed herein.

 いくつかの態様において、添加剤(HRO)としては、高い高屈折率化効果が得られやすいことから、1分子中に2以上の芳香環を有する有機化合物(以下、「芳香環複数含有化合物」ともいう。)を好ましく採用し得る。芳香環複数含有化合物は、エチレン性不飽和基等の重合性官能基を有していてもよく、有していなくてもよい。また、芳香環複数含有化合物は、重合体であってもよく、非重合体であってもよい。また、上記重合体は、芳香環複数含有モノマーをモノマー単位として含むオリゴマー(好ましくは分子量が凡そ5000以下、より好ましくは凡そ1000以下のオリゴマー。例えば2~5量体程度の低重合物)であり得る。上記オリゴマーは、例えば:芳香環複数含有モノマーの単独重合体;1種または2種以上の芳香環複数含有モノマーの共重合体;1種または2種以上の芳香環複数含有モノマーと他のモノマーとの共重合体;等であり得る。上記他のモノマーは、芳香環複数含有モノマーに該当しない芳香環含有モノマーでもよく、芳香環を有しないモノマーでもよく、これらの組合せであってもよい。 In some embodiments, as the additive (H RO ), an organic compound having two or more aromatic rings in one molecule (hereinafter referred to as "multiple aromatic ring-containing compound ”) can be preferably adopted. The compound containing multiple aromatic rings may or may not have a polymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group. Also, the compound containing multiple aromatic rings may be a polymer or a non-polymer. Further, the polymer is an oligomer (preferably an oligomer having a molecular weight of about 5,000 or less, more preferably about 1,000 or less, for example, a low polymer of about 2- to 5-mers) containing multiple aromatic ring-containing monomers as monomer units. obtain. The above oligomers are, for example: homopolymers of monomers containing multiple aromatic rings; copolymers of one or more monomers containing multiple aromatic rings; monomers containing one or more multiple aromatic rings and other monomers. a copolymer of; The above-mentioned other monomer may be an aromatic ring-containing monomer that does not correspond to a monomer containing multiple aromatic rings, a monomer having no aromatic ring, or a combination thereof.

 いくつかの態様において、添加剤(HRO)としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有しない化合物を好ましく採用し得る。これにより、熱や光による粘着剤組成物の変質(ゲル化の進行や粘度上昇によるレベリング性の低下)を抑制し、保存安定性を高めることができる。エチレン性不飽和基を有しない添加剤(HRO)を採用することは、該添加剤(HRO)を含む粘着剤層を有する粘着シートにおいて、エチレン性不飽和基の反応に起因する寸法変化や変形(反り、波打ち等)、光学歪の発生等を抑制する観点からも好ましい。 In some aspects, a compound having no ethylenically unsaturated groups can be preferably employed as the additive (H RO ). As a result, deterioration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition due to heat or light (decrease in leveling properties due to progression of gelation or increase in viscosity) can be suppressed, and storage stability can be enhanced. Employing an additive (H RO ) that does not have an ethylenically unsaturated group prevents a dimensional change due to the reaction of the ethylenically unsaturated group in a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing the additive (H RO ). It is also preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing deformation (warpage, waviness, etc.), generation of optical distortion, and the like.

 ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(HRO)の使用量(複数種の化合物を用いる場合は、それらの合計量)は、0重量部超であれば特に限定されず、目的に応じて設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(HRO)の使用量は、例えば80重量部以下とすることができ、粘着剤の高屈折率化と粘着特性の低下抑制とをバランスよく両立する観点から、60重量部以下とすることが有利であり、45重量部以下とすることが好ましい。より粘着特性や光学特性を重視するいくつかの態様において、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(HRO)の使用量は、例えば30重量部以下であってよく、20重量部以下でもよく、15重量部以下でもよく、10重量部以下でもよい。また、粘着剤の高屈折率化の観点から、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する添加剤(HRO)の使用量は、例えば1重量部以上とすることができ、3重量部以上とすることが有利であり、5重量部以上とすることが好ましく、7重量部以上でもよく、10重量部以上でもよく、15重量部以上でもよく、20重量部以上でもよい。 The amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer (the total amount thereof when using multiple types of compounds) is not particularly limited as long as it exceeds 0 parts by weight, and is set according to the purpose. be able to. In some embodiments, the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer can be, for example, 80 parts by weight or less to achieve a balance between increasing the refractive index of the adhesive and suppressing deterioration of adhesive properties. From the viewpoint of good compatibility, it is advantageous to use 60 parts by weight or less, preferably 45 parts by weight or less. In some aspects in which more emphasis is placed on adhesive properties and optical properties, the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer may be, for example, 30 parts by weight or less, may be 20 parts by weight or less, or may be 15 parts by weight or less. It may be less than or equal to 10 parts by weight. In addition, from the viewpoint of increasing the refractive index of the adhesive, the amount of the additive (H RO ) used relative to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer can be, for example, 1 part by weight or more, and is preferably 3 parts by weight or more. It is preferably 5 parts by weight or more, may be 7 parts by weight or more, may be 10 parts by weight or more, may be 15 parts by weight or more, or may be 20 parts by weight or more.

 (粘着付与剤)
 ここに開示される粘着剤には、粘着付与剤を含有させてもよい。粘着付与剤としては、ロジン系粘着付与樹脂、テルペン系粘着付与樹脂、フェノール系粘着付与樹脂、炭化水素系粘着付与樹脂、ケトン系粘着付与樹脂、ポリアミド系粘着付与樹脂、エポキシ系粘着付与樹脂、エラストマー系粘着付与樹脂等の公知の粘着付与樹脂を用いることができる。これらは、1種を単独でまたは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。粘着付与樹脂の使用量は特に限定されず、目的や用途に応じて適切な粘着性能が発揮されるように設定することができる。いくつかの態様において、屈折率や透明性の観点から、ベースポリマー100重量部に対する粘着付与剤の使用量は、30重量部以下とすることが適当であり、10重量部以下とすることが好ましく、5重量部以下とすることがより好ましい。ここに開示される技術は、粘着付与剤を使用しない態様で好ましく実施され得る。
(Tackifier)
The adhesive disclosed herein may contain a tackifier. Tackifiers include rosin-based tackifier resins, terpene-based tackifier resins, phenol-based tackifier resins, hydrocarbon-based tackifier resins, ketone-based tackifier resins, polyamide-based tackifier resins, epoxy-based tackifier resins, and elastomers. Known tackifying resins can be used, such as system tackifying resins. These can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The amount of the tackifying resin to be used is not particularly limited, and can be set so as to exhibit appropriate adhesive performance depending on the purpose and application. In some embodiments, from the viewpoint of refractive index and transparency, the amount of the tackifier to be used with respect to 100 parts by weight of the base polymer is suitably 30 parts by weight or less, preferably 10 parts by weight or less. , 5 parts by weight or less. The technology disclosed herein can be preferably practiced in a mode that does not use a tackifier.

 (その他の添加剤)
 その他、ここに開示される粘着剤は、本発明の効果が著しく妨げられない範囲で、レベリング剤、軟化剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填剤、帯電防止剤、老化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、防腐剤等の、粘着剤に使用され得る公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて含んでいてもよい。このような各種添加剤については、従来公知のものを常法により使用することができ、特に本発明を特徴づけるものではないので、詳細な説明は省略する。
(Other additives)
In addition, the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein includes leveling agents, softening agents, coloring agents (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, antistatic agents, anti-aging agents, ultraviolet Known additives that can be used in pressure-sensitive adhesives, such as absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, preservatives, etc., may optionally be included. As for such various additives, conventionally known ones can be used in a conventional manner, and since they do not particularly characterize the present invention, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

 (屈折率)
 ここに開示される粘着剤の屈折率は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて(例えば、被着体の屈折率を考慮して)設定することができる。ここに開示される粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば1.300~1.900程度(好ましくは1.450~1.800程度)であり得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の屈折率は、従来の一般的なアクリル系粘着剤の屈折率よりも高い。ここに開示される技術によると、屈折率が例えば1.550以上である粘着剤、該粘着剤を形成することのできる粘着剤組成物、および上記粘着剤を含む粘着シートが提供され得る。上記粘着剤の屈折率は、1.560以上であることが適当であり、好ましくは1.570超である。いくつかの態様において、上記粘着剤の屈折率は、1.575以上であってもよく、1.580以上でもよく、1.585以上でもよい。かかる屈折率を有する粘着剤によると、屈折率が高い材料に貼り付けられる使用態様において、被着体との界面における光線反射を好適に抑制し得る。粘着剤の屈折率の好ましい上限は、被着体の屈折率等に応じて異なり得るので特定の範囲に限定されず、例えば1.700以下であってよく、1.670以下でもよく、1.650以下でもよく、1.620以下でもよく、1.600以下でもよい。粘着剤の屈折率は、例えば、該粘着剤の組成(例えば、ベースポリマーの種類、屈折率調整剤の種類および使用量、他の任意成分の使用有無)によって調節することができる。
(refractive index)
The refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein is not particularly limited, and can be set depending on the purpose (for example, considering the refractive index of the adherend). The refractive index of the adhesive disclosed herein can be, for example, about 1.300 to 1.900 (preferably about 1.450 to 1.800). In some embodiments, the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is higher than that of conventional general acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives. According to the technology disclosed herein, a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a refractive index of, for example, 1.550 or more, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be provided. The refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is suitably 1.560 or more, preferably more than 1.570. In some embodiments, the adhesive may have a refractive index of 1.575 or higher, 1.580 or higher, or 1.585 or higher. A pressure-sensitive adhesive having such a refractive index can suitably suppress light reflection at the interface with an adherend in a mode of use in which it is attached to a material with a high refractive index. A preferable upper limit of the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is not limited to a specific range because it may vary depending on the refractive index of the adherend and the like. It may be 650 or less, 1.620 or less, or 1.600 or less. The refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be adjusted, for example, by the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive (for example, the type of base polymer, the type and amount of refractive index modifier used, and the presence or absence of other optional components).

 なお、本明細書において粘着剤の屈折率とは、該粘着剤の表面(粘着面)の屈折率をいう。粘着剤の屈折率は、市販の屈折率測定装置(アッベ屈折率計)を用いて、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で測定することができる。アッベ屈折率計としては、例えばATAGO社製の型式「DR-M4」またはその相当品が用いられる。測定サンプルとしては、評価対象の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を用いることができる。粘着剤の屈折率は、具体的には、後述の実施例に記載の方法で測定することができる。 In this specification, the refractive index of the adhesive refers to the refractive index of the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive. The refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured using a commercially available refractive index measuring device (Abbe refractometer) under conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25°C. As the Abbe refractometer, for example, model "DR-M4" manufactured by ATAGO or its equivalent is used. As a measurement sample, an adhesive layer made of an adhesive to be evaluated can be used. Specifically, the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive can be measured by the method described in Examples below.

 (貯蔵弾性率G’)
 ここに開示される粘着剤の25℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(以下、「貯蔵弾性率G’(25)」ともいう。)は、使用目的や使用態様等に応じて適切に設定され、特定の範囲に限定されない。粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25)は、例えば凡そ2000kPa以下であり得る。いくつかの態様において、被着体への貼付け容易性等の観点から、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25)は、凡そ1500kPa以下であることが有利であり、1000kPa以下であることが好ましく、800kPa以下でもよい。いくつかの態様において、室温域(例えば25℃)における粘着剤の柔軟性を高めて被着体に密着させやすくする観点から、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25)は、凡そ650kPa以下であることが好ましく、550kPa以下でもよく、450kPa以下でもよく、350kPa以下または300kPa以下でもよい。室温域での貼付け性や柔軟性がより重視されるいくつかの態様において、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25)は、例えば270kPa未満または250kPa未満でもよく、200kPa未満でもよく、180kPa未満でもよく、160kPa未満(例えば140kPa未満)でもよく。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25)は、100kPa未満であってもよく、90kPa未満であってもよい。粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(25)の下限は特に制限されないが、加工性や取扱い性等の観点から、例えば30kPa以上であってよく、50kPa以上でもよく、70kPa以上でもよい。いくつかの態様において、高屈折率化を考慮して、貯蔵弾性率G’(25)は、100kPa以上でもよく、150kPa以上でもよく、200kPa以上でもよく、250kPa以上でもよく、300kPa以上でもよく、500kPa以上、600kPa以上または700kPa以上でもよい。
(Storage modulus G')
The storage elastic modulus G′ at 25° C. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein (hereinafter also referred to as “storage elastic modulus G′(25)”) is appropriately set according to the purpose of use, the mode of use, etc. is not limited to the range of The storage modulus G'(25) of the adhesive can be, for example, approximately 2000 kPa or less. In some embodiments, the storage elastic modulus G'(25) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is advantageously approximately 1500 kPa or less, preferably 1000 kPa or less, from the viewpoint of ease of application to adherends and the like. , 800 kPa or less. In some embodiments, the storage elastic modulus G′(25) of the adhesive is about 650 kPa or less from the viewpoint of increasing the flexibility of the adhesive in the room temperature range (for example, 25° C.) and making it easier to adhere to the adherend. It is preferably 550 kPa or less, 450 kPa or less, 350 kPa or less, or 300 kPa or less. In some embodiments in which the stickability and flexibility in the room temperature range are more important, the storage modulus G'(25) of the adhesive may be, for example, less than 270 kPa, less than 250 kPa, less than 200 kPa, or less than 180 kPa. Well, less than 160 kPa (eg, less than 140 kPa). In some embodiments, the adhesive's storage modulus G'(25) may be less than 100 kPa, and may be less than 90 kPa. Although the lower limit of the storage modulus G'(25) of the adhesive is not particularly limited, it may be, for example, 30 kPa or more, 50 kPa or more, or 70 kPa or more from the viewpoint of workability and handleability. In some embodiments, in consideration of increasing the refractive index, the storage modulus G'(25) may be 100 kPa or more, 150 kPa or more, 200 kPa or more, 250 kPa or more, or 300 kPa or more, It may be 500 kPa or more, 600 kPa or more, or 700 kPa or more.

 ここに開示される粘着剤の50℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(以下、「貯蔵弾性率G’(50)」ともいう。)は、特に限定されず、例えば600kPa未満であり得る。いくつかの態様において、貯蔵弾性率G’(50)は、400kPa未満であることが適当であり、250kPa未満であることが好ましく、200kPa未満でもよく、150kPa未満でもよく、100kPa未満でもよく、70kPa未満でもよく、50kPa未満でもよく、38kPa未満または36kPa未満でもよい。このように貯蔵弾性率G’(50)が制限された粘着剤は、必要に応じて適度な加熱を行うことにより被着体への密着性を容易に高めることができ、これにより被着体への接着性を向上させ得る。粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(50)の下限は特に制限されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤の耐熱特性の観点から、貯蔵弾性率G’(50)は、例えば10kPa以上であってよく、15kPa以上でもよく、20kPa以上でもよく、23kPa以上でもよい。また、いくつかの態様において、高屈折率化を考慮して、粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’(50)は、40kPa以上であってもよく、70kPa以上であってもよく、120kPa以上でもあってよく、170kPa以上であってもよい。 The storage elastic modulus G' at 50°C of the adhesive disclosed herein (hereinafter also referred to as "storage elastic modulus G'(50)") is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, less than 600 kPa. In some embodiments, the storage modulus G′(50) is suitably less than 400 kPa, preferably less than 250 kPa, may be less than 200 kPa, may be less than 150 kPa, may be less than 100 kPa, may be less than 70 kPa It may be less than 50 kPa, less than 38 kPa or less than 36 kPa. The pressure-sensitive adhesive having a limited storage elastic modulus G'(50) in this way can be easily enhanced in adhesion to the adherend by performing moderate heating as necessary. can improve adhesion to The lower limit of the storage modulus G'(50) of the adhesive is not particularly limited. In some embodiments, the storage modulus G'(50) may be, for example, 10 kPa or more, 15 kPa or more, 20 kPa or more, or 23 kPa or more, from the viewpoint of heat resistance properties of the adhesive. In some embodiments, the storage elastic modulus G'(50) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be 40 kPa or more, 70 kPa or more, or 120 kPa or more in consideration of increasing the refractive index. It may be 170 kPa or more.

 ここに開示される粘着剤のいくつかの態様において、該粘着剤は、以下の条件:
 (a)25℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(25)が1500kPa以下(好ましくは1000kPa以下、例えば550kPa以下、350kPa以下または180kPa以下)である;および
 (b)50℃における貯蔵弾性率G’(50)が400kPa未満(好ましくは200kPa未満、より好ましくは150kPa未満、例えば100kPa未満または50kPa未満)である;
の少なくとも一方を満たすことが好ましい。少なくとも上記条件(a)を満たす粘着剤は、室温域(例えば25℃)における被着体への密着性の観点から好ましい。少なくとも上記条件(b)を満たす粘着剤は、室温より少し高い程度の温度に加熱することで被着体への密着性(接着性)を容易に向上させ得るので好ましい。上記条件(a)を満たさずかつ上記(b)を満たす粘着剤は、室温域での貼付けの初期にはリワーク性(貼直し性)がよく、室温より少し高い程度への温度への加熱により被着体からの剥離強度を効果的に上昇させることのできる、熱活性化タイプの粘着剤として利用され得る。上記熱活性化は、被着体への貼付けに際して粘着剤を室温より少し高い程度の温度に加熱することにより行ってもよい。上記室温より少し高い程度の温度とは、例えば60℃程度またはそれ以下であり、好ましくは55℃程度またはそれ以下(例えば、50℃程度またはそれ以下)である。
In some embodiments of the adhesives disclosed herein, the adhesives are:
(a) a storage modulus G′(25) at 25° C. of 1500 kPa or less (preferably 1000 kPa or less, such as 550 kPa or less, 350 kPa or less or 180 kPa or less); and (b) a storage modulus G′(50) at 50° C. ) is less than 400 kPa (preferably less than 200 kPa, more preferably less than 150 kPa, such as less than 100 kPa or less than 50 kPa);
It is preferable to satisfy at least one of A pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfies at least the above condition (a) is preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion to an adherend in a room temperature range (for example, 25° C.). A pressure-sensitive adhesive that satisfies at least the above condition (b) is preferable because the adhesiveness (adhesiveness) to the adherend can be easily improved by heating to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature. A pressure-sensitive adhesive that does not satisfy the above condition (a) but satisfies the above (b) has good reworkability (re-adhesion property) at the initial stage of application in the room temperature range, and can be reworked by heating to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature. It can be used as a heat-activated pressure-sensitive adhesive that can effectively increase the peel strength from the adherend. The heat activation may be performed by heating the pressure-sensitive adhesive to a temperature slightly higher than room temperature when it is attached to the adherend. The temperature slightly higher than room temperature is, for example, about 60° C. or lower, preferably about 55° C. or lower (for example, about 50° C. or lower).

 (ガラス転移温度)
 粘着剤のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、特に限定されず、低温域での柔軟性や、高温域での凝集力(耐熱性等)を考慮して設定され得る。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤のTgは、例えば50℃以下であり、40℃以下でもよく、30℃以下でもよく、15℃以下でもよく、5℃以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤のTgは、柔軟性の観点から0℃以下であり、より好ましくは-5℃以下、さらに好ましくは-10℃以下であり、-15℃以下(例えば-20℃以下)であってもよい。粘着剤のTgが低いほど、被着体との密着性など粘着特性にも優れる傾向がある。粘着剤のTgの下限値は、例えば-50℃以上であり、-40℃以上が適当であり、-30℃以上であってもよい。上記Tgを有する粘着剤によると、適度な凝集力が得られやすい傾向がある。
(Glass-transition temperature)
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is not particularly limited, and can be set in consideration of flexibility in a low temperature range and cohesion (heat resistance, etc.) in a high temperature range. In some embodiments, the Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is, for example, 50° C. or less, may be 40° C. or less, may be 30° C. or less, may be 15° C. or less, or may be 5° C. or less. In some preferred embodiments, the Tg of the adhesive is 0° C. or lower, more preferably -5° C. or lower, still more preferably -10° C. or lower, and -15° C. or lower (e.g., -20° C. or lower) from the viewpoint of flexibility. ° C. or less). The lower the Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, the more excellent the pressure-sensitive adhesive properties such as adhesion to the adherend tend to be. The lower limit of the Tg of the adhesive is, for example, -50°C or higher, preferably -40°C or higher, and may be -30°C or higher. A pressure-sensitive adhesive having the above Tg tends to provide an appropriate cohesive force.

 上記各温度における粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’および粘着剤のガラス転移温度Tgは、動的粘弾性測定により求められる。具体的には、厚さ約1.5mmのシート状の粘着剤(例えば、粘着剤層を適宜積層することにより調製することができる。)を直径7.9mmの円盤状に打ち抜いたものを測定用サンプルとして、以下の条件により動的粘弾性測定を行う。その測定結果から、粘着剤の各温度における貯蔵弾性率G’[Pa]を求めることができる。また、粘着剤のガラス転移温度(Tg)[℃]は、上記動的粘弾性測定における損失正接tanδ(損失弾性率G”/貯蔵弾性率G’)のピークトップ温度に相当する温度として求められる。測定装置としては、Rheometric Scientific社製の「Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)」またはその相当品を用いることができる。粘着剤の貯蔵弾性率G’およびガラス転移温度Tgは、例えば、屈折率調整剤の種類および使用量の選択、ベースポリマーの組成の選択(例えば、モノマー(m1)の種類および含有量の選択)、架橋剤の使用有無、種類および使用量の選択、等により調節し得る。
 [測定条件]
 変形モード:ねじり
 測定周波数:1Hz
 温度範囲 :-50℃~150℃
 昇温速度:5℃/分
The storage elastic modulus G' and the glass transition temperature Tg of the adhesive at each of the above temperatures are determined by dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. Specifically, a sheet-like pressure-sensitive adhesive with a thickness of about 1.5 mm (for example, it can be prepared by appropriately laminating pressure-sensitive adhesive layers) is punched into a disk shape with a diameter of 7.9 mm. As a sample for use, dynamic viscoelasticity measurement is performed under the following conditions. From the measurement results, the storage elastic modulus G' [Pa] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive at each temperature can be determined. Further, the glass transition temperature (Tg) [° C.] of the adhesive is obtained as a temperature corresponding to the peak top temperature of the loss tangent tan δ (loss elastic modulus G″/storage elastic modulus G′) in the dynamic viscoelasticity measurement. As a measuring device, "Advanced Rheometric Expansion System (ARES)" manufactured by Rheometric Scientific or its equivalent can be used. The storage elastic modulus G′ and glass transition temperature Tg of the pressure-sensitive adhesive are determined, for example, by selecting the type and amount of the refractive index modifier, and selecting the composition of the base polymer (for example, selecting the type and content of the monomer (m1)). , the presence or absence of the use of a cross-linking agent, selection of the type and amount of use, and the like.
[Measurement condition]
Deformation mode: Torsion Measurement frequency: 1Hz
Temperature range: -50°C to 150°C
Heating rate: 5°C/min

<粘着シート>
 この明細書により、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤(ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤、例えば該粘着剤組成物の硬化物であり得る。)を、好ましくは粘着剤層の形態で有する粘着シートが提供される。
 上記粘着シートは、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の片面または両面に上記粘着剤層を有する形態の基材付き粘着シートであってもよく、上記粘着剤層が剥離ライナーに保持された形態等の基材レスの粘着シート(すなわち、非剥離性の基材を有しない粘着シート。典型的には粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)であってもよい。ここでいう粘着シートの概念には、粘着テープ、粘着ラベル、粘着フィルム等と称されるものが包含され得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、ロール状であってもよく、枚葉状であってもよい。あるいは、さらに種々の形状に加工された形態の粘着シートであってもよい。
<Adhesive sheet>
According to this specification, any pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein (a pressure-sensitive adhesive formed from any pressure-sensitive adhesive composition disclosed herein, such as a cured product of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) , preferably in the form of an adhesive layer.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a substrate having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a non-releasable substrate (supporting substrate), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is held by a release liner. It may be a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (that is, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having no non-releasable substrate, typically a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer). The concept of the adhesive sheet as used herein can include what is called an adhesive tape, an adhesive label, an adhesive film, and the like. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may be roll-shaped or sheet-shaped. Alternatively, it may be a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet processed into various shapes.

 両面粘着タイプの基材レス粘着シート(基材レス両面粘着シート)の構成例を図1,2に示す。図1に示す粘着シート1は、基材レスの粘着剤層21の両面21A,21Bが、少なくとも該粘着剤層側が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー31,32によってそれぞれ保護された構成を有する。図2に示す粘着シート2は、基材レスの粘着剤層21の一方の表面(粘着面)21Aが、両面が剥離面となっている剥離ライナー31により保護された構成を有し、これを巻回すると、粘着剤層21の他方の表面(粘着面)21Bが剥離ライナー31の背面に当接することにより、他面21Bもまた剥離ライナー31で保護された構成とできるようになっている。ここに開示される技術は、繰り返し折り曲げられるような被着体に追従する柔軟性の観点から、粘着剤層からなる基材レス粘着シートの形態で好ましく実施される。上記基材レス粘着シートは、例えば粘着シートの厚さを小さくする観点や、粘着シートの透明性を高める観点からも好ましい。  Figures 1 and 2 show configuration examples of a double-sided adhesive type baseless adhesive sheet (baseless double-sided adhesive sheet). The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 has a configuration in which both surfaces 21A and 21B of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 21 are protected by release liners 31 and 32 whose release surfaces are at least on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side. The adhesive sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 has a configuration in which one surface (adhesive surface) 21A of a substrate-less adhesive layer 21 is protected by a release liner 31 having release surfaces on both sides. When wound, the other surface (adhesive surface) 21B of the adhesive layer 21 contacts the back surface of the release liner 31, so that the other surface 21B is also protected by the release liner 31. The technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, from the viewpoint of flexibility to follow an adherend that is repeatedly bent. The substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferable, for example, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and from the viewpoint of increasing the transparency of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.

 ここに開示される粘着シートは、例えば、図3に模式的に示される断面構造を有するものであり得る。図3に示す粘着シート3は、支持基材10と、その支持基材10の第1面10Aおよび第2面10Bにそれぞれ支持された第1粘着剤層21および第2粘着剤層22とを備える。第1面10Aおよび第2面10Bは、いずれも非剥離性の表面(非剥離面)である。粘着シート3は、第1粘着剤層21の表面(第1粘着面)21Aおよび第2粘着剤層22の表面(第2粘着面)22Aをそれぞれ被着体に貼り付けて使用される。すなわち、粘着シート3は両面粘着シート(両面接着性の粘着シート)として構成されている。使用前の粘着シート3は、第1粘着面21Aおよび第2粘着面22Aが、少なくとも該粘着剤面側が剥離性を有する表面(剥離面)となっている剥離ライナー31,32によってそれぞれ保護された構成を有している。あるいは、剥離ライナー32を省略して、剥離ライナー31として両面が剥離面となっているものを使用し、粘着シート3を巻回して第2粘着面22Aを剥離ライナー31の裏面に当接させることにより、第2粘着面22Aもまた剥離ライナー31によって保護された構成としてもよい。 The adhesive sheet disclosed here can have, for example, the cross-sectional structure schematically shown in FIG. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 shown in FIG. Prepare. Both the first surface 10A and the second surface 10B are non-peeling surfaces (non-peeling surfaces). The adhesive sheet 3 is used by attaching the surface (first adhesive surface) 21A of the first adhesive layer 21 and the surface (second adhesive surface) 22A of the second adhesive layer 22 to an adherend. That is, the adhesive sheet 3 is configured as a double-sided adhesive sheet (double-sided adhesive adhesive sheet). The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 before use has a first pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 21A and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive surface 22A protected by release liners 31 and 32, respectively, at least on which the pressure-sensitive adhesive surface side is a surface (release surface) having releasability. have a configuration. Alternatively, the release liner 32 may be omitted and a release liner 31 having release surfaces on both sides may be used. Therefore, the second adhesive surface 22A may also be protected by the release liner 31 .

 ここに開示される技術は、部材(例えば光学部材)の固定や接合のため、上述の基材レスまたは基材付き両面粘着シートの形態で好ましく実施される。あるいは、ここに開示される粘着シートは、特に図示しないが、非剥離性の基材(支持基材)の片面のみに粘着剤層を有する基材付き片面粘着シートの形態であってもよい。片面粘着シートの形態の例として、図3に示す構成において第1粘着剤層21および第2粘着剤層22のいずれか一方を有しない形態が挙げられる。 The technology disclosed herein is preferably implemented in the form of the above-described substrate-less or substrate-attached double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for fixing or bonding members (for example, optical members). Alternatively, the PSA sheet disclosed herein may be in the form of a substrate-attached single-sided PSA sheet having an adhesive layer only on one side of a non-releasable substrate (supporting substrate), although not shown. As an example of the form of the single-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the form shown in FIG.

 (粘着剤層)
 ここに開示される粘着シートの粘着剤層は、粘着剤組成物を適当な表面に付与(例えば塗布)した後、該組成物を硬化させることにより形成され得る。粘着剤組成物の塗布は、例えば、グラビアロールコーター、リバースロールコーター、キスロールコーター、ディップロールコーター、バーコーター、ナイフコーター、スプレーコーター等の慣用のコーターを用いて実施することができる。
(Adhesive layer)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be formed by applying (for example, applying) a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a suitable surface and then curing the composition. Application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be carried out using a conventional coater such as gravure roll coater, reverse roll coater, kiss roll coater, dip roll coater, bar coater, knife coater, and spray coater.

 粘着剤層の厚さは特に限定されず、例えば3μm以上とすることができる。いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば5μm以上であることが適当であり、10μm以上であってもよく、15μm以上でもよく、20μm以上でもよく、30μm以上でもよく、50μm以上でもよく、70μm以上または85μm以上でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さの増大により、粘着力は上昇する傾向にある。また、いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは、例えば300μm以下であってよく、250μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、150μm以下でもよく、120μm以下でもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様において、粘着剤層の厚さは100μm以下であり、より好ましくは75μm以下、さらに好ましくは70μm以下であり、50μm以下であってもよく、30μm以下でもよい。粘着剤層の厚さが大きすぎないことは、粘着シートの薄型化等の観点から有利となり得る。また、薄厚の粘着剤層は、被着体への追従性に優れる傾向がある。ここに開示される技術は、例えば、粘着剤層の厚さが3μm~200μm(より好ましくは5μm~100μm、さらに好ましくは5μm~75μm)の範囲となる態様で好ましく実施され得る。なお、基材の第1面および第2面に第1粘着剤層および第2粘着剤層を有する粘着シートの場合、上述した粘着剤層の厚さは、少なくとも第1粘着剤層の厚さに適用され得る。第2粘着剤層の厚さも同様の範囲から選択され得る。また、基材レスの粘着シートの場合、該粘着シートの厚さは粘着剤層の厚さと一致する。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 3 μm or more. In some aspects, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, suitably 5 μm or more, and may be 10 μm or more, 15 μm or more, 20 μm or more, 30 μm or more, or 50 μm or more. or 70 μm or more or 85 μm or more. The adhesive strength tends to increase as the thickness of the adhesive layer increases. In some aspects, the thickness of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 300 μm or less, 250 μm or less, 200 μm or less, 150 μm or less, or 120 μm or less. In some preferred embodiments, the thickness of the adhesive layer is 100 μm or less, more preferably 75 μm or less, even more preferably 70 μm or less, and may be 50 μm or less, or 30 μm or less. It may be advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning of the adhesive sheet that the thickness of the adhesive layer is not too large. In addition, a thin pressure-sensitive adhesive layer tends to have excellent conformability to an adherend. The technique disclosed herein can be preferably carried out in a mode in which the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is, for example, in the range of 3 μm to 200 μm (more preferably 5 μm to 100 μm, still more preferably 5 μm to 75 μm). In the case of a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and a second pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the first surface and the second surface of the substrate, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is at least the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. can be applied to The thickness of the second adhesive layer can also be selected from the same range. Moreover, in the case of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet matches the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 (光学特性)
 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層のヘイズ値は、例えば5.0%以下であってよく、3.0%以下であることが好ましく、2.0%以下であることがより好ましく、1.0%以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.0%未満(例えば0.9%以下)であることが特に好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着剤層を有する粘着シートは、基材を有する構成または有しない構成において、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。粘着剤層のヘイズ値の下限は特に制限されず、透明性向上の観点からはヘイズ値は小さいほど好ましい。一方、いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、ヘイズ値は、例えば0.05%以上であってよく、0.10%以上でもよい。粘着剤層に関するこれらのヘイズ値は、ここに開示される技術を基材レス粘着シート(典型的には、粘着剤層からなる粘着シート)の形態で実施する場合における該粘着シートのヘイズ値にも好ましく適用され得る。
(optical properties)
In some embodiments, the haze value of the adhesive layer may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less. It is more preferably 0% or less, and particularly preferably less than 1.0% (for example, 0.9% or less). Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) in a structure with or without a substrate, and for applications where an adherend is passed through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications where good visibility performance is required. The lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in some aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, in consideration of the refractive index and adhesion properties. These haze values for the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the haze values of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet when the technology disclosed herein is implemented in the form of a substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet (typically, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer). can also be preferably applied.

 ここで「ヘイズ値」とは、測定対象に可視光を照射したときの、全透過光に対する拡散透過光の割合をいう。くもり価ともいう。ヘイズ値は、以下の式で表すことができる。
   Th(%)=Td/Tt×100
 上記式において、Thはヘイズ値(%)であり、Tdは散乱光透過率、Ttは全光透過率である。ヘイズ値の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って行うことができる。粘着剤層のヘイズ値は、例えば、該粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。
Here, the term "haze value" refers to the ratio of diffuse transmitted light to total transmitted light when the object to be measured is irradiated with visible light. Also called cloudiness value. A haze value can be represented by the following formula.
Th (%) = Td/Tt x 100
In the above formula, Th is the haze value (%), Td is the scattered light transmittance, and Tt is the total light transmittance. The haze value can be measured according to the method described in Examples below. The haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートのヘイズ値は、例えば5.0%以下であってよく、3.0%以下であることが好ましく、2.0%以下であることがより好ましく、1.0%以下であることがさらに好ましく、1.0%未満(例えば0.9%以下)であることが特に好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着シートは、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。粘着シートのヘイズ値の下限は特に制限されず、透明性向上の観点からはヘイズ値は小さいほど好ましい。一方、いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、ヘイズ値は、例えば0.05%以上であってよく、0.10%以上でもよい。粘着シートのヘイズ値は、上記粘着剤層のヘイズ値の測定と同様の方法で測定することができる。粘着シートの上記ヘイズ値は、上述した粘着剤層の組成等や、基材を有する構成においては基材種や基材厚さの選択によって得ることができる。 In some embodiments, the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5.0% or less, preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, and 1.0%. % or less, and particularly preferably less than 1.0% (for example, 0.9% or less). Such a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. The lower limit of the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of improving transparency, the smaller the haze value, the better. On the other hand, in some aspects, the haze value may be, for example, 0.05% or more, or 0.10% or more, in consideration of the refractive index and adhesion properties. The haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be measured by the same method as for measuring the haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The haze value of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, or by selecting the type of substrate and the thickness of the substrate in a structure having a substrate.

 いくつかの態様において、粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、85.0%以上(例えば、88.0%以上、90.0%以上、または90.0%超)であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着剤層を有する粘着シートは、基材を有する構成または有しない構成において、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。全光線透過率の上限は、実用上、例えば凡そ98%以下であってよく、凡そ96%以下でもよく、凡そ95%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、凡そ94%以下でもよく、凡そ93%以下でもよく、凡そ92%以下でもよい。全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。全光線透過率は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。粘着剤層の全光線透過率は、例えば、該粘着剤層の組成や厚さ等の選択によって調節することができる。 In some aspects, the total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 85.0% or more (eg, 88.0% or more, 90.0% or more, or more than 90.0%). Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be used for applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) in a structure with or without a substrate, and for applications where an adherend is passed through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. It can be preferably applied to applications where good visibility performance is required. Practically, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, approximately 98% or less, approximately 96% or less, or approximately 95% or less. In some aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less, taking into account the refractive index and adhesive properties. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "Hazemeter HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or its equivalent is used. The total light transmittance can be measured according to the method described in Examples below. The total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be adjusted, for example, by selecting the composition, thickness, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.

 いくつかの態様において、粘着シートの全光線透過率は、85.0%以上(例えば、88.0%以上、89.0%以上または90.0%以上)であることが好ましい。このように透明性の高い粘着シートは、高い光透過性が求められる用途(例えば光学用途)や、該粘着シートを通して被着体を良好に視認し得る性能が求められる用途に好ましく適用され得る。全光線透過率の上限は、実用上、例えば凡そ98%以下であってよく、凡そ96%以下でもよく、凡そ95%以下でもよい。いくつかの態様では、屈折率や粘着特性を考慮して、粘着シートの全光線透過率は、凡そ94%以下でもよく、凡そ93%以下でもよく、凡そ92%以下でもよい。粘着シートの全光線透過率は、上記粘着剤層の全光線透過率の測定と同様の方法で測定することができる。粘着シートの全光線透過率は、上述した粘着剤層の組成等や、基材を有する構成においては基材種や基材厚さの選択によって得ることができる。 In some aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet is preferably 85.0% or higher (eg, 88.0% or higher, 89.0% or higher, or 90.0% or higher). Such a highly transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be preferably applied to applications that require high light transmittance (for example, optical applications) and applications that require good visibility of adherends through the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Practically, the upper limit of the total light transmittance may be, for example, approximately 98% or less, approximately 96% or less, or approximately 95% or less. In some aspects, the total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet may be approximately 94% or less, approximately 93% or less, or approximately 92% or less, in consideration of refractive index and adhesive properties. The total light transmittance of the adhesive sheet can be measured by the same method as for measuring the total light transmittance of the adhesive layer. The total light transmittance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet can be obtained by selecting the composition of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer described above, or by selecting the type of base material and the thickness of the base material in a structure having a base material.

 粘着剤層のL表色系で規定される色度bは、特に限定されないが、いくつかの態様(例えば、光学用途への適用が想定される態様)では、±15の範囲とすることが適当であり、±10の範囲とすることが好ましく、±5.0の範囲(例えば、±1.0の範囲)とすることがより好ましい。なお、本明細書において「±Xの範囲」とは、-X~+Xの範囲という意味で用いられる。
 ここで、本明細書におけるL表色系は、国際照明委員会が1976年に推奨した規定またはJIS Z 8729の規定に準拠するものとする。具体的には、Lは、色差計(商品名「CR-400」ミノルタ社製;色彩色差計)を用いて、粘着剤層の表面の複数箇所(例えば5か所以上)で測定を行い、その平均値を採用すればよい。後述の実施例についても同様である。
The chromaticity b * defined by the L * a * b * color system of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but in some aspects (for example, aspects assumed to be applied to optical applications), ±15 , preferably ±10, more preferably ±5.0 (for example, ±1.0). In this specification, the term “±X range” is used to mean the range from −X to +X.
Here, the L * a * b * color system in this specification complies with the 1976 recommendation by the International Commission on Illumination or the JIS Z 8729 standard. Specifically, L * a * b * is measured at multiple locations (eg, 5 locations or more) on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer using a color difference meter (trade name “CR-400” manufactured by Minolta Co., Ltd.; color difference meter). , and the average value should be adopted. The same applies to the examples described later.

 (剥離強度)
 粘着シートのガラス板に対する剥離強度は、特に限定されない。いくつかの態様において、粘着シートは、ガラス板に対する剥離強度が、例えば0.1N/25mm以上であり、好ましくは0.5N/25mm以上であり、1.0N/25mm以上でもよく、1.5N/25mm以上でもよく、2.0N/25mm以上または3.0N/25mm以上でもよい。上記剥離強度の上限は特に制限されず、例えば30N/25mm以下、25N/25mm以下または20N/25mm以下であり得る。
 ここで、上記剥離強度は、被着体としてのアルカリガラス板に圧着して23℃、50%RHの環境で30分間放置した後、剥離角度180度、引張速度300mm/分の条件で剥離強度を測定することにより把握される。測定にあたっては、必要に応じて、測定対象の粘着シートに適切な裏打ち材(例えば、厚さ25μm程度~50μm程度のポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルム)を貼り付けて補強することができる。
(Peel strength)
The peel strength of the adhesive sheet to the glass plate is not particularly limited. In some aspects, the adhesive sheet has a peel strength to a glass plate of, for example, 0.1 N/25 mm or more, preferably 0.5 N/25 mm or more, or 1.0 N/25 mm or more, or 1.5 N /25 mm or more, 2.0 N/25 mm or more, or 3.0 N/25 mm or more. The upper limit of the peel strength is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 30 N/25 mm or less, 25 N/25 mm or less, or 20 N/25 mm or less.
Here, the above-mentioned peel strength is measured by pressure bonding to an alkali glass plate as an adherend and leaving it for 30 minutes in an environment of 23° C. and 50% RH, and then peel strength under the conditions of a peel angle of 180 degrees and a tensile speed of 300 mm/min. is grasped by measuring In the measurement, if necessary, the adhesive sheet to be measured can be reinforced by attaching an appropriate backing material (for example, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film having a thickness of about 25 μm to 50 μm).

 (粘着シートの厚さ)
 ここに開示される粘着シート(基材レス粘着シートまたは基材付き粘着シート)の厚さは、例えば1000μm以下であってよく、350μm以下でもよく、200μm以下でもよく、120μm以下でもよく、75μm以下でもよく、50μm以下でもよい。また、粘着シートの厚さは、取扱い性等の観点から、例えば5μm以上であってもよく、10μm以上でもよく、25μm以上でもよく、80μm以上でもよく、130μm以上でもよい。
 なお、粘着シートの厚さとは、被着体に貼り付けられる部分の厚さをいう。例えば図3に示す構成の粘着シート3では、第1粘着面21Aから第2粘着面22Aまでの厚さを指し、剥離ライナー31,32の厚さは含まない。
(Thickness of adhesive sheet)
The thickness of the adhesive sheet disclosed herein (substrate-less adhesive sheet or substrate-attached adhesive sheet) may be, for example, 1000 μm or less, 350 μm or less, 200 μm or less, 120 μm or less, or 75 μm or less. or less than 50 μm. The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet may be, for example, 5 µm or more, 10 µm or more, 25 µm or more, 80 µm or more, or 130 µm or more, from the viewpoint of handleability.
The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet refers to the thickness of the portion to be adhered to the adherend. For example, in the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet 3 having the configuration shown in FIG.

<支持基材>
 いくつかの態様に係る粘着シートは、支持基材の片面または両面に粘着剤層を備える基材付き粘着シートの形態であり得る。支持基材の材質は特に限定されず、粘着シートの使用目的や使用態様等に応じて適宜選択することができる。使用し得る基材の非限定的な例として、ポリプロピレン(PP)やエチレン-プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィンを主成分とするポリオレフィンフィルム、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステルを主成分とするポリエステルフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルを主成分とするポリ塩化ビニルフィルム等のプラスチックフィルム;ポリウレタンフォーム、ポリエチレン(PE)フォーム、ポリクロロプレンフォーム等の発泡体からなる発泡体シート;各種の繊維状物質(麻、綿等の天然繊維、ポリエステル、ビニロン等の合成繊維、アセテート等の半合成繊維、等であり得る。)の単独または混紡等による織布および不織布;和紙、上質紙、クラフト紙、クレープ紙等の紙類;アルミニウム箔、銅箔等の金属箔;等が挙げられる。これらを複合した構成の基材であってもよい。このような複合基材の例として、例えば、金属箔と上記プラスチックフィルムとが積層した構造の基材、ガラスクロス等の無機繊維で強化されたプラスチック基材等が挙げられる。
<Support base material>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to some embodiments may be in the form of a substrate-attached pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on one or both sides of a supporting substrate. The material of the supporting substrate is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the intended use, mode of use, etc. of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Non-limiting examples of substrates that can be used include polyolefin films based on polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP) and ethylene-propylene copolymers, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene Plastic films such as polyester films mainly composed of polyester such as phthalate (PEN), polyvinyl chloride films mainly composed of polyvinyl chloride; foams such as polyurethane foam, polyethylene (PE) foam, polychloroprene foam, etc. Foam sheet; woven fabric and non-woven fabric made of various fibrous materials (natural fibers such as hemp and cotton, synthetic fibers such as polyester and vinylon, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate, etc.) alone or blended; paper such as Japanese paper, fine paper, kraft paper, and crepe paper; metal foil such as aluminum foil and copper foil; A base material having a structure in which these are combined may be used. Examples of such composite substrates include substrates having a structure in which a metal foil and the plastic film are laminated, plastic substrates reinforced with inorganic fibers such as glass cloth, and the like.

 いくつかの態様において、各種のフィルム基材を好ましく用いることができる。上記フィルム基材は、発泡体フィルムや不織布シート等のように多孔質の基材であってもよく、非多孔質の基材であってもよく、多孔質の層と非多孔質の層とが積層した構造の基材であってもよい。いくつかの態様において、上記フィルム基材としては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)樹脂フィルムをベースフィルムとして含むものを好ましく用いることができる。ここで「樹脂フィルム」とは、非多孔質の構造であって、典型的には実質的に気泡を含まない(ボイドレスの)樹脂フィルムを意味する。したがって、上記樹脂フィルムは、発泡体フィルムや不織布とは区別される概念である。上記樹脂フィルムとしては、独立して形状維持可能な(自立型の、あるいは非依存性の)ものが好ましく用いられ得る。上記樹脂フィルムは、単層構造であってもよく、2層以上の多層構造(例えば、3層構造)であってもよい。 In some embodiments, various film substrates can be preferably used. The film substrate may be a porous substrate such as a foam film or a nonwoven fabric sheet, or may be a non-porous substrate. It may be a substrate having a structure in which is laminated. In some embodiments, as the film substrate, one containing a resin film that can independently maintain its shape (self-supporting or independent) as a base film can be preferably used. As used herein, "resin film" means a non-porous structure, typically a substantially voidless resin film. Therefore, the resin film is a concept distinguished from foam films and non-woven fabrics. As the resin film, a film that can maintain its shape independently (self-supporting or independent) can be preferably used. The resin film may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers (for example, a three-layer structure).

 樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂材料としては、例えば、ポリエステル;ポリオレフィン;ノルボルネン構造等の脂肪族環構造を有するモノマーに由来するポリシクロオレフィン;ナイロン6、ナイロン66、部分芳香族ポリアミド等のポリアミド(PA);透明ポリイミド(CPI)等のポリイミド(PI);ポリアミドイミド(PAI);ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK);ポリエーテルスルホン(PES);ポリフェニレンサルファイド(PPS);ポリカーボネート(PC);ポリウレタン(PU);エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体(EVA);ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂;アクリル樹脂;トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のセルロース系ポリマー;ポリアリレート;ポリスチレン;ポリ塩化ビニル;ポリ塩化ビニリデン;等の樹脂を用いることができる。 Examples of the resin material constituting the resin film include polyester; polyolefin; polycycloolefin derived from a monomer having an alicyclic structure such as norbornene structure; polyamide (PA) such as nylon 6, nylon 66, and partially aromatic polyamide. Polyimide (PI) such as transparent polyimide (CPI); Polyamideimide (PAI); Polyetheretherketone (PEEK); Polyethersulfone (PES); Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS); Polycarbonate (PC); Polyurethane (PU); Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA); fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE); acrylic resin; cellulose-based polymer such as triacetyl cellulose (TAC); polyarylate; ; and other resins can be used.

 上記樹脂フィルムは、このような樹脂の1種を単独で含む樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよく、2種以上がブレンドされた樹脂材料を用いて形成されたものであってもよい。上記樹脂フィルムは、無延伸であってもよく、延伸(例えば一軸延伸または二軸延伸)されたものであってもよい。例えば、PETフィルム、PBTフィルム、PENフィルム、無延伸ポリプロピレン(CPP)フィルム、二軸延伸ポリプロピレン(OPP)フィルム、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)フィルム、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)フィルム、PP/PEブレンドフィルム、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)フィルム、CPIフィルム、TACフィルム等が好ましく用いられ得る。強度や寸法安定性の観点から好ましい樹脂フィルムの例として、PETフィルム、PENフィルム、PPSフィルムおよびPEEKフィルムが挙げられる。入手容易性等の観点からPETフィルムおよびPPSフィルムが特に好ましく、なかでもPETフィルムが好ましい。 The resin film may be formed using a resin material containing only one of such resins, or may be formed using a resin material in which two or more of these resins are blended. good too. The resin film may be unstretched or may be stretched (for example, uniaxially stretched or biaxially stretched). For example, PET film, PBT film, PEN film, unstretched polypropylene (CPP) film, biaxially stretched polypropylene (OPP) film, low density polyethylene (LDPE) film, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) film, PP/PE A blend film, a cycloolefin polymer (COP) film, a CPI film, a TAC film, etc. can be preferably used. PET films, PEN films, PPS films and PEEK films are examples of preferred resin films from the viewpoint of strength and dimensional stability. PET films and PPS films are particularly preferred from the standpoint of availability, etc., and PET films are particularly preferred.

 樹脂フィルムには、本発明の効果が著しく妨げられない範囲で、光安定剤、酸化防止剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料等)、充填材、スリップ剤、アンチブロッキング剤等の公知の添加剤を、必要に応じて配合することができる。添加剤の配合量は特に限定されず、粘着シートの用途等に応じて適宜設定することができる。 In the resin film, known additives such as light stabilizers, antioxidants, antistatic agents, coloring agents (dyes, pigments, etc.), fillers, slip agents, anti-blocking agents, etc. are added to the extent that the effects of the present invention are not significantly hindered. can be blended as needed. The blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately set according to the use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.

 樹脂フィルムの製造方法は特に限定されない。例えば、押出成形、インフレーション成形、Tダイキャスト成形、カレンダーロール成形等の、従来公知の一般的な樹脂フィルム成形方法を適宜採用することができる。 The method of manufacturing the resin film is not particularly limited. For example, conventionally known general resin film forming methods such as extrusion molding, inflation molding, T-die casting, and calendar roll molding can be appropriately employed.

 上記基材は、このようなベースフィルムから実質的に構成されたものであり得る。あるいは、上記基材は、上記ベースフィルムの他に、補助的な層を含むものであってもよい。上記補助的な層の例としては、光学特性調整層(例えば着色層、反射防止層)、基材に所望の外観を付与するための印刷層やラミネート層、帯電防止層、下塗り層、剥離層等の表面処理層が挙げられる。 The base material may be substantially composed of such a base film. Alternatively, the substrate may contain an auxiliary layer in addition to the base film. Examples of the auxiliary layers include optical property adjusting layers (e.g., colored layers, antireflection layers), printed layers and laminate layers for imparting a desired appearance to the substrate, antistatic layers, undercoat layers, and release layers. and other surface treatment layers.

 いくつかの態様において、支持基材としては、光透過性を有する基材(以下、光透過性基材ともいう。)を好ましく採用し得る。これにより、光透過性を有する基材付き粘着シートを構成することが可能となる。光透過性基材の全光線透過率は、例えば50%超であってよく、70%以上であってもよい。いくつかの好ましい態様では、支持基材の全光線透過率は80%以上であり、より好ましくは90%以上であり、95%以上(例えば95~100%)であってもよい。上記全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。上記光透過性基材の好適例として、光透過性を有する樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。上記光透過性基材は、光学フィルムであってもよい。 In some embodiments, a light-transmissive base (hereinafter also referred to as a light-transmissive base) can be preferably employed as the supporting base. This makes it possible to construct a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet with a substrate having optical transparency. The total light transmittance of the light transmissive substrate may be, for example, greater than 50% and may be 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the total light transmittance of the supporting substrate is 80% or higher, more preferably 90% or higher, and may be 95% or higher (eg, 95-100%). The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "Hazemeter HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or its equivalent is used. A suitable example of the light-transmitting substrate is a resin film having light-transmitting properties. The light transmissive substrate may be an optical film.

 基材の厚さは、特に限定されず、粘着シートの使用目的や使用態様等に応じて選択し得る。基材の厚さは、例えば500μm以下であってよく、粘着シートの取扱い性や加工性の観点から300μm以下であることが好ましく、150μm以下でもよく、100μm以下でもよく、50μm以下でもよく、25μm以下でもよく、10μm以下でもよい。基材の厚さが小さくなると、被着体の表面形状への追従性が向上する傾向にある。また、取扱い性や加工性等の観点から、基材の厚さは、例えば2μm以上であってよく、10μm以上でもよく、25μm以上でもよい。 The thickness of the base material is not particularly limited, and can be selected according to the purpose and mode of use of the adhesive sheet. The thickness of the base material may be, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less from the viewpoint of handling and workability of the adhesive sheet, may be 150 μm or less, may be 100 μm or less, may be 50 μm or less, or may be 25 μm. It may be less than or equal to 10 μm or less. As the thickness of the substrate becomes smaller, the conformability to the surface shape of the adherend tends to improve. Moreover, from the viewpoint of handleability, workability, etc., the thickness of the substrate may be, for example, 2 μm or more, 10 μm or more, or 25 μm or more.

 基材のうち粘着剤層が積層される側の面には、必要に応じて、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、紫外線照射処理、酸処理、アルカリ処理、下塗り剤(プライマー)の塗布による下塗り層の形成等の、従来公知の表面処理が施されていてもよい。このような表面処理は、粘着剤層の基材への投錨性を向上させるための処理であり得る。下塗り層の形成に用いるプライマーの組成は特に限定されず、公知のものから適宜選択することができる。下塗り層の厚さは特に制限されないが、通常、0.01μm~1μm程度が適当であり、0.1μm~1μm程度が好ましい。必要に応じて基材に施され得る他の処理として、帯電防止層形成処理、着色層形成処理、印刷処理等が挙げられる。これらの処理は、単独でまたは組み合わせて適用することができる。 The surface of the substrate on which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is to be laminated may be subjected to corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment, or application of a primer to form an undercoat layer, if necessary. Conventionally known surface treatments such as forming may be applied. Such a surface treatment may be a treatment for improving the anchoring property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer to the substrate. The composition of the primer used for forming the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known ones. Although the thickness of the undercoat layer is not particularly limited, it is usually suitably about 0.01 μm to 1 μm, preferably about 0.1 μm to 1 μm. Other treatments that can be applied to the substrate as necessary include antistatic layer forming treatment, colored layer forming treatment, printing treatment, and the like. These treatments can be applied singly or in combination.

<剥離ライナー付き粘着シート>
 ここに開示される粘着シートは、粘着剤層の表面(粘着面)を剥離ライナーの剥離面に当接させた粘着製品の形態をとり得る。したがって、この明細書により、ここに開示されるいずれかの粘着シートと、該粘着シートの粘着面に当接する剥離面を有する剥離ライナーと、を含む剥離ライナー付き粘着シート(粘着製品)が提供される。
<Adhesive sheet with release liner>
The adhesive sheet disclosed herein can take the form of an adhesive product in which the surface (adhesive surface) of the adhesive layer is brought into contact with the release surface of the release liner. Accordingly, this specification provides a PSA sheet with a release liner (adhesive product) comprising any of the PSA sheets disclosed herein and a release liner having a release surface in contact with the adhesive surface of the PSA sheet. be.

 剥離ライナーとしては、特に限定されず、例えば、樹脂フィルムや紙(ポリエチレン等の樹脂がラミネートされた紙であり得る。)等のライナー基材の表面に剥離層を有する剥離ライナーや、フッ素系ポリマー(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン等)やポリオレフィン系樹脂(ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等)のような低接着性材料により形成された樹脂フィルムからなる剥離ライナー等を用いることができる。表面平滑性に優れることから、ライナー基材としての樹脂フィルムの表面に剥離層を有する剥離ライナーや、低接着性材料により形成された樹脂フィルムからなる剥離ライナーを好ましく採用し得る。樹脂フィルムとしては、粘着剤層を保護し得るフィルムであれば特に限定されず、例えば、ポリエチレン(PE)フィルム、ポリプロピレン(PP)フィルム、ポリブテンフィルム、ポリブタジエンフィルム、ポリメチルペンテンフィルム、ポリ塩化ビニルフィルム、塩化ビニル共重合体フィルム、ポリエステルフィルム(PETフィルム、PBTフィルム等)、ポリウレタンフィルム、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体フィルム等が挙げられる。上記剥離層の形成には、例えば、シリコーン系剥離処理剤、長鎖アルキル系剥離処理剤、オレフィン系剥離処理剤、フッ素系剥離処理剤、脂肪酸アミド系剥離処理剤、硫化モリブデン、シリカ粉等の、公知の剥離処理剤を用いることができる。 The release liner is not particularly limited. For example, a release liner having a release layer on the surface of a liner substrate such as a resin film or paper (which may be paper laminated with a resin such as polyethylene), or a fluoropolymer A release liner or the like made of a resin film formed of a low-adhesive material such as (polytetrafluoroethylene, etc.) or polyolefin resin (polyethylene, polypropylene, etc.) can be used. A release liner having a release layer on the surface of a resin film as a liner substrate or a release liner made of a resin film formed of a low-adhesive material can be preferably employed because of its excellent surface smoothness. The resin film is not particularly limited as long as it is a film capable of protecting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Examples include polyethylene (PE) film, polypropylene (PP) film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, and polyvinyl chloride film. , vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyester film (PET film, PBT film, etc.), polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, and the like. For the formation of the release layer, for example, silicone-based release agents, long-chain alkyl-based release agents, olefin-based release agents, fluorine-based release agents, fatty acid amide-based release agents, molybdenum sulfide, silica powder, etc. , a known release treatment agent can be used.

<用途>
 ここに開示される粘着シートが貼り付けられる材料(被着体材料)としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、銅、銀、金、鉄、錫、パラジウム、アルミニウム、ニッケル、チタン、クロム、亜鉛等、またはこれらの2種以上を含む合金等の金属材料や、例えばポリイミド系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリエーテルニトリル系樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂(PET系樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート系樹脂等)、ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリフェニレンサルファイド系樹脂、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂(いわゆるアラミド樹脂等)、ポリアリレート系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ジアセチルセルロースやトリアセチルセルロース等のセルロース系ポリマー、ビニルブチラール系ポリマー、液晶ポリマー等の各種樹脂材料(典型的にはプラスチック材)、アルミナ、ジルコニア、アルカリガラス、無アルカリガラス、石英ガラス、カーボン等の無機材料等が挙げられる。ここに開示される粘着シートは、上記材料から構成された部材(例えば光学部材)に貼り付けられて用いられ得る。
<Application>
The material (adherend material) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached is not particularly limited, but examples include copper, silver, gold, iron, tin, palladium, aluminum, nickel, titanium, Chromium, zinc, etc., or metal materials such as alloys containing two or more of these, for example, polyimide resin, acrylic resin, polyethernitrile resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyester resin (PET resin, polyethylene naphthalate resins, etc.), polyvinyl chloride resins, polyphenylene sulfide resins, polyether ether ketone resins, polyamide resins (so-called aramid resins, etc.), polyarylate resins, polycarbonate resins, diacetyl cellulose and triacetyl cellulose Various resin materials (typically plastic materials) such as cellulose-based polymers, vinyl butyral-based polymers, liquid crystal polymers, etc., inorganic materials such as alumina, zirconia, alkali glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, carbon, etc. . The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be used by being attached to a member (for example, an optical member) made of the above materials.

 ここに開示される粘着シートの貼り付け対象である部材や材料(両面粘着シートにおいては、少なくとも一方の被着体)は、一般的なアクリル系粘着剤よりも屈折率が高い材料からなるものであり得る。被着体材料の屈折率は、例えば1.50以上であり、なかには屈折率が1.55以上または1.58以上の被着体材料もあり、さらには屈折率が1.62以上(例えば1.66程度)のものも存在する。そのような高屈折率の被着体材料は、典型的には樹脂材料である。より具体的には、PET等のポリエステル系樹脂や、ポリイミド系樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリフェニレンサルファイド系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂等であり得る。そのような材料に対して、ここに開示される粘着シートを用いることの効果(屈折率差を原因とする光線の反射抑制)は好ましく発揮され得る。上記被着体材料の屈折率の上限は、例えば1.80以下であり、1.70以下であり得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、上記のような高屈折率の被着体(例えば部材)に貼り付ける態様で好ましく用いられ得る。そのような被着体の好適例として、屈折率が1.50~1.80(好ましくは1.55~1.75、例えば1.60~1.70)の樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。上記屈折率は、粘着剤の屈折率と同様の方法で測定され得る。 The member or material (at least one adherend in the double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is attached is made of a material having a higher refractive index than a general acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. could be. The refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.50 or more. .66) is also present. Such a high refractive index adherend material is typically a resin material. More specifically, it may be a polyester resin such as PET, a polyimide resin, an aramid resin, a polyphenylene sulfide resin, a polycarbonate resin, or the like. The effect of using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein (suppression of reflection of light rays caused by a difference in refractive index) can be favorably exerted on such materials. The upper limit of the refractive index of the adherend material is, for example, 1.80 or less, and may be 1.70 or less. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a mode of being attached to an adherend (for example, member) having a high refractive index as described above. Suitable examples of such adherends include resin films having a refractive index of 1.50 to 1.80 (preferably 1.55 to 1.75, eg 1.60 to 1.70). The refractive index can be measured by the same method as the refractive index of the adhesive.

 粘着シートの貼り付け対象である部材や材料(両面粘着シートにおいては、少なくとも一方の被着体)は、光透過性を有するものであり得る。このような被着体では、ここに開示される技術による効果(被着体と粘着シートとの界面における光線反射の抑制)の利点が得られやすい。上記被着体の全光線透過率は、例えば50%よりも大きく、好ましくは70%以上であり得る。いくつかの好ましい態様では、上記被着体の全光線透過率は80%以上であり、より好ましくは90%以上であり、95%以上(例えば95~100%)であり得る。ここに開示される粘着シートは、全光線透過率が所定値以上の被着体(例えば光学部材)に貼り付ける態様で好ましく用いられ得る。上記全光線透過率は、JIS K 7136:2000に準拠して、市販の透過率計を使用して測定される。透過率計としては、村上色彩技術研究所製の商品名「HAZEMETER HM-150」またはその相当品が用いられる。 The member or material to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached (at least one adherend in the case of a double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) may have optical transparency. With such an adherend, the advantage of the technique disclosed herein (suppression of light reflection at the interface between the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) is likely to be obtained. The total light transmittance of the adherend may be, for example, greater than 50%, preferably 70% or more. In some preferred embodiments, the adherend has a total light transmittance of 80% or higher, more preferably 90% or higher, and may be 95% or higher (eg, 95-100%). The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a mode of being attached to an adherend (for example, an optical member) having a total light transmittance of a predetermined value or higher. The total light transmittance is measured using a commercially available transmittance meter in accordance with JIS K 7136:2000. As the transmittance meter, the trade name "Hazemeter HM-150" manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory or its equivalent is used.

 いくつかの好ましい態様では、粘着シートを貼り付ける被着体(例えば部材)は、上述の屈折率を有し、かつ上述の全光線透過率を有するものであり得る。具体的には、屈折率が1.50以上(例えば1.55以上、1.58以上、1.62以上、1.66程度等)であり、かつ全光線透過率が50%よりも大きい(例えば70%以上、好ましくは80%以上、より好ましくは90%以上、さらには95%以上であり得る)被着体、例えば部材に貼り付ける態様で、ここに開示される粘着シートは好ましく用いられ得る。このような部材に貼り付けられる態様において、ここに開示される技術による効果は特に好ましく発揮される。 In some preferred embodiments, the adherend (for example, member) to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have the above-described refractive index and the above-described total light transmittance. Specifically, the refractive index is 1.50 or more (for example, 1.55 or more, 1.58 or more, 1.62 or more, about 1.66, etc.) and the total light transmittance is greater than 50% ( For example, 70% or more, preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and further 95% or more). obtain. The effect of the technology disclosed herein is particularly preferably exhibited in the aspect of being attached to such a member.

 好ましい用途の一例として、光学用途が挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、光学部材を貼り合わせる用途(光学部材貼り合わせ用)や上記光学部材が用いられた製品(光学製品)の製造用途等に用いられる光学用粘着シートとして、ここに開示される粘着シートを好ましく用いることができる。 An example of a preferred use is optical use. More specifically, for example, it is disclosed herein as an optical pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used for laminating optical members (for laminating optical members) or for manufacturing products (optical products) using the above optical members. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet that is used can be preferably used.

 上記光学部材とは、光学的特性(例えば、偏光性、光屈折性、光散乱性、光反射性、光透過性、光吸収性、光回折性、旋光性、視認性等)を有する部材をいう。上記光学部材としては、光学的特性を有する部材であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、表示装置(画像表示装置)、入力装置等の機器(光学機器)を構成する部材またはこれらの機器に用いられる部材が挙げられ、例えば、偏光板、波長板、位相差板、光学補償フィルム、輝度向上フィルム、導光板、反射フィルム、反射防止フィルム、ハードコート(HC)フィルム、衝撃吸収フィルム、防汚フィルム、フォトクロミックフィルム、調光フィルム、透明導電フィルム(ITOフィルム)、意匠フィルム、装飾フィルム、表面保護板、プリズム、レンズ、カラーフィルター、透明基板や、さらにはこれらが積層されている部材(これらを総称して「機能性フィルム」と称する場合がある。)等が挙げられる。なお、上記の「板」および「フィルム」は、それぞれ板状、フィルム状、シート状等の形態を含むものとし、例えば、「偏光フィルム」は、「偏光板」や「偏光シート」等を含み、「導光板」は、「導光フィルム」や「導光シート」等を含むものとする。また、上記「偏光板」は、円偏光板を含むものとする。 The optical member is a member having optical properties (e.g., polarization, light refraction, light scattering, light reflection, light transmission, light absorption, light diffraction, optical rotation, visibility, etc.). say. The optical member is not particularly limited as long as it is a member having optical properties. For example, a member constituting a device (optical device) such as a display device (image display device) or an input device, or used for these devices. Members include, for example, polarizing plates, wave plates, retardation plates, optical compensation films, brightness enhancement films, light guide plates, reflective films, antireflection films, hard coat (HC) films, impact absorption films, antifouling films, Photochromic films, light control films, transparent conductive films (ITO films), design films, decorative films, surface protection plates, prisms, lenses, color filters, transparent substrates, and members in which these are laminated (these are collectively referred to as may be referred to as a "functional film".) and the like. In addition, the above-mentioned "plate" and "film" include forms such as plate-like, film-like, sheet-like, etc. For example, "polarizing film" includes "polarizing plate" and "polarizing sheet", A "light guide plate" includes a "light guide film", a "light guide sheet", and the like. Moreover, the above-mentioned "polarizing plate" shall include a circularly polarizing plate.

 上記表示装置としては、例えば、液晶表示装置、有機EL表示装置、マイクロLED(μLED)、ミニLED(miniLED)、PDP、電子ペーパー等が挙げられる。また、上記入力装置としては、タッチパネル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic EL display device, a micro LED (μLED), a mini LED (miniLED), a PDP, and electronic paper. Moreover, a touch panel etc. are mentioned as said input device.

 上記光学部材としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ガラス、アクリル樹脂、ポリカーボネート、PET、金属薄膜等からなる部材(例えば、シート状やフィルム状、板状の部材)等が挙げられる。なお、この明細書における「光学部材」には、表示装置や入力装置の視認性を保ちながら加飾や保護の役割を担う部材(意匠フィルム、装飾フィルムや表面保護フィルム等)も含むものとする。 The optical member is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, members made of glass, acrylic resin, polycarbonate, PET, metal thin films (for example, sheet-like, film-like, or plate-like members). The term "optical member" in this specification also includes members (design films, decorative films, surface protective films, etc.) that play a role of decoration and protection while maintaining the visibility of display devices and input devices.

 ここに開示される技術は、例えば、光の透過、反射、拡散、導波、集光、回折等の1または2以上の機能を有するフィルムや蛍光フィルム等の光学フィルムを、他の光学部材(他の光学フィルムであり得る。)に接合するために好ましく用いられ得る。なかでも、光の導波、集光、回折の少なくとも1つの機能を有する光学フィルムの接合においては、接合層のバルク全体が高屈折率であることが望ましく、ここに開示される技術の好ましい適用対象となり得る。 The technology disclosed herein uses, for example, an optical film such as a film having one or more functions such as light transmission, reflection, diffusion, waveguiding, light collection, diffraction, etc., or a fluorescent film, to be used as another optical member ( It may be another optical film.). In particular, in bonding optical films having at least one function of guiding, condensing, and diffracting light, it is desirable that the entire bulk of the bonding layer has a high refractive index, and the technology disclosed herein is preferably applied. can be targeted.

 ここに開示される粘着剤は、例えば、導光フィルム、拡散フィルム、蛍光フィルム、調色フィルム、プリズムシート、レンチキュラーフィルム、マイクロレンズアレイフィルム等の光学フィルムの接合に好ましく用いられ得る。これらの用途では、光学部材の小型化の傾向や高性能化の観点から、薄型化や光取出し効率の向上が求められている。かかる要請に応え得る粘着剤として、ここに開示される粘着剤は好ましく利用され得る。より詳しくは、例えば導光フィルムや拡散フィルムの接合では、接合層としての粘着剤層の屈折率を調整(例えば高屈折率化)することによって薄型化に寄与し得る。蛍光フィルムの接合では、蛍光発光体と粘着剤との屈折率差を適切に調整することにより、光取出し効率(発光効率としても把握され得る。)を向上させることができる。調色フィルムの接合では、調色用顔料との屈折率差が小さくなるように粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整することで散乱成分を低減し、光透過性の向上に貢献し得る。プリズムシート、レンチキュラーフィルム、マイクロレンズアレイフィルム等の接合においては、粘着剤の屈折率を適切に調整することにより、光の回折を制御し、輝度および/または視野角の向上に貢献し得る。 The adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used for bonding optical films such as light guide films, diffusion films, fluorescent films, toning films, prism sheets, lenticular films, and microlens array films. In these applications, there is a demand for a reduction in thickness and an improvement in light extraction efficiency from the viewpoint of miniaturization and higher performance of optical members. The adhesive disclosed herein can be preferably used as an adhesive that can meet such demands. More specifically, for example, in bonding a light guide film or a diffusion film, adjusting the refractive index (for example, increasing the refractive index) of an adhesive layer as a bonding layer can contribute to thinning. In bonding the fluorescent film, the light extraction efficiency (which can also be understood as luminous efficiency) can be improved by appropriately adjusting the refractive index difference between the fluorescent light emitter and the adhesive. In bonding the toning film, by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive so that the refractive index difference between the toning pigment and the toning pigment is small, the scattering component can be reduced, which can contribute to the improvement of the light transmittance. In bonding prism sheets, lenticular films, microlens array films, etc., by appropriately adjusting the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive, light diffraction can be controlled, contributing to improvement in brightness and/or viewing angle.

 ここに開示される粘着シートは、高屈折率の被着体(高屈折率の層や部材等であり得る。)に貼り付けられる態様で好ましく用いられて、上記被着体との界面反射を抑制することができる。かかる態様で用いられる粘着シートは、上述のように被着体との屈折率差が小さく、かつ被着体との界面における密着性が高いことが好ましい。また、外観の均質性を高める観点から、粘着剤層の厚みの均一性が高いことが好ましく、例えば粘着面の表面平滑性が高いことが好ましい。高屈折率の被着体の厚みが比較的小さい場合(例えば5μm以下、4μm以下、または2μm以下である場合)には、反射光の干渉による色付きや色むらを抑制する観点から、界面での反射を抑えることが特に有意義である。このような使用態様の一例として、偏光子と第1位相差層と第2位相差層とをこの順に備える位相差層付き偏光板において上記偏光子と上記第1位相差層との接合および/または上記第1位相差層と上記第2位相差層との接合に用いられる態様が挙げられる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is preferably used in a mode in which it is attached to a high refractive index adherend (which may be a high refractive index layer or member, etc.), and the interface reflection with the adherend is can be suppressed. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in such an embodiment preferably has a small refractive index difference with the adherend and high adhesion at the interface with the adherend as described above. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the homogeneity of the appearance, it is preferable that the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is highly uniform, and for example, it is preferable that the surface smoothness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is high. When the thickness of the high refractive index adherend is relatively small (for example, when it is 5 μm or less, 4 μm or less, or 2 μm or less), from the viewpoint of suppressing coloring and color unevenness due to interference of reflected light, It is particularly significant to suppress reflections. As an example of such a usage mode, in a polarizing plate with a retardation layer comprising a polarizer, a first retardation layer and a second retardation layer in this order, the bonding and / of the polarizer and the first retardation layer Alternatively, a mode in which it is used for joining the first retardation layer and the second retardation layer is exemplified.

 また、ここに開示される粘着シートは、高屈折率化に適することから、光半導体等の発光層(例えば、主に無機材料により構成された高屈折の発光層)に貼り付けられる態様で好ましく用いられ得る。発光層と粘着剤層との屈折率差を小さくすることにより、それらの界面における反射を抑制し、光取出し効率を向上させ得る。かかる態様で用いられる粘着シートは、高屈折率の粘着剤層を備えることが好ましい。また、輝度向上の観点から、粘着シートは低着色であることが好ましい。このことは、粘着シートに起因する非意図的な着色を抑制する観点からも有利となり得る。 In addition, since the adhesive sheet disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it is preferably attached to a light-emitting layer such as an optical semiconductor (for example, a high-refractive light-emitting layer mainly composed of an inorganic material). can be used. By reducing the refractive index difference between the light-emitting layer and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, reflection at their interface can be suppressed and the light extraction efficiency can be improved. The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in such an embodiment preferably has a high-refractive-index pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Moreover, from the viewpoint of improving brightness, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is preferably lightly colored. This can also be advantageous from the viewpoint of suppressing unintentional coloring caused by the adhesive sheet.

 ここに開示される粘着シートは、自発光素子を構成要素として含む発光装置において、上記自発光素子よりも視認側に配置される態様で好ましく用いられ得る。ここで、自発光素子とは、流れる電流値によって発光輝度を制御することが可能な発光素子を意味する。自発光素子は、単一体で構成されていてもよく、集合体で構成されていてもよい。自発光素子の具体例には、発光ダイオード(LED)および有機ELが含まれるが、これらに限定されない。上記自発光素子を構成要素として含む発光装置の例には、照明として利用される光源モジュール装置(例えば、面状発光体モジュール)や、画素を形成した表示装置が含まれるが、これらに限定されない。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein can be preferably used in a light-emitting device that includes a self-luminous element as a component, in a manner that it is arranged on the viewer side of the self-luminous element. Here, the self-luminous element means a light-emitting element whose luminance can be controlled by the value of the flowing current. The self-luminous element may be composed of a single body, or may be composed of an aggregate. Specific examples of self-luminous elements include, but are not limited to, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and organic ELs. Examples of the light-emitting device including the self-luminous element as a component include, but are not limited to, a light source module device (e.g., planar light-emitting module) used for illumination, and a display device in which pixels are formed. .

 ここに開示される粘着剤は、カメラや発光装置等の構成部材として用いられるマイクロレンズその他のレンズ部材(例えば、マイクロレンズアレイフィルムを構成するマイクロレンズや、カメラ用マイクロレンズ等のレンズ部材)において、レンズ面を覆うコーティング層、上記レンズ面に対向する部材(例えば、レンズ面に対応する表面形状を有する部材)との接合層、上記レンズ面と上記部材との間に充填される充填層、等として好ましく用いられ得る。ここに開示される粘着剤は、高屈折率化に適することから、高屈折率のレンズ(例えば、高屈折率樹脂により構成されたレンズや、高屈折率樹脂製の表面層を有するレンズ)であっても該レンズとの屈折率差を低減することができる。このことは、上記レンズおよび該レンズを備えた製品の薄型化の観点から有利であり、収差の抑制やアッベ数の向上にも貢献し得る。ここに開示される粘着剤は、例えば適切な透明部材の凹部または空隙に充填された形態で、それ自体をレンズ樹脂として利用することも可能である。 The adhesive disclosed herein is used in microlenses and other lens members used as constituent members of cameras, light-emitting devices, etc. (for example, microlenses constituting microlens array films and lens members such as microlenses for cameras). , a coating layer covering the lens surface, a bonding layer with a member facing the lens surface (for example, a member having a surface shape corresponding to the lens surface), a filling layer filled between the lens surface and the member, etc. can be preferably used. Since the adhesive disclosed herein is suitable for increasing the refractive index, it can be used with high refractive index lenses (for example, lenses made of a high refractive index resin or lenses having a surface layer made of a high refractive index resin). Even if there is, the refractive index difference with the lens can be reduced. This is advantageous from the viewpoint of thinning the lens and the product equipped with the lens, and can contribute to suppressing aberration and improving the Abbe number. The pressure-sensitive adhesive disclosed herein can also be used as a lens resin itself, for example, in the form of being filled in the recesses or voids of a suitable transparent member.

 ここに開示される粘着シートを用いて光学部材を貼り合わせる態様としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、(1)ここに開示される粘着シートを介して光学部材同士を貼り合わせる態様や、(2)ここに開示される粘着シートを介して光学部材を光学部材以外の部材に貼り合わせる態様であってもよいし、(3)ここに開示される粘着シートが光学部材を含む形態であって該粘着シートを光学部材または光学部材以外の部材に貼り合わせる態様であってもよい。なお、上記(3)の態様において、光学部材を含む形態の粘着シートは、例えば、支持体が光学部材(例えば、光学フィルム)である粘着シートであり得る。このように支持体として光学部材を含む形態の粘着シートは、粘着型光学部材(例えば、粘着型光学フィルム)としても把握され得る。また、ここに開示される粘着シートが支持体を有するタイプの粘着シートであって、上記支持体として上記機能性フィルムを用いた場合には、ここに開示される粘着シートは、機能性フィルムの少なくとも片面側にここに開示される粘着剤層を有する「粘着型機能性フィルム」としても把握され得る。 Modes for bonding optical members using the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein are not particularly limited. ) The optical member may be attached to a member other than the optical member via the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein, or (3) the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein may contain the optical member. A mode in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached to an optical member or a member other than an optical member may be employed. In the aspect (3) above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing an optical member may be, for example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet whose support is an optical member (for example, an optical film). Such a pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet containing an optical member as a support can also be understood as a pressure-sensitive adhesive optical member (for example, pressure-sensitive adhesive optical film). Further, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a type pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a support and the functional film is used as the support, the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet disclosed herein is a functional film. It can also be understood as an "adhesive functional film" having the adhesive layer disclosed herein on at least one side.

 上記より、ここに開示される技術によると、ここに開示される粘着シートと、該粘着シートが貼り付けられた部材とを備える積層体が提供される。粘着シートが貼り付けられる部材は、上述した被着体材料の屈折率を有するものであり得る。また、粘着シートの屈折率と部材の屈折率との差(屈折率差)は、上述した被着体と粘着シートとの屈折率差であり得る。積層体を構成する部材については、上述の部材、材料、被着体として説明したとおりであるので、重複する説明は繰り返さない。 As described above, according to the technology disclosed herein, a laminate including the adhesive sheet disclosed herein and a member to which the adhesive sheet is attached is provided. The member to which the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is attached may have the refractive index of the adherend material described above. Moreover, the difference (refractive index difference) between the refractive index of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and the refractive index of the member may be the refractive index difference between the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet described above. The members constituting the laminate are the same as the above-described members, materials, and adherends, so redundant description will not be repeated.

 以上の説明および以下の実施例から理解されるように、この明細書により開示される事項には以下のものが含まれる。
 〔1〕 粘着剤用の屈折率調整剤であって、
 上記屈折率調整剤は、ハブ環上に2つ以上の置換基を有する構造を備えた有機化合物であり、ここで上記ハブ環は二重結合含有環であり、上記2つ以上の置換基のうち1つ以上は二重結合含有環を有する置換基である、屈折率調整剤。
 〔2〕 分子量が3000未満である、上記〔1〕に記載の屈折率調整剤。
 〔3〕 上記ハブ環上の置換基のうち2つ以上は二重結合含有環を有する置換基である、上記〔1〕または〔2〕に記載の屈折率調整剤。
 〔4〕 上記ハブ環上の置換基のうち1つ以上は二重結合含有環を2つ以上有する置換基である、上記〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の屈折率調整剤。
 〔5〕 上記ハブ環はトリアジン環である、上記〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載の屈折率調整剤。
As understood from the above description and the following examples, the subject matter disclosed by this specification includes the following.
[1] A refractive index modifier for adhesives,
The refractive index modifier is an organic compound having a structure having two or more substituents on the hub ring, wherein the hub ring is a ring containing a double bond, and the two or more substituents are A refractive index modifier, at least one of which is a substituent having a double bond-containing ring.
[2] The refractive index modifier according to [1] above, which has a molecular weight of less than 3,000.
[3] The refractive index modifier according to [1] or [2] above, wherein two or more of the substituents on the hub ring are substituents having a double bond-containing ring.
[4] The refractive index modifier according to any one of [1] to [3] above, wherein at least one of the substituents on the hub ring is a substituent having two or more double bond-containing rings.
[5] The refractive index modifier according to any one of [1] to [4] above, wherein the hub ring is a triazine ring.

 〔6〕 下記式(I):

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(式(I)中、X,XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、-O-,-S-および-NR-からなる群から選択され、ここでRは水素原子またはアルキル基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち1つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基および置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基からなる群から選択される芳香環含有基であり、上記置換基はアルキル基、アルコキシ基またはシアノ基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち上記芳香環含有基が2つ以下である場合、残りは脂肪族炭化水素基または水素原子である。);
で表される化合物。
 〔7〕 上記X,XおよびXのうち2つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、-O-および-S-から選択される、上記〔6〕に記載の化合物。
 〔8〕 上記X,XおよびXがいずれも-O-である、上記〔6〕に記載の化合物。
 〔9〕 上記X,XおよびXがいずれも-S-である、上記〔6〕に記載の化合物。
 〔10〕 上記R,RおよびRが、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有するかまたは有しない2-ビフェニルである、上記〔6〕~〔9〕のいずれかに記載の化合物。
 〔11〕 上記〔6〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載の化合物からなる、屈折率調整剤。 [6] the following formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In formula (I), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and
One or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group;
When the above aromatic ring-containing groups are two or less among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 , the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. );
A compound represented by
[7] The compound according to [6] above, wherein two or more of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from —O— and —S—.
[8] The compound according to [6] above, wherein all of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are —O—.
[9] The compound according to [6] above, wherein all of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are -S-.
[10] The compound according to any one of [6] to [9] above, wherein R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted 2-biphenyl.
[11] A refractive index adjuster comprising the compound according to any one of [6] to [10] above.

 〔12〕 上記〔1〕~〔5〕および〔11〕のいずれかに記載の屈折率調整剤を含む、粘着剤。
 〔13〕 芳香環含有モノマー(m1)をモノマー単位として含むアクリル系ポリマーをさらに含む、上記〔12〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔14〕 上記アクリル系ポリマーを構成するモノマー成分は、上記芳香環含有モノマー(m1)に加えて、水酸基およびカルボキシ基の少なくとも一方を有するモノマー(m2)を含有する、上記〔12〕または〔13〕に記載の粘着剤。
 〔15〕 上記モノマー成分において、上記芳香環含有モノマー(m1)の含有量は60重量%以上である、上記〔12〕~〔14〕のいずれかに記載の粘着剤。
 〔16〕 上記芳香環含有モノマー(m1)のうち50重量%以上は、ホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が10℃以下のモノマーである、上記〔12〕~〔15〕のいずれかに記載の粘着剤。
 〔17〕 上記アクリル系ポリマー100重量部に対する上記屈折率調整剤の含有量が0.1重量部以上80重量部以下である、上記〔12〕~〔16〕のいずれかに記載の粘着剤。
 〔18〕 屈折率が1.550以上である、上記〔12〕~〔17〕のいずれかに記載の粘着剤。
[12] A pressure-sensitive adhesive comprising the refractive index modifier according to any one of [1] to [5] and [11] above.
[13] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to [12] above, further comprising an acrylic polymer containing an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit.
[14] The above [12] or [13], wherein the monomer component constituting the acrylic polymer contains, in addition to the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1), a monomer (m2) having at least one of a hydroxyl group and a carboxy group. ].
[15] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [12] to [14], wherein the content of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) in the monomer component is 60% by weight or more.
[16] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [12] to [15] above, wherein 50% by weight or more of the aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) is a monomer whose homopolymer has a glass transition temperature of 10°C or lower. .
[17] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [12] to [16] above, wherein the content of the refractive index modifier is 0.1 parts by weight or more and 80 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the acrylic polymer.
[18] The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [12] to [17] above, which has a refractive index of 1.550 or more.

 〔19〕 上記〔12〕~〔18〕のいずれかに記載の粘着剤からなる粘着剤層を含む、粘着シート。
 〔20〕 上記粘着剤層の厚さは5~75μmの範囲内にある、上記〔19〕に記載の粘着シート。
 〔21〕 全光線透過率が85%以上である、上記〔19〕または〔20〕に記載の粘着シート。
 〔22〕 ヘイズ値が3%以下である、上記〔19〕~〔21〕のいずれかに記載の粘着シート。
 〔23〕 L表色系で規定される色度bが±5の範囲である、上記〔19〕~〔22〕のいずれかに記載の粘着シート。
[19] A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer comprising the pressure-sensitive adhesive according to any one of [12] to [18] above.
[20] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of [19] above, wherein the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is in the range of 5 to 75 μm.
[21] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet of [19] or [20] above, which has a total light transmittance of 85% or more.
[22] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to any one of [19] to [21] above, which has a haze value of 3% or less.
[23] The pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to any one of [19] to [22] above, wherein the chromaticity b * defined by the L * a * b * color system is in the range of ±5.

 以下、本発明に関するいくつかの実施例を説明するが、本発明をかかる具体例に示すものに限定することを意図したものではない。なお、以下の説明において、使用量や含有量を表す「部」および「%」は、特に断りがない限り重量基準である。 Although some examples of the present invention will be described below, it is not intended to limit the present invention to those shown in such specific examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" representing amounts used and contents are based on weight unless otherwise specified.

 以下の合成例において、各化合物の屈折率は次のようにして測定した。すなわち、測定対象の化合物の5%酢酸エチル溶液または5%MEK溶液を調製した。この溶液を、乾燥膜厚が10μmとなるようにガラス上に塗布し、130℃で5分間加熱して乾燥させた。このようにして上記ガラス上に製膜した測定対象化合物につき、測定温度25℃,測定波長594nmの条件で、プリズムカプラ(メトリコン社製、モデル「2010M」)を用いて屈折率を測定した。 In the synthesis examples below, the refractive index of each compound was measured as follows. That is, a 5% ethyl acetate solution or a 5% MEK solution of the compound to be measured was prepared. This solution was applied on glass so that the dry film thickness was 10 μm, and dried by heating at 130° C. for 5 minutes. The refractive index of the compound to be measured thus formed on the glass was measured using a prism coupler (manufactured by Metricon, model "2010M") under the conditions of a measurement temperature of 25°C and a measurement wavelength of 594 nm.

<合成例1:化合物A1の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Compound A1>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

 窒素雰囲気下、ビフェニル-2-オール(5.28g、31mmol)、アセトン(50mL)および水酸化カリウム(1.74g、31mmol)を反応容器に仕込み、室温で30分間撹拌した。ここに塩化シアヌル(1.84g、10mmol)のアセトン(20mL)溶液を15分かけて滴下し、室温で2時間撹拌し、次いで55℃で8時間撹拌した。反応液を蒸留水800mLに投入したところ、油状の沈降物が生じた。上澄み液をデカンテーションで除去し、100℃で4時間減圧乾燥してガラス状の固体(2.7g)を得た。これをアセトン(20mL)で溶解してヘキサン(100mL)に投入し、室温で24時間静置した後、上澄み液を除去し、油状の沈降物を回収して80℃で4時間減圧乾燥し、2.25g(3.84mmol)の化合物A1を得た。収率は38.4%であった。化合物A1は、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)および酢酸エチルの各々に対して50%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。屈折率は1.645であった。化合物A1の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図4、5に示す。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, biphenyl-2-ol (5.28 g, 31 mmol), acetone (50 mL) and potassium hydroxide (1.74 g, 31 mmol) were charged into a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. A solution of cyanuric chloride (1.84 g, 10 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was added dropwise thereto over 15 minutes, stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and then stirred at 55° C. for 8 hours. When the reaction solution was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, an oily sediment was produced. The supernatant liquid was removed by decantation and dried under reduced pressure at 100° C. for 4 hours to obtain a glassy solid (2.7 g). This was dissolved in acetone (20 mL), poured into hexane (100 mL), allowed to stand at room temperature for 24 hours, the supernatant was removed, and the oily precipitate was recovered and dried under reduced pressure at 80°C for 4 hours. 2.25 g (3.84 mmol) of compound A1 were obtained. Yield was 38.4%. Compound A1 exhibited a solubility capable of preparing a 50% solution in each of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and ethyl acetate. The refractive index was 1.645. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of compound A1 are shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, respectively.

<合成例2:化合物A2の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
<Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of compound A2>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

 窒素雰囲気下、ビフェニル-4-オール(5.28g、31mmol)、アセトン(50mL)、水酸化カリウム(1.74g、31mmol)および水(20mL)を反応容器に仕込み、室温で30分間撹拌した。ここに塩化シアヌル(1.84g、10mmol)のアセトン(20mL)溶液を15分かけて滴下し、室温で24時間撹拌したところ、白色の固体が析出した。反応液を蒸留水800mLに投入し、白色粉状の沈殿を濾別回収して80℃で6時間減圧乾燥して、白色固体(5g)を得た。これをアセトンから再結晶して、4.85g(7.94mmol)の化合物A2を得た。収率は79.4%であった。化合物A2の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図6、7に示す。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, biphenyl-4-ol (5.28 g, 31 mmol), acetone (50 mL), potassium hydroxide (1.74 g, 31 mmol) and water (20 mL) were charged into a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. An acetone (20 mL) solution of cyanuric chloride (1.84 g, 10 mmol) was added dropwise thereto over 15 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours to precipitate a white solid. The reaction solution was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, and a white powdery precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 6 hours to obtain a white solid (5 g). This was recrystallized from acetone to obtain 4.85 g (7.94 mmol) of compound A2. Yield was 79.4%. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of Compound A2 are shown in FIGS. 6 and 7, respectively.

<合成例3:化合物A3の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
<Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of Compound A3>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

 窒素雰囲気下、ビフェニル-4-オール(5.28g、31mmol)、アセトン(50mL)、水酸化カリウム(1.74g、31mmol)および水(20mL)を反応容器に仕込み、室温で30分間撹拌した。ここに2,4-ジクロロ-6-メトキシトリアジン(1.80g、10mmol)のアセトン(30mL)溶液を加えて室温で24時間撹拌した。反応液を蒸留水800mLに投入し、析出した白色粉状の沈殿を濾別回収して80℃で5時間減圧乾燥し、アセトンから再結晶して、1.81g(2.96mmol)の化合物A3を得た。収率は30.2%であった。化合物A3は、MEKに対して7%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。化合物A3の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図8、9に示す。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, biphenyl-4-ol (5.28 g, 31 mmol), acetone (50 mL), potassium hydroxide (1.74 g, 31 mmol) and water (20 mL) were charged into a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. A solution of 2,4-dichloro-6-methoxytriazine (1.80 g, 10 mmol) in acetone (30 mL) was added thereto and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction solution was poured into 800 mL of distilled water, and the precipitated white powdery precipitate was collected by filtration, dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 5 hours, and recrystallized from acetone to give 1.81 g (2.96 mmol) of compound A3. got Yield was 30.2%. Compound A3 showed solubility in MEK that allowed preparation of a 7% solution. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of compound A3 are shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, respectively.

<合成例4:化合物A4の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
<Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Compound A4>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

 窒素雰囲気下、ビフェニル-2-チオール(19.8g、106.3mmol)およびアセトン(100mL)を反応容器に仕込み、水酸化カリウム(7.1g、67.3mmol)の85%水溶液を加えて室温で1時間撹拌した。系を10℃に冷却し、塩化シアヌル(6g、34.3mmol)のアセトン(60mL)溶液を15分かけて滴下した後、室温で6時間撹拌した。次いで水を加え、0.1M塩酸で中和し、酢酸エチルで抽出し、硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させ、濾過して濃縮した後、展開液として酢酸エチル:ヘプタン=10/1(体積比)を用いたシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフにより精製して、13g(20.5mmol)の化合物A4を得た。収率は59.8%であった。化合物A4は、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)および酢酸エチルの各々に対して50%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。屈折率は1.702であった。化合物A4の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図10、11に示す。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, biphenyl-2-thiol (19.8 g, 106.3 mmol) and acetone (100 mL) were charged into a reaction vessel, 85% aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (7.1 g, 67.3 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. Stirred for 1 hour. The system was cooled to 10° C., and a solution of cyanuric chloride (6 g, 34.3 mmol) in acetone (60 mL) was added dropwise over 15 minutes, followed by stirring at room temperature for 6 hours. Then add water, neutralize with 0.1M hydrochloric acid, extract with ethyl acetate, dry over sodium sulfate, filter and concentrate, then use ethyl acetate:heptane=10/1 (volume ratio) as a developing solution. Purification by silica gel column chromatography gave 13 g (20.5 mmol) of compound A4. Yield was 59.8%. Compound A4 exhibited a solubility capable of preparing a 50% solution in each of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and ethyl acetate. The refractive index was 1.702. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of compound A4 are shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, respectively.

<合成例5:化合物A5の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
<Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of compound A5>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 窒素雰囲気下、塩化シアヌル(9.28g、50mmol)、N-メチルピロリドン(100mL)、p-トルエンチオール(20.65g、166mmol)およびトリエチルアミン(17.8g、176mmol)を反応容器に仕込み、80℃で24時間撹拌した。次いで水(1500mL)を加え、0.1M塩酸で中和し、酢酸エチル(1L)で抽出し、硫酸ナトリウム(200g)で乾燥させた後、濾過および溶媒の留去を行い、ペースト状の混合物を得た。この混合物をアセトン(100mL)で洗浄して7.35gの粗生成物を得、これをアセトン中で加熱再結晶して6.5g(14.5mmol)の化合物A5を得た。収率は29%であった。化合物A5は、MEKに対して5%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。屈折率は1.672であった。化合物A5の1H-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,DMSO-d)スペクトルをそれぞれ図12、13に示す。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, cyanuric chloride (9.28 g, 50 mmol), N-methylpyrrolidone (100 mL), p-toluenethiol (20.65 g, 166 mmol) and triethylamine (17.8 g, 176 mmol) were charged into a reaction vessel and heated to 80°C. for 24 hours. Water (1500 mL) was then added, neutralized with 0.1 M hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate (1 L), dried over sodium sulfate (200 g), filtered and evaporated to give a pasty mixture. got The mixture was washed with acetone (100 mL) to give 7.35 g of crude product, which was recrystallized by heating in acetone to give 6.5 g (14.5 mmol) of compound A5. Yield was 29%. Compound A5 showed solubility in MEK that allowed preparation of a 5% solution. The refractive index was 1.672. The 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) spectrum of compound A5 are shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, respectively.

<合成例6:化合物A6の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
<Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Compound A6>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

 窒素雰囲気下、2-エチルヘキサンチオール(20mmol)、テトラヒドロフラン(20mL)および水酸化カリウム(1.24g、22mmol)を反応容器に仕込み、室温で2時間撹拌し、次いで60℃で1時間撹拌し、室温まで放冷した。ここに塩化シアヌル(4.06g、20mmol)のテトラヒドロフラン(20mL)溶液を30分かけて滴下し、室温で24時間撹拌した後、濾過により塩化ナトリウムを除去し、溶媒を留去して油状化合物(2,4-ジクロロ-6-(2-エチルヘキシルチオ)トリアジン)を得た。これにN-メチルピロリドン(50mL)、p-トルエンチオール(5.47g、44mmol)およびトリエチルアミン(5.06g、50mmol)を加え、80℃で24時間撹拌した。次いで水(1500mL)を加え、沈降した油状物を回収し、展開液としてヘキサン:ジクロロメタン=3:1(体積比)を用いたシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフにより精製して、0.57g(1.2mmol)の化合物A6を得た。収率は6%であった。化合物A6は、MEKおよび酢酸エチルの各々に対して50%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。屈折率は1.620であった。化合物A6の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図14、15に示す。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2-ethylhexanethiol (20 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and potassium hydroxide (1.24 g, 22 mmol) were charged to a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then at 60° C. for 1 hour, Allowed to cool to room temperature. A solution of cyanuric chloride (4.06 g, 20 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added dropwise thereto over 30 minutes and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. 2,4-dichloro-6-(2-ethylhexylthio)triazine) was obtained. To this was added N-methylpyrrolidone (50 mL), p-toluenethiol (5.47 g, 44 mmol) and triethylamine (5.06 g, 50 mmol) and stirred at 80° C. for 24 hours. Water (1500 mL) was then added, and the precipitated oil was collected and purified by silica gel column chromatography using hexane:dichloromethane=3:1 (volume ratio) as a developing solution to obtain 0.57 g (1.2 mmol). to obtain compound A6 of Yield was 6%. Compound A6 exhibited a solubility capable of preparing a 50% solution in each of MEK and ethyl acetate. The refractive index was 1.620. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of compound A6 are shown in FIGS. 14 and 15, respectively.

<合成例7:化合物A7の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
<Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of Compound A7>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

 窒素雰囲気下、2-エチルヘキサンチオール(20mmol)、テトラヒドロフラン(20mL)および水酸化カリウム(1.24g、22mmol)を反応容器に仕込み、室温で2時間撹拌し、次いで60℃で1時間撹拌し、室温まで放冷した。ここに2-(4-シアノフェニル)アミノ-4,6-ジクロロ-1,3,5-トリアジン(2.66g、10mmol)のテトラヒドロフラン(10mL)溶液を30分かけて滴下し、室温で24時間撹拌した。濾過により塩化ナトリウムを除去し、溶媒を留去して得られた粘稠なオイルを、展開液としてヘキサン:ジクロロメタン=1:1(体積比)を用いたシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフにより精製し、2.62g(5.4mmol)の化合物A7を、白色の粘稠油状物として得た。収率は54%であった。化合物A7は、MEKおよび酢酸エチルの各々に対して50%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。屈折率は1.594であった。化合物A7の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図16、17に示す。化合物A7の屈折率は1.645であった。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2-ethylhexanethiol (20 mmol), tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) and potassium hydroxide (1.24 g, 22 mmol) were charged to a reaction vessel and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, then at 60° C. for 1 hour, Allowed to cool to room temperature. A solution of 2-(4-cyanophenyl)amino-4,6-dichloro-1,3,5-triazine (2.66 g, 10 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise thereto over 30 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Stirred. 1. Remove the sodium chloride by filtration, and purify the viscous oil obtained by distilling off the solvent by silica gel column chromatography using hexane:dichloromethane=1:1 (volume ratio) as a developing solution. 62 g (5.4 mmol) of compound A7 were obtained as a white viscous oil. Yield was 54%. Compound A7 exhibited a solubility that allowed preparation of a 50% solution in each of MEK and ethyl acetate. The refractive index was 1.594. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of compound A7 are shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, respectively. The refractive index of compound A7 was 1.645.

<合成例8:化合物A8の合成>

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
<Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Compound A8>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

 メタノール(110mL)、水(14mL)および炭酸水素ナトリウム(18.2g、217mmol)を反応容器に仕込み、ここに塩化シアヌル(20.0g、108mmol)を約2gずつ10回に分けて、約30分かけて加える。30℃で1時間撹拌した後、水(50mL)を加え、析出した白色沈殿を濾別回収して、水(50mL)で洗浄し、次いでメタノール(30mL)で洗浄した後、室温で12時間減圧乾燥して、14.6g(80mmol)の2,4-ジクロロ-6-メトキシトリアジンを得た。収率は74.6%であった。
 窒素雰囲気下、ビフェニル-4-チオール(2.00g、10.7mmol)、アセトン(40mL)、水酸化カリウム(0.60g、10.7mmol)および水(15mL)を反応容器に仕込み、室温で30分間撹拌した。ここに上記で得た2,4-ジクロロ-6-メトキシトリアジン(0.90g、5.0mmol)のアセトン(30mL)溶液を加え、室温で24時間撹拌し、反応液を蒸留水800mLに投入した。析出した白色沈殿を濾別回収して80℃で5時間減圧乾燥し、次いでヘキサン:アセトン=5:1(体積比)の混合溶媒から再沈殿させ、電解液としてヘキサン:塩化メチレンの混合溶媒(体積比3:1~1:1のグラジエント)を用いたシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフにより精製して、1.42gの化合物A8を得た。収率は59.2%であった。化合物A8は、MEKに対して2.5%溶液を調製可能な溶解性を示した。化合物A8の1H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルおよび13C-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)スペクトルをそれぞれ図18、19に示す。
Methanol (110 mL), water (14 mL) and sodium bicarbonate (18.2 g, 217 mmol) were charged into a reaction vessel, and cyanuric chloride (20.0 g, 108 mmol) was added in 10 batches of about 2 g each, followed by stirring for about 30 minutes. add over. After stirring at 30° C. for 1 hour, water (50 mL) was added, and the precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water (50 mL) and then with methanol (30 mL), and then reduced pressure at room temperature for 12 hours. Drying gave 14.6 g (80 mmol) of 2,4-dichloro-6-methoxytriazine. Yield was 74.6%.
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, a reaction vessel was charged with biphenyl-4-thiol (2.00 g, 10.7 mmol), acetone (40 mL), potassium hydroxide (0.60 g, 10.7 mmol) and water (15 mL). Stir for a minute. An acetone (30 mL) solution of 2,4-dichloro-6-methoxytriazine (0.90 g, 5.0 mmol) obtained above was added thereto, stirred at room temperature for 24 hours, and the reaction solution was added to 800 mL of distilled water. . The precipitated white precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure at 80° C. for 5 hours, then reprecipitated from a mixed solvent of hexane:acetone=5:1 (volume ratio), and a mixed solvent of hexane:methylene chloride ( Purification by silica gel column chromatography using a gradient of 3:1 to 1:1 by volume) gave 1.42 g of compound A8. Yield was 59.2%. Compound A8 showed solubility in MEK that allowed the preparation of a 2.5% solution. The 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum and 13 C-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) spectrum of compound A8 are shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, respectively.

<例1>
 (アクリル系ポリマー溶液の調製)
 攪拌羽根、温度計、窒素ガス導入管および冷却器を備えた四つ口フラスコに、モノマー成分としてm-フェノキシベンジルアクリレート(共栄社化学社製、商品名「ライトアクリレートPOB-A」、屈折率:1.566、ホモポリマーのTg:-35℃。以下、「POB-A」と表記する。)95部および4-ヒドロキシブチルアクリレート(4HBA)5部、重合開始剤として2、2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.2部、および重合溶媒として酢酸エチル150部を仕込み、緩やかに攪拌しながら窒素ガスを導入し、フラスコ内の液温を60℃付近に保って6時間重合反応を行い、アクリル系ポリマーP1の溶液(40%)を調製した。アクリル系ポリマーP1のMwは50万であった。
<Example 1>
(Preparation of acrylic polymer solution)
A four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen gas inlet tube and a cooler was charged with m-phenoxybenzyl acrylate (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name "Light acrylate POB-A", refractive index: 1) as a monomer component. .566, Tg of homopolymer: −35° C., hereinafter referred to as “POB-A”) 95 parts and 5 parts of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (4HBA), 2,2′-azobisiso as a polymerization initiator 0.2 parts of butyronitrile and 150 parts of ethyl acetate as a polymerization solvent were charged, nitrogen gas was introduced while gently stirring, and the liquid temperature in the flask was maintained at around 60°C to carry out a polymerization reaction for 6 hours. A solution (40%) of system polymer P1 was prepared. Mw of acrylic polymer P1 was 500,000.

 (粘着剤組成物の調製)
 上記アクリル系ポリマーP1の溶液(40%)を酢酸エチルで20%に希釈し、この溶液500部(不揮発分100部)に、化合物A1の50%酢酸エチル溶液を20部(不揮発分10部)、架橋剤としてヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートのイソシアヌレート体(東ソー社製、商品名「コロネートHX」、3官能イソシアネート化合物)の1%酢酸エチル溶液を10部(不揮発分0.1部)、架橋遅延剤としてアセチルアセトンを2部、架橋触媒としてナーセム第二鉄の1%酢酸エチル溶液を1部(不揮発分0.01部)加えて攪拌混合し、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。
(Preparation of adhesive composition)
The solution (40%) of the acrylic polymer P1 is diluted to 20% with ethyl acetate, and 500 parts of this solution (100 parts of nonvolatile matter) is added with 20 parts of 50% ethyl acetate solution of compound A1 (10 parts of nonvolatile matter). 10 parts of a 1% ethyl acetate solution (nonvolatile content 0.1 part) of an isocyanurate form of hexamethylene diisocyanate (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, trade name "Coronate HX", trifunctional isocyanate compound) as a cross-linking agent, and a cross-linking retarder Two parts of acetylacetone and one part of a 1% ethyl acetate solution of Nasem ferric iron as a cross-linking catalyst (0.01 part of non-volatile matter) were added and mixed with stirring to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example.

 (粘着シートの作製)
 上記で調製したアクリル系粘着剤組成物を、片面にシリコーン処理が施されたポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルムR1(厚さ50μm)のシリコーン処理面に塗布し、130℃で2分間加熱して、厚さ20μmの粘着剤層を形成した。次いで、上記粘着剤層の表面に、片面にシリコーン処理が施されたPETフィルムR2(厚さ25μm)のシリコーン処理面を貼り合わせた。このようにして、上記粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シートを得た。この粘着シートの両面は、PETフィルム(剥離ライナー)R1,R2により保護されている。
(Preparation of adhesive sheet)
The acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive composition prepared above was applied to the silicone-treated surface of a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film R1 (thickness: 50 μm) having one surface silicone-treated, and heated at 130° C. for 2 minutes to increase the thickness. An adhesive layer having a thickness of 20 μm was formed. Next, the silicone-treated surface of PET film R2 (thickness: 25 μm) having one surface silicone-treated was attached to the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Thus, a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was obtained. Both sides of this adhesive sheet are protected by PET films (release liners) R1 and R2.

<例2~4>
 化合物A1に代えて化合物A4(例2)、化合物A5(例4)または化合物A6(例4)を使用した他は、例1における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、各例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。得られた各粘着剤組成物を使用した他は例1における粘着シートの作製と同様にして、例2~4に係る粘着シート(粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Examples 2 to 4>
The adhesive according to each example was prepared in the same manner as the adhesive composition in Example 1, except that Compound A4 (Example 2), Compound A5 (Example 4), or Compound A6 (Example 4) was used instead of Compound A1. A composition was prepared. PSA sheets according to Examples 2 to 4 (base-less double-sided PSA sheets consisting of PSA layers) were produced in the same manner as in the production of PSA sheets in Example 1, except that each of the obtained PSA compositions was used.

<例5>
 化合物A1に代えて化合物B1(ジエチレングリコールジベンゾエート、屈折率1.535)を使用した他は例1における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。得られた各粘着剤組成物を使用した他は例1における粘着シートの作製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 5>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1 except that compound B1 (diethylene glycol dibenzoate, refractive index 1.535) was used instead of compound A1. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that each obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.

<例6>
 化合物A1を使用しないことを除いては例1における粘着剤組成物の調製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着剤組成物を調製した。得られた各粘着剤組成物を使用した他は例1における粘着シートの作製と同様にして、本例に係る粘着シート(粘着剤層からなる基材レス両面粘着シート)を作製した。
<Example 6>
A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to this example was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in Example 1, except that compound A1 was not used. A pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet according to this example (a substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) was prepared in the same manner as the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet in Example 1, except that each obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was used.

<評価>
 (粘着剤の屈折率)
 各例に係る粘着剤層(基材レス両面粘着シート)について、測定波長589nm、測定温度25℃の条件で、アッベ屈折率計(ATAGO社製、型式「DR-M4」)を使用して屈折率を測定した。
<Evaluation>
(Refractive index of adhesive)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (base-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet) according to each example is refracted using an Abbe refractometer (manufactured by ATAGO, model "DR-M4") under the conditions of a measurement wavelength of 589 nm and a measurement temperature of 25 ° C. rate was measured.

 (全光線透過率およびヘイズ)
 各例に係る粘着剤層を無アルカリガラス(厚さ0.8~1.0mm、全光線透過率92%、ヘイズ0.4%)に貼り合わせた試験片を用い、ヘイズメータ(村上色彩技術研究所製「HM-150」)を用いて、上記試験片の全光線透過率およびヘイズを測定した。測定値から上記無アルカリガラスの全光線透過率およびヘイズを差し引いた値を粘着剤(層)の全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]とした。上記粘着剤層からなる基材レス粘着シートについては、粘着剤層の全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]は、粘着シートの全光線透過率[%]およびヘイズ[%]となる。
(total light transmittance and haze)
Using a test piece in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to each example is attached to non-alkali glass (thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm, total light transmittance 92%, haze 0.4%), a haze meter (Murakami Color Technology Research) The total light transmittance and haze of the above test piece were measured using the "HM-150" (manufactured by the company). The values obtained by subtracting the total light transmittance and haze of the alkali-free glass from the measured values were taken as the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the adhesive (layer). For the substrate-less pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet comprising the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are the total light transmittance [%] and haze [%] of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet.

 (色度bの測定)
 各例に係る粘着剤層につき、上述の方法により色度bを測定した、測定は、粘着剤層表面の5か所で行い、それらの平均値を求めた。
(Measurement of chromaticity b * )
The chromaticity b * of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to each example was measured by the method described above. The measurement was performed at five locations on the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the average value was obtained.

 各例に係る粘着剤の概要および評価結果を表1に示す。 Table 1 shows the outline and evaluation results of the adhesive according to each example.

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

 表1に示されるように、例6の粘着剤組成物に、例5で用いた化合物B1よりも高屈折率の化合物A1、A4~A6を配合した粘着剤組成物から形成された例1~4の粘着剤は、いずれも、例5、6の粘着剤よりも高い屈折率を示した。例1~4の粘着剤は、光学用途に利用し得るレベルの良好な光透過率、ヘイズおよび色度bを有するものであった。 As shown in Table 1, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of Example 6 was blended with compounds A1 and A4 to A6 having a higher refractive index than the compound B1 used in Example 5. Examples 1 to 1 formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition 4 showed a higher refractive index than the adhesives of Examples 5 and 6. The pressure-sensitive adhesives of Examples 1-4 had good light transmittance, haze and chromaticity b * at levels usable for optical applications.

 以上、本発明の具体例を詳細に説明したが、これらは例示にすぎず、請求の範囲を限定するものではない。請求の範囲に記載の技術には、以上に例示した具体例を様々に変形、変更したものが含まれる。 Specific examples of the present invention have been described in detail above, but these are merely examples and do not limit the scope of the claims. The technology described in the claims includes various modifications and changes of the specific examples illustrated above.

 1,2,3 粘着シート
 10  支持基材
 10A 第1面
 10B 第2面
 21  粘着剤層、第1粘着剤層
 21A 粘着面、第1粘着面
 21B 粘着面
 22  第2粘着剤層
 22A 第2粘着面
 31,32  剥離ライナー
1, 2, 3 adhesive sheet 10 support substrate 10A first surface 10B second surface 21 adhesive layer, first adhesive layer 21A adhesive surface, first adhesive surface 21B adhesive surface 22 second adhesive layer 22A second adhesive Faces 31, 32 release liner

Claims (10)

 粘着剤用の屈折率調整剤であって、
 前記屈折率調整剤は、ハブ環上に2つ以上の置換基を有する構造を備えた有機化合物であり、ここで前記ハブ環は二重結合含有環であり、前記2つ以上の置換基のうち1つ以上は二重結合含有環を有する置換基である、屈折率調整剤。
A refractive index modifier for an adhesive,
The refractive index adjuster is an organic compound having a structure having two or more substituents on a hub ring, wherein the hub ring is a ring containing a double bond, and the two or more substituents are A refractive index modifier, at least one of which is a substituent having a double bond-containing ring.
 分子量が3000未満である、請求項1に記載の屈折率調整剤。 The refractive index modifier according to claim 1, which has a molecular weight of less than 3,000.  前記ハブ環上の置換基のうち2つ以上は二重結合含有環を有する置換基である、請求項1または2に記載の屈折率調整剤。 The refractive index modifier according to claim 1 or 2, wherein two or more of the substituents on the hub ring are substituents having a double bond-containing ring.  前記ハブ環上の置換基のうち1つ以上は二重結合含有環を2つ以上有する置換基である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の屈折率調整剤。 The refractive index adjuster according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein one or more substituents on the hub ring are substituents having two or more double bond-containing rings.  前記ハブ環はトリアジン環である、請求項1~4のいずれか一項に記載の屈折率調整剤。 The refractive index modifier according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the hub ring is a triazine ring.  下記式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(式(I)中、X,XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、-O-,-S-および-NR-からなる群から選択され、ここでRは水素原子またはアルキル基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち1つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基および置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基からなる群から選択される芳香環含有基であり、前記置換基はアルキル基、アルコキシ基またはシアノ基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち前記芳香環含有基が2つ以下である場合、残りは脂肪族炭化水素基または水素原子である。);
で表されるトリアジン化合物である、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の屈折率向上剤。
Formula (I) below:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
(In formula (I), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and
One or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group a ring-containing group, wherein said substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group;
When the number of said aromatic ring-containing groups among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is two or less, the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. );
The refractive index improver according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which is a triazine compound represented by.
 請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の屈折率調整剤を含む、粘着剤。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive containing the refractive index modifier according to any one of claims 1 to 6.  芳香環含有モノマー(m1)をモノマー単位として含むアクリル系ポリマーをさらに含む、請求項7に記載の粘着剤。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to claim 7, further comprising an acrylic polymer containing an aromatic ring-containing monomer (m1) as a monomer unit.  屈折率が1.550以上である、請求項7または8に記載の粘着剤。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive according to claim 7 or 8, which has a refractive index of 1.550 or more.  下記式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(式(I)中、X,XおよびXは、それぞれ独立に、-O-,-S-および-NR-からなる群から選択され、ここでRは水素原子またはアルキル基であり、
 R,R,Rのうち1つ以上は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基および置換基を有していてもよいビフェニル基からなる群から選択される芳イル香環含有基であり、前記置換基はアルキル基、アルコキシ基またはシアノ基であり、
 R,RおよびRのうち前記芳香環含有基が2つ以下である場合、残りは脂肪族炭化水素基または水素原子である。);
で表される化合物。

 
Formula (I) below:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In formula (I), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of —O—, —S— and —NR 4 —, where R 4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group and
One or more of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently an aromatic group selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted phenyl group and an optionally substituted biphenyl group. an aromatic ring-containing group, wherein the substituent is an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a cyano group;
When the number of said aromatic ring-containing groups among R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is two or less, the rest are aliphatic hydrocarbon groups or hydrogen atoms. );
A compound represented by

PCT/JP2022/032832 2021-09-06 2022-08-31 Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof Ceased WO2023033064A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020247011164A KR20240055062A (en) 2021-09-06 2022-08-31 Refractive index modifier and its uses
CN202280060312.4A CN117916336A (en) 2021-09-06 2022-08-31 Refractive index adjusters and their use

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-145046 2021-09-06
JP2021145046A JP7760293B2 (en) 2021-09-06 2021-09-06 Refractive index modifiers and their uses

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023033064A1 true WO2023033064A1 (en) 2023-03-09

Family

ID=85412312

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/032832 Ceased WO2023033064A1 (en) 2021-09-06 2022-08-31 Refractive index adjustment agent and use thereof

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7760293B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20240055062A (en)
CN (1) CN117916336A (en)
TW (1) TW202338410A (en)
WO (1) WO2023033064A1 (en)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003344655A (en) * 2002-05-23 2003-12-03 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Retardation rise agent for optical film, cellulose ester film, optical compensation sheet, elliptic polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2006518046A (en) * 2003-01-06 2006-08-03 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Optical member, polymerizable composition, and thio compound
JP2009001657A (en) * 2007-06-21 2009-01-08 Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The Adhesive rubber composition for hose
JP2012017407A (en) * 2010-07-08 2012-01-26 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Fluororesin-based pressure-sensitive adhesive film
JP2012246455A (en) * 2011-05-31 2012-12-13 Oji Holdings Corp Transparent adhesive, transparent adhesive layer, adhesive optical member and image display device
JP2014169382A (en) * 2013-03-04 2014-09-18 Lintec Corp Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2015091919A (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-05-14 出光興産株式会社 Composition comprising a triazine ring-containing polymer
WO2016021664A1 (en) * 2014-08-05 2016-02-11 ミヨシ油脂株式会社 Additive for imparting ultraviolet absorptivity and/or high refractive index to matrix, and resin member using same
JP2017066311A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-04-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Hard coat film for transfer, method for producing the same, and hard coat layer laminate
JP2022089100A (en) * 2020-12-03 2022-06-15 東京応化工業株式会社 Curable compositions, cured products, and compounds

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6307189B2 (en) 2017-03-02 2018-04-04 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP7200434B2 (en) 2020-02-13 2023-01-06 富士フイルム株式会社 LAMINATED BODY, DISPLAY DEVICE AND ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENT DISPLAY

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003344655A (en) * 2002-05-23 2003-12-03 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Retardation rise agent for optical film, cellulose ester film, optical compensation sheet, elliptic polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2006518046A (en) * 2003-01-06 2006-08-03 富士写真フイルム株式会社 Optical member, polymerizable composition, and thio compound
JP2009001657A (en) * 2007-06-21 2009-01-08 Yokohama Rubber Co Ltd:The Adhesive rubber composition for hose
JP2012017407A (en) * 2010-07-08 2012-01-26 Asahi Glass Co Ltd Fluororesin-based pressure-sensitive adhesive film
JP2012246455A (en) * 2011-05-31 2012-12-13 Oji Holdings Corp Transparent adhesive, transparent adhesive layer, adhesive optical member and image display device
JP2014169382A (en) * 2013-03-04 2014-09-18 Lintec Corp Adhesive composition, adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2015091919A (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-05-14 出光興産株式会社 Composition comprising a triazine ring-containing polymer
WO2016021664A1 (en) * 2014-08-05 2016-02-11 ミヨシ油脂株式会社 Additive for imparting ultraviolet absorptivity and/or high refractive index to matrix, and resin member using same
JP2017066311A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-04-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Hard coat film for transfer, method for producing the same, and hard coat layer laminate
JP2022089100A (en) * 2020-12-03 2022-06-15 東京応化工業株式会社 Curable compositions, cured products, and compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117916336A (en) 2024-04-19
KR20240055062A (en) 2024-04-26
TW202338410A (en) 2023-10-01
JP7760293B2 (en) 2025-10-27
JP2023038116A (en) 2023-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021193719A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2021193724A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
WO2023042686A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
WO2022244450A1 (en) Photocurable pressure-sensitive adhesive and uses thereof
WO2024010041A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
WO2021193718A1 (en) Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet with release liner
WO2024010042A1 (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
KR20220156594A (en) adhesive optical film
WO2023013399A1 (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP7690305B2 (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive, and adhesive sheet
JP7755934B2 (en) Adhesive sheets and adhesive sheets with release liner
JP2023022806A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023022805A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
JP7760293B2 (en) Refractive index modifiers and their uses
JP2023151516A (en) Adhesives and adhesive sheets
WO2023013400A1 (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023151518A (en) adhesive
JP2023151517A (en) Adhesive composition and adhesive
CN117751176A (en) Adhesive and adhesive sheet
JP2023151519A (en) light emitting device
JP2023151515A (en) Silicone plasticizers and their uses
CN117795029A (en) Adhesive compositions and adhesive sheets
KR20250162956A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22864646

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280060312.4

Country of ref document: CN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20247011164

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22864646

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1